Signed Motorola Agreement
Extracted text (via pymupdf)
622486 characters
1
10/05/2023
LINKING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE CITY OF GLENDALE, ARIZONA
AND
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
This Linking Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of this day of , 2023, between the
City of Glendale, an Arizona municipal corporation (“City”), and Motorola Solutions, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, authorized to do business in Arizona (“Contractor”), collectively, the “Parties.”
RECITALS
A.
On October 9, 2019, the State of Arizona, a member of the State of Arizona Purchasing Cooperative,
entered into a contract with Contractor to purchase the goods and services described in Public
Communications Equipment and Services CTR046830 (“Cooperative Agreement”), which is
attached hereto as Exhibit A. The Cooperative Agreement allows its cooperative use by other
governmental agencies, including the City.
B.
Section 2-149 of the City’s Procurement Code permits the Materials Manager to procure goods and
services by participating with other governmental units in cooperative purchasing agreements when
the best interests of the City would be served.
C.
Section 2-149 also provides that the Materials Manager may enter into such cooperative agreements
without meeting the formal or informal solicitation and bid requirements of Glendale City Code
Sections 2-145 and 2-146.
D.
The City wishes to contract with Contractor for supplies or services identical to those being provided
to other units of government under the Cooperative Agreement. Contractor consents to the City’s
cooperative use of the terms and conditions of the Cooperative Agreement, and agrees to provide
the supplies and services set forth in the Statement of Work appended hereto as Exhibit B.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, which are incorporated by reference, and
the covenants and promises contained in this Linking Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
1.
Term of Agreement.
A.
As provided in the Cooperative Agreement, purchases can be made by governmental entities
from the date of award, which was October 9, 2019, until the date the contract terminates
on October 8, 2024, unless the term is extended by mutual agreement of the parties to the
Cooperative Agreement. The Cooperative Agreement, however, may not be extended
beyond October 8, 2029. The initial period of this Agreement is the period from the
Effective Date of this Agreement until October 8, 2024.
B.
The City may extend the term of this Agreement for five (5) one-year periods if the
Cooperative Agreement is likewise extended and the City gives the Contractor notice that it
is exercising its option to extend this Agreement 30 days prior to the anniversary of the
Effective Date. Glendale extensions are not automatic and shall only occur if the City
affirmatively exercises its right to extend this Agreement.
2
10/05/2023
2.
Scope of Work; Terms, Conditions, and Specifications.
A.
Contractor shall provide City the supplies and/or services identified in the Scope of Work
attached as Exhibit B.
B.
Contractor agrees to comply with all the terms, conditions and specifications of the
Cooperative Purchasing Agreement. Such terms, conditions and specifications are
specifically incorporated into and are an enforceable part of this Agreement.
3.
Compensation.
A.
City shall pay Contractor compensation at the same rate and on the same schedule as
provided in the Cooperative Purchasing Agreement, which is attached hereto as Exhibit C.
B.
The total purchase price for the supplies and/or services purchased under this Agreement
shall not exceed six million and five hundred thousand dollars ($6,500,000) for the entire
term of the Agreement (initial term plus any extensions).
4.
Cancellation. This Agreement may be cancelled pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-511.
5.
Non-discrimination. Contractor must not discriminate against any employee or applicant for
employment on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, marital status, sexual
orientation, gender identity or expression, genetic characteristics, familial status, U.S. military veteran
status or any disability. Contractor will require any Sub-contractor to be bound to the same
requirements as stated within this section. Contractor, and on behalf of any subcontractors, warrants
compliance with this section.
6.
Insurance Certificate. A certificate of insurance applying to this Agreement must be provided to the
City prior to the Effective Date.
7.
E-verify. Contractor complies with A.R.S. § 23-214 and agrees to comply with the requirements of
A.R.S. § 41-4401.
8.
No Boycott of Israel. To the extent A.R.S § 35-393 through § 35-393.03 are applicable, the parties
hereby certify that they are not currently engaged in, and agree for the duration of the Agreement to
not engage in, a boycott of goods or services from Israel, as that term is defined in A.R.S § 35-393.
9.
Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA). Contractor certifies that it does not currently, and
during the term of this Agreement, will not use:
a.
the forced labor of ethnic Uyghurs in the People’s Republic of China;
b.
any goods or services produced by the forced labor of ethnic Uyghurs in the People’s
Republic of China; and
c.
any contractors, subcontractors or suppliers that use the forced labor or any goods
or services produced by the forced labor of ethnic Uyghurs in the People’s Republic
of China.
LINKING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE CITY OF GLENDALE, ARIZONA
AND
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
EXHIBIT A
STATE OF ARIZONA CONTRACT NO. CTR046830, SOLICITATION NO. ADSPO19-00008376
Public Communication Equipment and Services
CTR046830
Motorola Solutions Inc.
This contract is for public communication equipment and services for all State of Arizona Agencies,
Boards and Commissions including members of the State of Arizona Purchasing Cooperative. The
sections awarded include:
2-Way Radios
Digital Microwave Terminals
LMR Base Station Antennas, Microwave Antennas
Radio Dispatch Consoles
Back-up Batteries
Prefab Communications Shelter
Service
Table of Content
Offer and Acceptance
Part 2: Scope, Pricing and Terms and Conditions (Rev 2)
3-C Proposed Subcontracts
5-B Conformance Statement
Exceptions
BAFO Change Log
The solicitation for this contract was ADSPO19‐00008376 and was started in ProcureAZ. The solicitation
file can be found in APP under BPM001941.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 16 of 40 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Attachment 1
Offer and Acceptance Form
SUBMISSION OF OFFER: Undersigned hereby offers and agrees to provide Biometric Products and Services to in compliance with the Solicitation
indicated above and our Offer indicated by the latest dated version below:
Initial
Offer:
1.
September 4, 2018
date
initial
Revised
Offers:
2.
x
3.
x
4.
x
date #1
initial
date #1
initial
date #1
initial
5.
x
6.
x
7.
x
date #4
initial
date #5
initial
date #6
initial
Best and
Final Offer:
8.
September 1, 2019
date
initial
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Offeror company name
Signature of person authorized to sign Offer
Initials
2900 S. Diablo Way Ste 150
Larry Mabry MSSSI Vice President & Director Sales
Address
Printed name and title
Tempe, AZ 85282
Walter Whatley
Senior Account Executive
City | State | ZIP
Contact name and title
36-1115800
Walter.whatley@motorolasolutions.com 520-457-8604
Federal tax identifier (EIN or SSN)
Contact Email Address
Contact phone number
CERTIFICATION: By signature in the above, Offeror certifies that it:
1.
will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in violation of Federal Executive Order 11246, [Arizona] State
Executive Order 2009-9 or A.R.S. §§ 41−1461 through 1465;
2.
has not given, offered to give, nor intends to give at any time hereafter any economic opportunity, future employment, gift, loan, gratuity,
special discount, trip, favor, or service to a public servant in connection with the submitted offer. Failure to provide a valid signature
affirming the stipulations required by this clause will result in rejection of the Offer. Signing the Offer with a false statement will void the
Offer, any resulting contract, and may be subject to legal penalties under law;
3.
complies with A.R.S. § 41-3532 when offering electronics or information technology products, services, or maintenance; and
4.
is not debarred from, or otherwise prohibited from participating in any contract awarded by federal, state, or local government.
ACCEPTANCE OF OFFER: State hereby accepts the initial Offer, Revised Offer, or Best and Final Offer identified by number # at the top of
this form, and which was dated date (the Accepted Offer). Offeror is now bound (as Contractor) to carry out the Work under the attached
Contract, of which the Accepted Offer forms a part. Contractor is cautioned not to commence any billable work or to provide any material or
perform any service under the Contract until Contractor receives the applicable Order or written notice to proceed from Procurement Officer.
State’s Contract No. is: CTR046830
The effective date of the Contract is: 10-09-2019
Contract awarded: 10-09-2019
Procurement Officer signature
Procurement Officer, James Atkins
Signature of per
ers
e
on authorized
ed
ed
ed to sign
L
M b
MSSSI Vi
P
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
Table of Contents
Page 1 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Part 2: Scope, Pricing and Terms and Conditions (Rev 2)
Table of Contents
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work ........................................................................................................................ 2
1.0
Background .................................................................................................................................. 2
2.0
2-Way Radios ............................................................................................................................... 2
3.0
Digital Microwave Terminals ..................................................................................................... 25
4.0
LMR Base Station Antennas, Microwave Antennas ................................................................. 39
5.0
Radio Dispatch Consoles ............................................................................................................ 44
6.0
Generators.................................................................................................................................. 57
7.0
Back-up Batteries (Including Solar) ........................................................................................... 58
8.0
Prefab Communications Shelters .............................................................................................. 58
9.0
Service ........................................................................................................................................ 59
10.0
Consultation and Third-Party Oversight ................................................................................... 60
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document ................................................................................................................. 62
1.0
Compensation ............................................................................................................................. 62
2.0
Pricing ......................................................................................................................................... 64
3.0
Funding ....................................................................................................................................... 65
4.0
Invoicing ...................................................................................................................................... 66
5.0
Payments .................................................................................................................................... 67
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................... 69
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions ........................................................................................... 89
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 2 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
1.0 Background
1.1
The intent of this Solicitation is to provide both public communications equipment and services to
support the State of Arizona’s Agencies, Boards and Commissions including members of the State of
Arizona Purchasing Cooperative.
1.2
The Solicitation shall describe the State’s requirement and minimum technical specifications for the
equipment and services the State wishes to purchase under the resultant contract(s).
1.3
This is a multi-award contract with Offeror ability to provide proposal’s on one or more sections of this
Scope of Work. Award will be made by Scope of Work Sub-section(s) two (2) through nine (9)
independently.
2.0 2-Way Radios
2.1
Analog & Digital Vehicular Mounted Mobile Radio Equipment: Various types of vehicular-
mounted mobile radio equipment for VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz trunked and conventional, analog
and digital radio equipment
2.2
Mobile Data Radio Vehicular Mounted Equipment: UHF or 700/800 MHz mobile digital data link
radios.
2.3
Desk-top Analog &Digital Base Station Radio Equipment: High-quality VHF, UHF, and 700MHz,
806-869 MHz, conventional, and 700/800 MHz trunked, multi-channel base/control stations using
phase/frequency or digital modulation.
2.4
Analog & Digital Personal/Portable Radio Equipment: Various types VHF, UHF, and 700/800
MHz, conventional and trunked personal/portable radio transceivers.
2.5
Analog & Digital Motorcycle Rear-mounted Radios: 160+ channel, two-piece, VHF High-band,
UHF, and 700/800 MHz, all solid-state motorcycle radio.
2.6
Low Power Vehicular Repeater: VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz in-vehicle mounted repeater, for
attachment to the vehicle’s mobile radio and extending the range of the user’s portable radio.
2.7
Multi Band Radios: Mobile and potables capable of operating on more than one public safety band.
2.8
Base/Mobile Relay Station Fixed Radio Equipment: VHF High-band, UHF, 700/800 MHz
continuous duty, mobile relay/base station equipment using phase, frequency, or digital modulation.
2.9
Fixed Link Base Radios: VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz fixed radios for site to site linking.
2.10
Communications Service Monitors: Communications Service Monitors for use in the maintenance
of Arizona’s Radio Communications Systems.
The following are definitions of terminology as they apply to the State’s requirements as stated in this
solicitation:
•
VHF (High-band): means 150-174 MHz, additional coverage desirable but not required
•
UHF: means 450-470 MHz, additional coverage desirable but not required.
•
700/800: means radios capable of operation across the complete 700 and 800 MHz public
safety band (769-869)
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 3 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
•
800: means radios capable of operating on FCC designated Public Safety LMR channels above
806 MHz
•
Narrowband: radios meeting FCC 12.5 KHz channel widths and meeting the mask
requirements of FCC Part 90.210d.
•
FDMA: Frequency Division Multiple Access as applies to P25 or DMR.
•
TDMA: Time Division Multiple Access as applies to P25 Phase II, or Open Sky.
•
P25: Project 25 per TIA standards AA102 etal
•
High Tier Subscriber Equipment: means radios designed for Public Safety applications with
the highest transmitter and receiver performance specifications: Frequency Stability, Hum and
Noise, Spurious Emissions, High Power; Receive Adjacent Channel Selectivity, Spurious and
Intermodulation Rejection. Available features like: P25 conventional and trunking operations
FDMA – TDMA, high channel / talk group count (1000+), AES / DES encryption, MultiKey,
OTAR, OTAP, multiple display options, including multi–line alpha-numeric, keypad; Meets Mil
Spec 810 C/D/E/F.
•
Mid-Tier Subscriber Equipment: means radios designed for Public Safety applications with
good transmitter and receiver performance specifications: Frequency Stability, Hum and Noise,
Spurious Emissions, Mid Power; Receive Adjacent Channel Selectivity, Spurious and
Intermodulation Rejection. May include features like: P25 trunk and conventional operations,
reduced channel / talk group count (100+), Encryption; Meets Mil Spec 810 C/D/E/F. High-Tier
performance specifications apply unless otherwise listed.
•
Low Tier Subscriber Equipment: means radios designed for Business & Industry applications
with good transmitter and receiver performance specifications for: Hum and Noise, Spurious
Emissions; Receive Adjacent Channel Selectivity, Spurious and Intermodulation Rejection, Mid
Power & reduced channel count; Meets Mil Spec 810 C/D/E/F.
2.11
Radio Standards - The radio equipment provided by the contractor shall meet or exceed EIA, TIA,
FCC, IEEE and NEMA requirements, standards, specifications, practices and/or procedures current
at the time of contract award. All equipment will be FCC Type Approved for class of service
specified. The measurement procedures and performance standards for land mobile radio
equipment specified herein shall comply with the TIA/EIA-603 standards. Standards for equipment
employing digital C4FM or CQPSK modulation shall comply with the TIA/EIA-102 standards. Where
the State’s specification are more stringent than those of EIA/TIA, the State’s specification shall
apply.
2.12
Transmitter Characteristics - Transmitter shall use only solid-state active components.
Synthesizing techniques of frequency generation are required for all but the Low-Tier models. Each
Low-Tier unit will have a solid state sub-audible tone encoder.
2.12.1
Operating Frequency: The transmitter shall be factory supplied and aligned to the specific
RF frequencies given in the purchase order.
2.12.2
Transmitter Standards: The transmitter shall meet or exceed the minimum standards as
set forth in EIA/TIA Standard RS152B. Where the requirements of the State's
specifications are more stringent than those of the EIA, the State's specifications shall
apply. The transmitter shall comply with all FCC Rules and Regulations in effect on the
date of issuance of the purchase order.
2.12.3
System Modulation, Narrowband:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 4 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.12.3 (a)
High-Tier: VHF/UHF/700/800: Analog - 11K2F3E / (800 -16K0F3E); Digital
- 8K11F1E, and others in compliance with FCC efficiency standards
2.12.3 (b)
Low-Tier: VHF or UHF: +/-2.5 KHz (11K2F3E)
2.12.4
Audio Frequency Harmonic Distortion:
High-Tier: All Bands: Less than 3% at 1000 Hz and 60% maximum deviation
Low Tier: All Bands: Less than 5% at 1000 Hz and 60% maximum deviation.
2.12.5
Carrier Frequency Stability: Radios offered under this contract shall meet or exceed the
FCC stability requirements listed under 47CFR90.213 and 47CFR90.539. High-Tier
radios are expected to exceed these specifications as applicable. All units will be priced
and sold meeting these specifications.
2.12.6
Frequency Spread: Per Band definition; with no degradation in power output.
2.12.7
RF Output Impedance: 50 ohms.
2.12.8
Time-out Circuit: The transmitter shall be equipped with an adjustable time-out timer
circuit that will turn off the transmitter after continuous transmitting. An audio tone shall be
provided that will alert the operator that the transmitter has been timed out. Releasing the
microphone push-to-talk button shall instantly reset the timer.
2.12.9
Continuous Toner Encoder: The conventional (non-trunked) transmitter shall be supplied
with the capability to generate up to 32 sub-audible tones to modulate the transmitter for
the full duration of all transmissions. The tone generators shall be designed for continuous
operation with total harmonic distortion less than 10%. The tone encoder shall conform to
all standards of EIA/TIA Standard RS-220A. There shall be available twenty (20) narrow
band tone channels between 100.0 and 192.8 Hz inclusive (of Groups A and B) in
accordance with EIA/TIA Standard RS-220A for continuous tone-controlled squelch
system.
The frequency of the sub-audible tone generator shall be controlled by a solid-state tone network or
be software based and shall be maintained within +/- 0.5% of its specified frequency over the
temperature range of -30 degrees C to +60 degrees C.
The transmitter unit shall transmit a special sub-audible tone burst upon release of the push-to-talk
switch. This burst shall last 160 +/- 40 msec. and be the same frequency as the regular tone supplied
for a particular channel but out of phase by 180 +/-60 degrees from the previously transmitted tone.
This circuitry shall be explicitly designed for the elimination of receiver "squelch tail."
2.12.10
Final Amplifier Protection: The transmitter output stage shall be protected from burnout
due to excessive antenna VSWR. No damage shall result when the transmitter is
subjected to a short or open circuit antenna output during continuous keying for a one
minute period.
2.13
Receiver Characteristics - The receiver shall be completely solid-state, utilizing only high-quality
transistors, integrated circuits, diodes, and other solid-state devices. The receiver shall be rated for
continuous operation. A channel scanning feature with selectable priority may be listed as a separate
option.
2.13.1
Operating Frequency: Per the band definitions.
2.13.2
Receiver Standards: The receiver shall meet or exceed the "minimum standards" as set
forth in EIA/TIA Standard RS204C. Where the requirements of the State's specification
are more stringent than those of the EIA/TIA, the State's specifications shall apply.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 5 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Definitions, standards, and methods of measurements shall conform to EIA/TIA Standard
RS204C, unless specifically described otherwise.
2.13.2 (a)
EIA 12 dB SINAD Sensitivity:
•
High-Tier: All Bands: 0.25 microvolt or better, Analog
•
Mid-Tier: All Bands: 0.3 microvolt or better, Analog
•
Low-Tier: All Bands: 0.35 microvolt or better, Analog
2.13.2 (b)
RF Input Impendence: 50 ohms
2.13.3
Squelch Circuitry: The conventional analog (non-trunked) receiver shall be supplied with
carrier squelch and tone-coded squelch capability for a minimum of 32 CTCSS tone
frequencies. The tone frequencies will be specified in the State purchase order. Tone
decode circuitry shall be the sub-audible CTCSS type as described in EIA/TIA Standard
RS-220A and shall meet all specifications of RS-220A.
There shall be two modes of operation, to be selected at the will of the operator. These
are:
Carrier squelch operation - The receiver squelch opens for any sufficiently strong on-
frequency RF carrier; and
Tone-coded squelch and carrier squelch operation- The receiver is muted until the
incoming on-frequency RF carrier is modulated by the proper continuous sub-audible
tone and the on frequency RF carrier is sufficiently strong to break squelch as
determined by the carrier squelch adjustment control. This "and" squelch condition
shall remain continuous for the duration of carrier reception. Selection of the mode of
operation shall be made by manual switch control.
2.13.4
Carrier Actuated Squelch Circuit: The carrier actuated squelch shall be of the adjustable
sensitivity type with a continuously variable control. The squelch circuit shall be designed
to not respond to noise bursts.
2.13.5
Tone Actuated Squelch Circuits: The tone actuated squelch circuit shall conform to all
standards of EIA/TIA Standard RS-220A. Continuous presence of the proper modulating
tone shall be required to keep the squelch open when in the carrier squelch and tone-
coded squelch mode of operation.
2.13.6
Tone Squelch Characteristics:
Tone deviation shall not exceed 10% of the peak system deviation. A tone signal 3%
removed from the frequency of the proper tone shall not operate the squelch circuit,
regardless of the level recovered at the discriminator.
The tone modulation shall be filtered from the voice signal such that with tone
deviation set at 20% of the peak system deviation, the tone fundamental frequency
shall be at least 30 dB below the level of a 1000 Hz tone transmitted at 2/3 rated
system deviation with the receiver adjusted for maximum rated audio output.
The tone squelch circuit shall respond by squelching the receiver within 160 +/-40
msec. of a tone burst 180 +/-60 degrees out of phase with the previous tone. This
circuitry shall be explicitly designed to eliminate receiver "squelch tail."
2.14
Transceiver Unit Specifications:
2.14.1
Antenna Switching. Antenna switching must be accomplished by a hermetically sealed
relay switch or some other reliable mechanical or electrical means.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 6 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.14.2
Environmental Standards. All equipment provided under this specification shall be tested
to, and conform to, the requirements of Mil Std. 810C/D/E for shock, vibration, humidity,
dust, salt, fog, and other weather conditions.
2.15
Trunking Operation Option:
2.15.1
High Tier: Trunked radio options will be considered. Any such analog trunked radio shall
meet the same technical RF specifications as the conventional model. Analog trunked
radios shall conform to APCO 16 protocols. Digitally trunked radios should be of the same
model line as the conventional radio, and shall be fully compatible with the P25 TIA/EIA
Phase I Standard for FDMA, or the TDMA P25 Phase II or Open Sky Public Safety
Trunking.
2.15.2
Low Tier: Trunked radio options will be considered. Any such trunked radio shall meet the
same technical RF specifications as the conventional model.
2.15.3
Auxiliary Test Equipment: Associated test equipment such as plug-in service meters,
computer interface cables/boxes, and test bench control set-ups may be offered. Any
designated service meter should be compatible with the transceiver metering socket(s)
and have scale calibrations consistent with the readings called for in the service manual.
The test-bench control set-up shall include the proper style control heads, speaker,
microphone, metering panel, and interconnecting cabling at least 6 feet in length. A price
shall be included for an optional frequency programmer and software.
2.16
ANALOG & DIGITAL VEHICULAR MOUNTED MOBILE RADIO EQUIPMENT
2.16.1
Model Specifications
2.16.1 (a)
High-Tier, Mid-Tier: The following specification describes various types of
vehicular-mounted mobile radio equipment. These radios may be either
one-piece (dash mount) or two-piece (remote mount). These radios are:
VHF High-band, UHF and 700/800 MHz radios capable of analog
conventional and trunked; and digital conventional and trunked radio
operation.
2.16.1 (b)
Low-Tier: The following specification describes various types of vehicular-
mounted mobile radio equipment; High-band VHF, UHF, and 800 MHz.
These radios may be either one-piece (dash mount) or two-piece (remote
mount).
2.17
Electrical Specifications:
The equipment shall be designed to operate from a nominal 12 volt negative ground
vehicle electrical system. Adequate overload and reverse polarity protection shall be
provided. Control circuits shall be arranged so that the vehicle ignition switch will disable
both the transmitter and receiver when in the OFF position, but allow operation when in
the ACCESSORY position.
2.18
Transmitter Characteristics:
The transmitter shall be of modern solid-state design.
2.18.1
Carrier Power Output Rating: (all minimum intermittent power at 20% duty cycle)
2.18.2
High Tier VHF: 40 watts or, 50-110 watts, adjustable UHF: 40 watts or 50-100 watts,
adjustable 700-800 MHz Trunked: 10-30 Watts
2.18.3
Low-Tier VHF: 25 Watts minimum, adjustable UHF: 25 Watts minimum, adjustable 700-
800 MHz: 15 Watts minimum, adjustable.
2.18.4
Conducted and Radiated Spurious Emission Attenuation:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 7 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.18.5
High-Tier -75 dB or greater
2.18.6
Mid-Tier -70 dB or greater
2.18.7
Low Tier -55 dB or greater
2.18.8
Audio Frequency Harmonic Distortion:
2.18.8 (a)
High-Tier - All Bands: Less than 3% at 1000 Hz and 60% maximum
deviation
2.18.8 (b)
Low Tier - All Bands: Less than 5% at 1000 Hz and 60% maximum
deviation
2.18.9 FM Hum and Noise Attenuation:
2.18.9 (a)
High-Tier -40 dB (12.5 KHz)
2.18.9 (b)
Low Tier -35 dB (12.5 KHz)
2.19
Receiver Standards
The receiver shall meet or exceed the "minimum standards" as set forth in EIA/TIA Standard RS-204C.
Where the requirements of the State's specification are more stringent than those of the EIA/TIA, the
State's specifications shall apply. Definitions, standards, and methods of measurements shall conform
to EIA/TIA Standard RS-204C, unless specifically described otherwise.
2.19.1
Adjacent Channel Selectivity Desensitization
2.19.1 (a)
High-Tier -70 dB or better (12.5 KHz)
2.19.1 (b)
Mid-Tier -65dB or better (12.5 KHz)
2.19.1 (c)
Low-Tier -60 dB or better (12.5 KHz)
2.19.2
Spurious Response Attenuation:
2.19.2 (a)
High-Tier -80 dB, or better (12.5 kHz)
2.19.2 (b)
Low-Tier -70 dB, or better (12.5 kHz)
2.19.3
Intermodulation Spurious Attenuation:
2.19.3 (a)
High-Tier -80 dB, or better (12.5 kHz)
2.19.3 (b)
Low-Tier -70 dB, or better (12.5 kHz)
2.19.4
Audio Power Output:
2.19.4 (a)
High-Tier 10 watts minimum, 3% maximum distortion
2.19.4 (b)
Low-Tier 7.5 watts minimum, 5% max. dist., external speaker
2.20
Transceiver Unit Specifications:
2.20.1
Power Requirements. The unit shall draw less than 1.0 amp of current with the receiver
and transmitter in a quiescent "ON" condition. The transmitter/receiver shall be a complete
integral unit with all previously specified items, including AF or RF power amplifier built
internally into the transceiver unit.
2.20.2
Physical Construction
The complete transmitter and receiver combination shall be mounted in a single
housing.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 8 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
The housing shall be furnished in enamel or lacquer over a non- ferrous plating of A-
N standard chrome type metal primer or equal.
The housing shall be of steel or equivalent construction and not louvered, to inhibit
the entrance of dust and other foreign matter. A locking device shall be used to
prevent the unit from being removed from its mounting by unauthorized personnel.
All interconnection cabling between the transmitter, receiver, and power supply shall
be accomplished internally in the equipment housing. With exception of the power,
control, and antenna cabling, there shall be no external connections or cabling on the
equipment housing.
All frequency determining elements in the transmitter and receiver shall have a
locking or clamping device to ensure permanent connection during operation.
The maximum transmitter/receiver dimensions shall not exceed 2.5" x H x 7.0" W x
13.0" L. All but the High-Tier Model must weigh less than 8.5 lbs. The complete
mobile unit shall be capable of normal operation when mounted in any physical
position.
2.20.3
Interconnecting Cables. All cables and wires shall be furnished to interconnect the radio
set with its accessories and the vehicle's electrical system. Cables shall be insulated,
waterproofed and equipped with appropriate connectors. All plug-in connectors shall be of
the heavy-duty type and shall be provided with threaded coupling rings or other
substantial fool proof locking devices to prevent accidental disconnect.
2.21
Supplied Components: The vendor shall supply all necessary components such as cased
permanent magnet type loud speaker, combination transmitter/receiver, separate control head, a
palm -type microphone, all ROMS, necessary control, power and cables, and all required mounting
hardware as part of the Low-Tier transceiver package.
2.21.1
Microphone and Control Head
A palm-type dynamic low impedance microphone with preamplifier and spring clip
shall be supplied with each mobile unit. The microphone shall be ruggedly
constructed to withstand the severe usage of mobile operations and shall have a
push-to-talk switch mounted on the microphone housing. The microphone shall be
provided with a nominal 4 ft. length self-retracting coil type cord. A separate matching
control head (not part of the microphone) including all controls required for operation
of the transmitter/receiver equipment shall be furnished as part of the equipment.
The control head for a 2-piece control unit shall be capable of mounting on the vehicle
dash or floorboard and a suitable inter-cabling kit shall be provided to interconnect the
control head and the transmitter/receiver equipment. The control cable to be supplied
shall be at least 20 feet in length and shall not have any intermediate junction boxes
or barrier strips.
The control head shall incorporate as a minimum:
1.
An ON and OFF switch.
2.
An indicator lamp to indicate that the radio is on.
3.
A squelch sensitivity control.
4.
Tone squelch disable switch, which may be located on the microphone hang-up
brackets.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 9 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
5.
A volume control button or knob. (Clockwise Volume increase)
6.
A red light that illuminates when the transmitter push-to-talk switch is activated.
7.
Channel (Talk Group) selection control switch or knob.
8.
Scan switch with channel priority select.
9.
(High-Tier/ Mid-Tier Requirement only) A LCD alphanumeric readout display
for channel information.
All indicator lights shall be LED or LCD, or some other proven long-life illumination
device (30,000 hour average life or better for High-Tier, 10,000 hour average life or
better for all other models). All background lighting shall be diffused and non-glaring,
with intensity sufficient for high ambient daytime lighting.
The alphanumeric display control head shall be factory preprogrammed to the
customer's channel labeling requirements. Radio frequency channeling shall also be
preprogrammed at the factory.
2.21.2
Loud Speaker.
A heavy-duty permanent magnet loud speaker rated for a minimum of 10 watts and
mounted in a heavy metal or high impact plastic case with mounting brackets shall be
provided.
2.21.3
Power Cable.
One battery cable (hot) of at least 22 feet in length shall be supplied with each unit.
2.22
Optional Accessories:
The following accessories to the mobile unit are desired:
•
(High-Tier, Mid-Tier,) Digital voice encryption, including AES and DES.
•
(High-Tier, Mid-Tier, Low-Tier) Digitally controlled remote control head with
alpha/numeric readout.
•
(High-Tier, Mid-Tier, or Low-Tier) Analog or digital voice encryption, DTMF tone
generator from microphone.
2.23
Servicing:
Transmitter/receiver equipment shall be readily removable from the mount for routine servicing.
There shall be provisions for convenient metering of all essential transmitter and receiver circuits
from multi-pin metering socket(s). All metering points shall be properly decoupled and connected to
the metering socket(s). Provision for automated test set radio analysis is acceptable. All circuit
modules shall be easily accessible plug-in printed circuit type fiberglass boards. Easy access shall be
provided to all other portions of the unit.
2.24
MOBILE, DATA RADIO, VEHICULAR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
This specification describes the minimum requirements for a UHF or 700/800 MHz mobile digital data
link radio. The radio shall operate on a 25 KHz bandwidth channel at various data speeds from 19.2
Kb/sec to 44.3 Kb/sec, or 9.6 Kb/sec to 22 Kb/sec on a 12.5 KHz channel, or greater, depending
upon signal conditions and BER conditions. Diversity receiver technology is encouraged, but not
mandatory. Specifications shall meet voice radio specification unless otherwise listed.
2.24.1
Transmitter Characteristics:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 10 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.24.1 (a)
Operating Frequency. The transmitter shall be capable of operating on at
least 16 separate conventional frequencies. The transmitter shall be factory supplied
and aligned to the specific RF frequencies given in the purchase order.
Carrier Power Output Rating: (all minimum intermittent power at 20% duty cycle)
UHF: 10-40 Watts
800 MHz: 10-35 Watts
900 MHz: 10-25 Watts
• System Modulation:
UHF/800 MHz: Digital (8K6DF1D, 15K3F1D, 15K0F1D, 15K6F1D
• Conducted and Radiated Spurious Emission Attenuation:
UHF/800 MHz: -75 dBc
• Harmonic Emission Attenuation:
UHF/800 MHz: -80 dB
• FM Hum and Noise Attenuation:
UHF/800 MHz: -40 dB below 60% max deviation
2.25
Receiver Characteristics:
2.25.1
Operating Frequency
The receivers shall be capable of receiving on a minimum of 16 channels at UHF 450
MHz, and at 800 MHz.
2.25.2
Receiver Standards:
• EIA 12 dB SINAD Sensitivity:
All Bands: 0.35 microvolts
• Adjacent Channel Selectivity Desensitization:
UHF/800/900 MHz: 65 dB (12.5 KHz narrowband digital)
UHF/800 MHz: 75 dB (wideband 25 KHz)
• Spurious Response Attenuation:
UHF: -80 dB
800/900 MHz: -80 dB
• Intermodulation Spurious Attenuation:
UHF/800 MHz: -75 dB
• Frequency Stability:
UHF/800/900 MHz: 1.5 ppm
2.26
DESK-TOP ANALOG & DIGITAL BASE STATION RADIO EQUIPMENT:
This specification describes low and mid power radios, for desktop or wall mount, for use either as a
local base or as a control station for a repeater or trunked network.
2.26.1
This device has an integrated housing with the AC power supply and the radio.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 11 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.26.2
An option for this class is a remote line interface.
2.26.3
Offerings shall meet the corresponding mobile radio applications.
2.27
ANALOG & DIGITAL PERSONAL /PORTABLE RADIO EQUIPMENT
2.27.1
Model Specifications
2.27.1 (a)
High-Tier
This specification describes various types VHF, UHF, and 700-800 MHz,
narrow band, conventional and trunked personal/portable radio
transceivers.
Specifications for battery charging units and jerk-and-run mobile radio
converter consoles are also included.
2.27.1 (b)
Mid-Tier
This specification describes various types VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz
analog, digital, conventional and trunked personal/portable radio
transceivers.
2.27.1 (c)
Low-Tier
This specification describes various types VHF, UHF, and 800 MHz analog
conventional and trunked personal/portable radio transceivers
2.28
Transmitter Standards
Definitions, standards, and methods of measurement shall conform to EIA Standard RS-316B,
unless otherwise noted.
2.28.1 (a)
Carrier Power Output
•
High-Tier
VHF: 5 watts minimum
800 MHz: 3 watts minimum
•
Low-Tier
2 watts minimum
2.28.1 (b)
Spurious and Harmonic Emission
•
High-Tier -75 dBc
•
Low-Tier -60 dBc
2.28.1 (c)
FM Hum and Noise
•
High-Tier -40 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
•
Low-Tier -35 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
2.28.1 (d)
Transmit Audio Distortion
•
High-Tier Less than 3%
•
Low-Tier Less than 5%
2.29
Receiver Characteristics
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 12 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.29.1
Adjacent Channel Selectivity
• High-Tier -61 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
• Low-Tier -50 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
2.29.2
Intermodulation
•
High-Tier -75 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
•
Low-Tier -60 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
2.29.3
Spurious and Image Rejection
•
High-Tier -75 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
•
Low-Tier -60 dB or better (12.5 kHz)
2.29.4
Audio Power Output
•
High-Tier 500 mw at less than 3% distortion
•
Low-Tier 500 mw at less than 5% distortion
2.30
General Electric and Mechanical Characteristics:
2.30.1
Components Included:
The vendor shall supply all necessary components, such as transceiver, battery, and
flexible antenna.
The radio shall effectively have the following exterior controls: Power on/off, volume,
channel selector, and push-to-talk switch. The radio shall be supplied with an integral
microphone and loud-speaker. The push-to-talk switch shall be located on the side of the
transceiver so it may be conveniently depressed while speaking into the microphone.
2.30.2
Programming:
•
Each unit under this section except for the Low-Tier model shall be completely Field
programmable. All channel information such as transmit and receive RF frequencies;
CTCSS tone frequencies, and anything else which would be functionally tied to the
channel selector of the radio, shall be fully field programmable and reprogrammable
utilizing a single programming unit.
•
Field Programmer - Each Vendor shall provide as an option, a field programming unit
which is designed to fully program the channel personality of each radio under this
section. The programmer may either be a self-contained programming unit, or the
programmer may consist of an interface unit and software to convert a personal
computer to a field programmer.
2.31
Battery Cycle
The rechargeable battery supplied with each radio shall have the capacity to provide at least 8 hours
of service when used in a 5% transmit, 5% receive, 90% standby duty cycle.
2.32
Battery Chargers
2.32.1
High-Tier: Single and multiple (minimum 5 unit) battery chargers shall be available and
priced separately on the price pages. The chargers shall recharge a completely
discharged battery within 3 hours; thereafter a low (trickle) charge rate shall be available.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 13 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
The chargers shall be UL approved and operate from a 120-volt A.C., 60 Hz power
source. Protection shall be provided to prevent battery damage by over-charging or over-
heating.
2.32.2
Low-Tier: A single unit battery charger shall be available and priced separately on the
price pages. The charger shall recharge a completely discharged battery within 14 hours;
thereafter a low (trickle) charge rate shall be available. The charger shall be UL approved
and operate from a 120-volt A.C., 60 Hz power source. Protection shall be provided to
prevent battery damage by over-charging or over-heating.
2.33
Mobile Radio Converter Console and Charger (High-Tier Model Only):
2.33.1
Availability: There should be available, as an extra option, a mobile charger/converter
console. The charger/converter console shall conform to the following criteria:
1. The vehicular chargers shall accept both VHF, UHF, 700/800 portables.
2. Circuitry shall be incorporated in the charger which will prevent over charging the
battery if it is left on charge indefinitely.
3. The unit shall completely recharge either low or high capacity batteries in three hours or
less.
4. A temperature sensing logic circuit shall be provided that prevents charging a battery
that is too hot or cold for reliable safe charging.
5. When the portable is in the vehicular charger, the battery shall be electrically
disconnected and the portable shall be powered from the vehicle battery. Operation of the
portable in the charger shall not drain or prevent the portable battery from charging. It
shall be possible to use the portable in the charger even if its battery is dead.
6. Audio power amplifier and charger circuitry shall be turned on by insertion of the
portable in the charger and turned off by removal of the portable from the charger.
7. The charger/converter shall provide the vehicle enclosure for the radio and shall provide
for the following items:
•
Connects the radio to the external antenna.
•
Connects the radio to the vehicle microphone.
•
Connects the radio to the vehicle audio amplifier and speaker.
•
Connects the radio to the charging circuit.
2.33.2
A key locking assembly shall be furnished to provide for locking the radio in the charger
unit. The charger/converter mounting shall meet applicable federal safety standards for
automotive accessories. A red LED "Transmit” indicator.
2.33.3
Accessories - Each charger/converter shall include the following accessories: •
Microphone with coiled cord and connector.
•
A 12 watt amplifier and speaker.
•
Mounting brackets and hardware to mount the charger and its accessories.
•
If a special calibrator is required to adjust the chargers, one shall be furnished.
•
Special 12 watt speaker volume control or pad. Each 12 watt speaker amplifier, or the
vehicle charger, shall incorporate a variable pad or volume control to allow for
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 14 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
presetting the portable volume control to a normal listening level, and then when the
portable is inserted into the vehicular charger, the volume level will be correct for
vehicular use without further adjustment.
2.33.4
Power Requirements: The charger/converter shall be designed to operate from a normal
12 volt negative ground automotive electrical system. The reference voltage shall be
established at 13.6 volts DC.
2.33.5
Mechanical Adjustment: The vehicular charger shall be mechanically adjusted by the
factory before delivery and shall not require further adjustment by the buyer prior to being
placed into service. All mechanical adjustments shall have locking devices to ensure their
continued alignment during operation. Proper operation of the vehicular charger includes
the unit's ability to lock in and release the portable radio in a smooth and easy manner
without binding. All electrical functions of the unit shall be operational with the portable
radio properly locked in. The pins contacting the portable radio shall be a heavy-duty type,
capable of withstanding multitudinous insertions and removals of the radio from the
charger.
2.34
ANALOG & DIGITAL MOTORCYCLE REAR-MOUNT RADIO:
This specification describes low and mid power radios, for motorcycle use. Offerings shall
meet the corresponding mobile radio applications.
2.34.1
Installation:
The radio unit shall be designed for two-piece rear fender/handlebar control head
mounting on Kawasaki, Honda, BMW, or Harley Davidson motorcycles, and shall meet
Federal safety requirements.
2.34.2
Interconnecting Cables:
2.34.2 (a)
All cables and wires shall be furnished to connect the unit to its associated
control head and to interconnect the mobile unit with its accessories and the
vehicle electrical system. Cables shall be well insulated, waterproofed and
equipped with appropriate connectors.
2.34.2 (b)
Connectors shall have a screw fastener to mechanically secure the
connectors.
2.34.3
Control Panel:
The control panel shall be functional, attractive and include all facilities for operating the
radio. Controls shall include on-off switch, volume control and squelch disable switch, a
red light indicator for transmitter operating, a frequency selection switch for multifrequency
requirements, an alpha/numeric channel indicator display, and a Priority Scan enable
switch. The control panel shall be weather proof.
2.34.4
Microphone:
2.34.4 (a)
A military palm-type, noise-canceling microphone shall be supplied as part
of the equipment. The microphone shall be a dynamic or magnetic type,
and shall include a convenient push-to-talk button for transmitter control.
Option helmet (head set) microphones are encouraged to be listed.
2.34.4 (b)
The microphone cord shall be a retractable type, with conductors of tinned
metallic stranded wire not smaller than AWG size 30. The microphone cord
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 15 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
shall be terminated with a separate screw-on male connector or telephone
type modular connector, for mating with the receptacle supplied on the
radio.
2.34.5
Optional Weatherproof Housing:
2.34.5 (a)
Housing shall provide a weatherproof seal to the elements and shall be
capable of preventing unauthorized access to the radio by some type of key
lock mechanism. Housing should also be capable of supporting an antenna
mount.
2.34.5 (b)
Weatherproof Housing shall be included as a purchase option of the radio.
2.34.6
Power Supply:
2.34.6 (a)
The power supply shall be designed to operate from a normal 12 volt
negative ground motorcycle electrical system. The reference voltage shall
be established at 13.6 VDC. DC input to the radio shall be adequately
filtered to exclude all alternator noise.
2.34.6 (b)
The power supply, and associated transmitter and receiver, shall be
designed so that no degradation shall result (except for a 3 dB loss in
transmitter power) in the receiver audio output, squelch sensitivity and
SINAD sensitivity if the power supply voltage is varied +/-10% from 13.6
VDC.
2.34.6 (c)
The power supply, transmitter, and receiver shall be adequately protected
by replaceable type fuses or circuit breakers.
2.35
FIXED LINK BASE RADIOS
The following items are system specifications and shall be determined on a per channel basis, as
appropriate, for two link transceivers and associated equipment.
2.35.1
Power Requirements
Each low power transceiver shall operate from a negative ground +12.6 volt supply. The
transmitter current drain shall be adjustable to less than 1.0 amps when transmitting (at
reduced power). The complete transceiver shall operate in an idle condition with a current
draw of:
2.35.1 (a)
Category 1- Less than 150 ma.
2.35.1 (b)
Category 2- Greater than 150 ma., but less than 800 ma
2.35.2
Environmental
The transceivers shall operate and meet the specifications herein set forth over an
ambient temperature range of 0 to +50 degrees Celsius, with a maximum humidity of 95%
at altitudes from sea level to 10,000 feet. The equipment shall remain operational over an
ambient temperature range of -20 to +55 degrees Celsius.
2.36
Duplexer, BP & BP/BR
The vendor shall list an optional duplexer. A duplexer, pre-tuned to the frequencies specified in the
purchase order, shall be available with each link transceiver. It shall be included as a separate priced
unit for each transceiver package. Both Pass and Band Pass / Band Reject duplexers should be
offered.
•
Insertion Loss shall be 1.5 dB maximum
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 16 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
•
Connectors - Type N Female
2.36.1
Option A - UHF Option shall satisfy the following requirements
•
Transmitter Noise Suppression an Receive Frequency / 75 dB
•
Receiver isolation at Transmitter Frequency / 75 dB
2.36.2
Option B - 700-800 MHz Option shall satisfy the following requirements
•
Transmitter Noise Suppression an Receive Frequency / 65 dB
•
Receiver isolation at Transmitter Frequency / 65 dB
2.37
Re-Radiation Loss
The vendor shall list an optional isolator with no more than 0.5 dB total insertion loss and shall be
capable of dissipating at least 10 watt of reflected power. Re-radiation of intermodulation products
shall be no greater than -50 dBm from the duplexer antenna port when a spurious signal within the
duplexer’s pass band arrives at that port at 0 dBm (EMR model numbers 7540/2 / 7640/2 or equal). It
shall be included as part of each transceiver package as a separate unit.
2.38
Common Circuitry
The transceiver shall be made with removable modular card construction and fit in a standard 19-
inch rack mount. The transceiver shall have interfacing circuitry that provides a common point for
external control (PTT, COR, power, and 600 Ohm audio connections) to the transmitter and receiver.
2.39
Audio Requirements
The transceiver shall have a 600 ohm balanced 4-wire audio interface. Transmitter and Receiver
audio levels shall be adjustable from 16 to +1 dBm. The overall frequency response of the link (end
to end) shall exceed a 3002 grade line with type C2 conditioning and be capable of passing industry
standard function tones.
2.40
Physical Size/Form Factor
The physical size of the transceiver shall be such that it will fit in a 19-inch equipment rack (width)
while not occupying more than 4 rack units (7 inches) vertically. The unit's depth shall not exceed 15
inches. The transceiver should be modular with individual modules plugging into the backplane via a
card edge connector.
2.41
Transmitter Characteristics
The transmitter shall meet or exceed the following minimum specifications:
2.41.1
Carrier Power Output
•
Category 1 / 6 watt minimum VHF, UHF, 3W minimum 700/800 MHz.
•
Category 2 / 12 watt minimum VHF, UHF, 700/800 MHz
2.41.2
Spurious and Harmonic Emission Attenuation / 70 dB below carrier
2.41.3
Audio Frequency Total Harmonic Distortion / 5% maximum
2.41.4
Key-Up Time to Full Output / 40 milliseconds, maximum
2.42
Receiver Characteristics
2.42.1
Spurious Response Rejection (Attenuation) / 90 dB Minimum
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 17 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.42.2
Intermodulation Spurious Rejection (Attenuation) / 75 dB Minimum
2.42.3
Adjacent Channel Selectivity / - 45dB (12.5KHz)
2.42.4
Audio Output / -16 dBm to +1 dBm (600 Ohms).
2.42.5
Buffered discriminator output
2.42.6
External Mute - The receiver shall have an external mute input which while actively
prevent any audio signal from passing through the 600 Ohm receive output port.
2.43
LOW POWER VEHICULAR REPEATERS EQUIPMENT
This specification describes VHF, UHF, and 700/800 MHz in-vehicle mounted repeater, for
attachment to the vehicle’s mobile radio and used to extending the range of the user’s portable radio.
2.44
MULTI-BAND RADIOS
This section describes radios capable of operating in multiple public safety radio bands. For the
purposes of this contract the 700 MHz and 800 MHz bands are considered a single band.
Specifically, these radios are capable of operating in any two or more of the VHF, UHF, or the
700/800 MHz bands. Otherwise specifications are controlled by the class and tier of the offered
product.
2.45
ANALOG & DIGITAL BASE/MOBILE RELAY STATION FIXED RADIO EQUIPMENT
Model Specifications
2.45.1
Basic Operations
The following specification describes, VHF High-band, UHF, 700 MHz, and 800 MHz
continuous duty, mobile relay/base station equipment using phase, frequency, or digital
modulation. Must be FCC type accepted to meet the modulation mask described in FCC
Part 90.210.d. Trunked stations must meet the APCO 16, P25, or Open Sky system
requirements. All 700 MHz stations shall be capable of P25 operation. Stations shall be
capable of the following three modes of operation:
•
Mode 1 - The station operates as a mobile relay only
•
Mode 2 - The station operates as a tone and/or E&M remote controlled base
station and mobile relay
•
Mode 3 - The station operates as a tone and/or E&M remote controlled simplex
or duplex base station
Digitally trunked base/repeaters shall be of the same model line as the conventional radios.
2.46
Electrical Specification:
The equipment shall be designed to operate from a primary power source of 117 volts AC, 60 Hz.
Adequate overload protection shall be provided. All power supplies shall use only high-quality, long-
life, solid-state components as active devices. The equipment shall also be capable of operating from
an external DC power source.
2.47
Transmitter Characteristics:
2.47.1
The transmitter shall use solid-state components throughout. The use of vacuum tubes in
any stage is not acceptable.
2.47.2
Each station offered shall be capable of normal, continuous duty operation.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 18 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.47.3
The transmitter shall be supplied for single frequency operation at any frequency within
the VHF, UHF, 700 MHz (745-805 MHz) or 806-869 MHz bands. An alternate option for
two or more frequency stations shall also be an option. The transmitter shall be factory
aligned to the frequency specified in the purchase order.
2.47.4
Transmitter Standards:
•
Carrier Power Output Rating:
High-Tier 40-100 watts, continuous duty.
•
Conducted and Radiated Spurious Emissions:
High-Tier / -85 dB (12.5 kHz)
Mid-Tier / -70 dB (12.5 kHz)
•
Audio Frequency Harmonic Distortion:
High-Tier / All Bands: 2% Max.
Mid-Tier / 3% maximum
•
FM Hum and Noise Level: High-Tier / -45 dB (12.5 kHz)
Mid-Tier / -34 dB (12.5 kHz)
2.47.5
Reradiated Loss:
Re-radiation of intermodulation products shall be at least -50 dBm VHF (-30dBm) all other
bands) from the transmitter antenna port or at the external isolator output port (if provided)
when a spurious signal arrives at the port at 0 dBm. Any isolators used to accomplish this,
shall be capable of dissipating at least 50 watts of
2.48
Receiver Characteristics:
The receiver shall be completely solid-state, utilizing only high-quality, long-life, solid-state
components as active devices. The receiver shall be rated for continuous operation.
2.48.1
Receiver General Characteristics:
•
Adjacent Channel Selectivity: High-Tier / -75 dB at 12.5 KHz
Mid-Tier / -60 dB at 12.5 KHz
•
Spurious Response Attenuation: High-Tier / -95 dB at 12.5 KHz
Mid-Tier / -70 dB at 12.5 KHz
•
Intermodulation Spurious Attenuation:
High-Tier / -80 dB at 12.5 KHz
Mid-Tier / -70 dB at 12.5 KHz
2.48.2
Carrier Operated Relay:
A carrier operated relay (COR) shall be provided. Upon receipt of an on-frequency RF
carrier signal and the required squelch activating sub-audible tone, this relay shall provide
closure of a pair of normally open dry relay contacts.
2.48.3
Mobile Relay Operation:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 19 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
The receiver repeat audio shall be connected to the transmitter modulator input through a
gain control to permit independent adjustment of transmitter modulation level. The repeat
level shall be independent of line input/output levels. A carrier control timer shall be
provided. This will limit the duration of any continuous mobile relay transmission to a pre-
selected interval of from 30 seconds to 5 minutes.
2.49
Station Control and Operation:
2.49.1
Station Audio Control:
The station shall be designed to accept two-line, 4-wire audio; 0 dB in/0 dB out.
2.49.2
Tone Control Scheme:
The base station shall be controlled by in-band tones for the remote controlled transmit
function and the repeater enable/disable function.
2.49.2 (a)
Transmit Tone Control:
•
Transmit tone control shall be by tone intervals of the following
sequence:
A = Guard Tone (2175 Hz) for 125 msec. nominal
B = Transmit Tone (1950 Hz; 10 dB down from (A) for 40 msec.
nominal
C = Low Level Guard Tone (2175 Hz for the duration of the message;
30 dB down from A)
•
The "B" function tone shall activate the transmit function of a single
frequency base station with the "C" tone continuing throughout the
message.
•
The station decoders shall not respond (false) to voice peaks up to test
tone levels or noise up to -10 dBm.
•
The tone decoder overload (talk-down level for voice peaks shall be
greater than the test tone level; the overload level for noise shall be
such that overload does not occur with levels as high as 10 dB below
test tone.
2.49.2 (b)
Tone Squelch Disable:
The receiver sub-audible tone squelch unit shall be disabled by the short
tone sequence indicated below:
A= Guard Tone (2175 Hz) for 125 msec. nominal
B= CTCSS Disable Tone (2050 Hz); 10 dB down from (A) for 40 msec.
nominal
2.49.3
Repeater Enable/Disable Function:
The mobile function of the station shall be enabled and disabled by the tone
sequence indicated below:
A= Guard Tone (2175 Hz) for 125 msec. is nominal
B= Function Tones (10 dB down from A, 1550 Hz for enable, 1440 Hz for
disable) for 40 msec. nominal
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 20 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.49.4
E&M / DC Control
The station shall provide a contact point, which when grounded, will key the
station and allow the transmission of line audio. When the station is keyed by
grounding the contact point, the remote control function shall have priority over
the repeater function. Also, tone remote keying shall have priority over DC
contact keying.
2.49.5
Microphone and Speaker
A palm-type microphone with push-to-talk switch and hang-up bracket shall be
supplied with each unit for local control. A permanent magnet loud speaker with
volume control shall also be supplied. The volume to the monitoring speaker
shall be independent of the transmitter repeat and line output levels. The local
PTT and microphone audio functions shall override repeater or line PTT and
audio.
2.50
Optional Duplexer:
For the UHF & 800 MHz stations only, an optional duplexer, pre-tuned to the frequencies specified
in the purchase order, shall be considered separately. It shall be capable of being mounted
horizontally in a standard 19" rack. Models determined to meet the requirements of this section
include the EMR 65534/ENC, SBC-2 for UHF, and the Celwave PD898 for 800 MHz, or approved
equivalents. Because of random Tx/Rx frequency splits, VHF duplexing equipment is not a
requirement of this RFP.
2.50.1
Frequency Separation: UHF MHz: 5 MHz minimum
700 MHz: 30 MHz minimum
800 MHz: 45 MHz minimum
2.50.2
Maximum Power Input: (Continuous duty) / 100 Watts
2.50.3
Insertion Loss:
UHF: at 5.0MHz Separation: 1.0dB Max.
700 MHz: at 30 MHz Separation: 1.0 dB Max.
800 MHz: at 45 MHz Separation: 1.0 dB Max.
2.50.4
Transmitter Noise Suppression at Receive Frequency:
UHF: : 75 dB minimum
700/800 MHz: 65 dB minimum
2.50.5
Receiver Isolation at Transmit Frequency:
UHF: : 75 dB minimum
700/800 MHz: 65 dB minimum
2.50.6
Maximum VSWR: 1.5:1 or less; both bands
2.50.7
Connectors: Type N Female or 7/16 DIN
2.51
General Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics:
2.51.1
Basic Components:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 21 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
•
The radio equipment shall be installed in a standard, indoor cabinet enclosure, or an
optional heavy-duty, aluminum, 19-inch, open relay rack of a nominal 90-inch height,
meeting EIA Standard RS310C (Harris -Dracon 46055-005 or approved equivalent).
All station chassis shall be mounted near the middle of the rack. The maximum height
of the mobile relay/base station equipment shall be 37 inches.
•
All RF input/output connectors on major station assemblies shall be Type N, BNC, or
TNC, or some other approved locking RF connector.
2.51.2
Special Tools:
One complete set of any specialized hand tools shall be provided with each base/mobile
relay station ordered. Tools shall include all necessary tuning tools, cables, card and/or
module extenders, etc., to locate defective parts, trace equipment malfunctions, and
perform routine maintenance.
2.51.3
Service Meters:
Panel mounted meters with associated selector switches or similar means may be
optional with all units to measure all transmitter and receiver circuits essential to tuning
and servicing. Such meters or fixtures shall be separately priced. If a computer interface is
required for routine maintenance, the software shall be provided.
2.51.4
Wiring:
Wiring shall be color coded or marked in an acceptable manner for ease of maintenance.
All inter-chassis wiring shall be clamped, laced or tied to prevent undue mechanical strain
on connectors and terminals. When subjected to an open flame, hot soldering iron, or
short circuit, the wire used in this equipment shall not support combustion for more than
five seconds after the heat source is removed.
2.52
COMMUNICATION SERVICE MONITORS
These specifications describe a Communications Service Monitors for use in the maintenance of
public safety land mobile radio communications system. These systems will be primarily
conventional narrowband FM, conventional P25, trunked P25 or Astro 25 systems.
2.52.1
Physical Construction:
The complete monitor, including any and all modules, shall be contained in the mainframe.
All switches, controls, inputs and outputs normally used during operation should be
accessible from the front of the instrument. The mainframe cabinet shall be provided with
a cover to protect the controls and oscilloscope from damage. The monitor shall operate
over a temperature range of 0 to 40 degrees Celsius and weigh less than 35 pounds,
including all plug-in modules and batteries.
2.52.2
Electrical Specifications:
The monitor shall be all solid-state. The monitor shall be capable of accepting operating
power from one of two sources. No internal modifications or adjustments shall be required
by the operator to change from one power source to another.
2.52.2 (a)
A.C. Power / 120 VAC, 60 Hz; the unit shall be supplied with a 6-foot
grounding power cord.
2.52.2 (b)
D.C. Power / 12 VDC to 15 VDC; the unit shall be supplied with the required
connector to supply D.C. power to the monitor for specific classifications.
2.52.3
Service Monitor Operating Sections:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 22 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
The following functions shall be provided by the monitor, as defined by instrument class:
•
R.F. Signal Generator
•
R.F. Receiver
•
Duplex R.F. Signal Generator
•
General Purpose Oscilloscope
•
R.F. Spectrum Analyzer
•
Tracking Generator
•
High Stability Oscillator (0.01 ppm - 0.1 ppm)
•
Frequency Counter
•
Power Meter
•
Audio Generator
•
Distortion Meter
•
General Purpose Oscilloscope
2.52.4
Signal Generator - Signal output(s) shall be provided to allow servicing and alignment of
FM communications receivers.
2.52.5
Frequency Generation - Continuous from 1 MHz to 1000 MHz .
2.52.6
Output Level - 0.1 microvolt to 20 millivolts
2.52.7
Output Level Accuracy: <+/- 2Db
2.52.8
Time Base Aging and Stability: 1.0 PPM/year after the first month
2.52.9
Frequency Step Resolution: 10 Hz or better
2.52.10
Modulation: AM & FM
2.52.11
Audio Generator: 1 KHz fixed, & variable frequency tone
2.53
Receiver Monitor/Display:
The receiver/monitor shall display demodulated signals on the LCD display/meter and allow audible
monitoring via a self-contained speaker.
2.53.1
Frequency Range & Accuracy: Same as for Signal Generator
2.53.2
Input Sensitivity: 2 microvolt maximum for 10 dB SINAD
2.53.3
Input Impedance: 50 ohm, nominal
2.53.4
Deviation Measurement Range:
<+/- 2.0 KHz to >+/- 10 KHz peak for full scale display
2.53.5
Deviation Measurement Accuracy: +/- 5%
2.53.6
Demodulated Output Distortion: < 10%
2.53.7
Frequency Meter Error Resolution: 1 Hz/10 sec. gate time
2.54
Oscilloscope
The receiver LCD display should be made available for use as a general purpose oscilloscope to 50
KHz or 500 KHz, depending upon classification/model.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 23 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.55
Spectrum Analyzer
2.55.1
Frequency Range: 400 KHz to 1000 MHz
2.55.2
Dynamic Range: -90 dBm to -30 dBm
2.55.3
Display Range: >70 dB calibrated in dBm
2.55.4
Horizontal Display Calibration: Shall have selectable per-division sweep calibration.
2.55.5
Calibration: A reference signal should be available from the instrument to be used for
level calibration.
2.56
Duplex RF Signal Generator
2.56.1
Offset Frequency Range: +/- 10 KHz to +/- 45 MHz
2.56.2
Output Level: >100 microvolt
2.57
Accessories
The monitor shall be provided with a whip antenna designed to make off-the-air measurements, an
output cable assembly, and a service manual.
2.58
Operational Considerations
It is the intent of these specifications to buy a dependable communications service monitor to
service government-owned communications equipment. The monitor must be ruggedly constructed
to withstand severe vibration and shock encountered during travel to remote transmitter sites.
The instrument will be used daily and must be a reliable standard under the specified extremes of
temperature and other conditions experienced during routine service procedures. The monitor shall
be portable and completely self-contained. The service monitor shall be so constructed and labeled
for easy use. Protection should be provided to minimize damage to the instrument by an
inadvertent keying of a transmitter into the generator output(s). The generator's output(s) shall
withstand a minimum of 100 watts for up to 30 seconds.
2.59
Configurations
Three configurations of monitors shall be proposed separately, depending upon option level and
vendor product line. These shall include the following:
2.59.1
Maximum Feature Test Set with Extended Range Duplex Signal Generator (no offset limit
within 1-1000 MHz range), Spectrum Analyzer with full span (1-1000 MHz) sweep,
Tracking Generator, High Stability Oscillator, & Computer control interface. Must list
options required to meet specifications. It requires P25 digital trunking, Smartnet trunking
capability. Options may include extended RF range, automatic test and tuning software,
additional digital modes including LTE, BER testing (List all trunking modes and other
additional options as offered by vendor.)
2.59.2
Full Feature Portable Service Monitor with Duplex Signal Generator (1000 MHz),
Spectrum Analyzer (1000 MHz), Tracking Generator (1000 MHz), and High Stability
Oscillator (0.5 ppm), with internal Battery Power (List trunking and other additional options
as offered by vendor). Units determined to meet the intent of this specification include the
Freedom 8000 series and Aeroflex 8800 series.
2.60
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
2.60.1
Non-Proprietary Specifications
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 24 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.60.1 (a)
These specifications describe electronic radio equipment to be used in
various Arizona State, VHF High-band, UHF 450 MHz and 700- 800 MHz
(Conventional and Trunked) radio communications systems. This document
will describe separately, the requirements for fifteen (15) different classes of
electronic equipment.
2.60.1 (b)
Only the VHF (150-174 MHz) model in all radio lines will be evaluated on
technical specifications. If a VHF conventional product qualifies for an
award in a product line, then the vendor may add their conventional UHF
Band, and qualification of a conventional 800 MHz product will allow a 700
MHz product in the same radio line to be added to the contract, providing
the discount percentage is the same as for the VHF or 800 MHz model.
2.60.1 (c)
The specifications do not include any proprietary items, components,
circuits, or devices which would preclude any communications equipment
manufacturer from producing equipment to meet these specifications. All
technical tolerances, ratings, power outputs, or any technically specified
criteria contained within these specifications are considered to be within the
current state of the art and are currently being met by commercially
available electronic equipment. The fact that a manufacturer chooses not to
produce equipment to meet these specifications is not sufficient cause to
adjudge these specifications as restrictive.
2.61
CONTRACTOR SUPPORT (Installation and Maintenance):
2.61.1
Instruction Books, User Guide and Product Literature
The contractor will make available the following equipment documentation to purchasers
in any quantity specified by the purchaser over and above the quantity required to be
included with the unit price. Manuals will accompany the equipment at time of delivery or
may be delivered prior to equipment delivery.
•
OPERATORS MANUAL One (1) operators manual will be furnished with each
equipment unit. This manual will provide an operational description of the equipment
and all other pertinent operational details. This manual must include illustrations or
photographs displaying the location and details of the various devices and controls.
This manual will be a volume separate from all other manuals.
•
INSTALLATION MANUAL the installation manual will consist of printed and illustrated
sections that describe the mechanical, electrical and electronic details of assembly
sufficient to assure proper operation at completion. This manual may be a section of
the service manual. Installation manuals will be included with each lot of purchase
for example: a) one (1) manual for each base/repeater unit b) one (1) manual for
each of the mobile or portable radio units, up to a maximum of ten (10) manuals for
each lot of mobile or portable radios. The purchaser will specify additional manuals
required with each purchase.
•
SERVICE MANUAL The service manual must contain circuit descriptions in verbal
and illustrative form which are concise and all inclusive. Sections of the manual will
include theory of operation to the component level, parts lists, troubleshooting flow
diagrams and charts, instructions for alignment programming, adjustment and/or
setup, schematics with normal operating voltages, plus wiring, interface,
interconnection and printed circuit layout and assembly diagrams. Also included will
be a list of maintenance and test equipment required for equipment maintenance
prescribing make, model, description, manufacturer and alternatives. Service
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 25 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
manuals will be included with each lot of purchase in the same manner as described
above for the installation manual. The purchaser will specify additional manuals
required with each purchase.
2.61.2
Warrantee (additional requirements):
It Contractors shall warrantee all equipment for one (1) year following the equipment’s
Acceptance.
2.61.3
Parts Support:
All equipment covered by these specifications and any resultant contracts will have a
minimum service life of seven (7) years from date of delivery to the purchaser and the
contractor will guarantee replacement parts stocking by the contractor and/or authorized
distributor for this service life period.
2.62
WORKMANSHIP
All the various types of equipment supplied under this Contract shall be of the latest, most improved
model, past the development state and in factory production. Such equipment shall have a
satisfactory production performance record as evidenced by product literature supplied by the
Contractor and as determined by the State. Equipment without performance data will be subject to a
technical evaluation for acceptability. If requested, Contractor shall supply a sample unit to the State
within ten (10) days of the request. The sample unit will be returned within sixty (60) days.
Components used in the equipment shall be only those specified in Contractor’s equipment literature.
Contractor shall provide a name and telephone number list of users/agencies that have purchased
and installed the proposed equipment for the State’s use during the evaluation process.
2.63
PROGRAMMING
Each model of radio shall have a Radio Programming Device available if one is required to program
the radio. This software shall be for the highest level and revision of software available, including all
maintenance software. The vendor shall agree that purchase of a single software package
constitutes a "user" license per-site and may make necessary copies for internal use as required at a
site. The vendor shall also offer at a reasonable additional cost, a “system” license for use at up to 10
agency service shops.
3.0 Digital Microwave Terminals
3.1.1
Offer(s) shall be the manufacturer or distributers of the products requested and specified;
3.1.2
Standards and specifications from the following shall be used unless otherwise specified;
3.1.3
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47 Parts 2, 15, and 101 as applicable;
3.1.4
Bellcore Technical References;
3.1.5
International Telecommunications Union – Telecommunications Standardization Sector
(ITU-T), formerly know as CCITT;
3.1.6
International Telecommunications Union Radio Communication Sector (ITU-R), formerly
known as CCIR;
3.1.7
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE);
3.1.8
MIL-HDBK-217, Reliability Prediction of Electronic Equipment;
3.1.9
Underwirters laboratory (UL);
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 26 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.1.10
American National Standards Institute (ANSI);
3.1.11
Electronic Industries Association (EIA);
3.1.12
Telecommunications Industries Association (TIA);
3.1.13
In case of conflicting requirements of standards, they apply in the sequence in which they
are listed above. The complete apparatus shall also comply with the applicable codes,
laws, and regulations of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
3.2
General Requirements
3.2.1
Equipment to be furnished complete:
3.2.1 (a)
When requested a fully functional assembly with standard industry
interfaces for the signal payload, power connections, alarm I/O connections
and any required data or service channel interfaces. All other accessories
would be priced separately in the vendors catalogs at a discount off listed
price and in as much as these materials may be provided by the purchaser
or already exist.
3.2.1 (b)
Equipment supplied under this contract shall be new and provided with the
latest hardware and software revisions currently being shipped. The
Contractor shall notify the Purchaser when any hardware or software
revision is incompatible with previously shipped equipment. The Contractor
shall identify the incompatibility and shall provide a method to resolve the
incompatibility.
3.2.1 (c)
Equipment supplied under this contract shall be standard production,
identified by model numbers as listed in supplier’s catalogs and price
pages. All equipment supplied under this contract shall be in full production
status. Equipment still in testing phases shall not be accepted.
3.2.2
Instruction Manuals - A complete, comprehensive set of instructions, block diagrams, and
operating manuals shall be furnished for each piece of equipment supplied. Manuals shall
be provided in the form of printed copy and available on CD Rom at no cost. The intent is
for documentation at a level sufficient for maintenance to the lowest replaceable unit.
Each instruction manuals shall contain the following as a minimum:
3.2.2 (a)
Complete block diagrams including information outlining method of
operation, supply voltages, etc. for all equipment.
3.2.2 (b)
Circuit diagrams showing internal interconnect wiring of all equipment.
3.2.2 (c)
Complete instructions covering operation, theory of operation, and
maintenance of all equipment and accessories.
3.2.2 (d)
Servicing manuals, instructions, and procedures shall be of sufficient detail
in order to perform detailed maintenance down to the sub-assembly level.
3.2.2 (e)
Diagrams showing inter-equipment wiring and cabling including terminal
block connections.
3.2.2 (f)
Normal point-to-point operating voltages, current, and power levels for test
and adjustment purposes.
3.2.2 (g)
Detailed installation instructions.
3.2.2 (h)
Detailed list of all replacement spare parts.
3.2.2 (i)
Block and level diagrams.
3.3
As-Built Drawings
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 27 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Two sets of as-built drawings for the whole system plus one set for each site shall be supplied to the
Purchaser indicating the location of the equipment, exterior equipment wiring, cabling, block and
level diagrams, and any other details that are either different or omitted from the instruction books
supplied. If only equipment has been ordered and not a complete system, the as-built drawings shall
show the equipment interconnection details and specific frequencies for each piece of equipment.
3.4
Contractor’s Guarantee
Contractor guarantees that the equipment furnished under the contract meets all of the requirements
contained within this specification. Product shall meet or exceeds the manufacturers published
performance specifications, as well as all equipment furnished shall fully meet all applicable Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Electronic Industries Association (EIA) specifications.
3.5
Warranty Service and Maintenance Contracts
Contractor shall repair or replace without charge to the Purchaser, any equipment or part that which
fails in operation during normal use within 24 months from the date of receipt of the equipment. This
shall not apply to failures caused by acts of God or extraordinary circumstances beyond the control
of the Contractor.
3.5.1
Contractor shall support the following:
3.5.1 (a)
maintenance
3.5.1 (b)
servicing
3.5.1 (c)
removal and replacement of defective parts
3.5.1 (d)
adjustments and measurements
3.5.2
In order to maintain the equipment supplied under this contract to the manufacturer's
specifications and requirements of the FCC for a period of 2 years from the date of the
receipt of the equipment. This shall be at no additional cost for those services requested
for malfunctions reported during a normal working day. A normal working day is
considered to be Monday through Friday, 0800 to 1700 hours, holidays excepted.
3.5.3
Contractor shall have a technician (at a fee) that has been trained and is competent to
maintain the supplied equipment on 24-hour call at all times. Phone numbers and
addresses shall be provided of the people to contact in an emergency. If the Purchaser
elects to maintain the equipment themselves, the Contractor shall provide 24- hour call-in
technical support 7 days a week. Contractor shall provide at time and expense price list
for onsite maintenance services which may be purchased on an as needed basis.
3.5.4
When a malfunction is reported and service is requested, the Contractor's technician shall
be able to provide technical support within 60 minutes after the Contractor or their
representative was notified by the Purchaser.
3.5.5
Contractor shall provide the names of the persons who shall be the primary contact point
for service, complaints, and general inquiries. Their names, addresses, and telephone
numbers shall be submitted in Section 3 Personnel section.
3.5.6
Contractor shall quote when requested, charges for malfunctions reported, service
requested, and maintenance performed as follows:
3.5.6 (a)
After 1700 and before 2400 hours, Monday through Friday.
3.5.6 (b)
After 2400 and before 0800 hours, Monday through Friday.
3.5.6 (c)
Saturday, Sunday, and holidays.
3.5.7
Equipment or part replaced under the provisions of this warranty becomes the property of
the Contractor. If the Contractor desires the defective equipment or part returned all
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 28 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
transportation charges shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. If the Contractor does
not specifically request return of such replaced parts within the 30 days from date of
replacement, the equipment or parts become property of the Purchaser. Contractor shall
provide repair and return service for two years at no charge.
3.5.8
Replacement parts shall be regularly stocked by the Contractor and/or authorized
distributor. Delay in the Purchaser’s receipt of replacement parts shall not exceed ten
calendar days from Contractor’s or distributor’s receipt of order.
3.5.9
Contractor shall guarantee deliver of emergency orders within 48 hours from receipt of
order. Emergency orders shall be transported by the most expedient manner available
with the transportation cost borne by the Purchaser less normal shipping cost.
3.6
Failure to Meet Requirements of Specifications
3.6.1
Should any of the inspections, tests, or operation of the equipment under service
conditions show that the system or equipment does not meet the requirements of the
specifications, the Purchaser shall reject the equipment and direct the Contractor to
immediately furnish such new equipment or parts thereof, as may be necessary to bring it
up to the requirements of the specifications.
3.6.2
Material and equipment furnished shall be subject to approval by the Purchaser(s),
including engineers selected to review the products with regard to design, operation,
performance and requirements of this specification. The acceptance of equipment or parts
thereof shall in no way relieve the vendor of responsibility for furnishing equipment that
meets this specification in all detail.
3.7
Detailed Specifications of Equipment
3.7.1
Contractor shall submit a complete description of the operation of the quoted equipment
when requested. The description shall include detailed specifications, photographs, panel
layouts with labeled controls, model numbers, and, in general, show all phases of the
quoted equipment. These specifications must be complete and cover in detail all
requirements set forth herein. Any deviation from these specifications shall be fully
explained. No quote shall be considered that does not fulfill these requirements.
3.7.2
Differences may exist in physical arrangements and mechanical construction of standard
products of various manufacturers. However, the requirements as stated in this section
describe a state-of-the-art microwave radio system concept as related to the operation,
expansion, maintenance, and requirements. Equipment offered that does not meet these
requirements must have a detailed statement of where deviations exist. A description
describing exactly how the equipment differs and the reasons the equipment is equivalent
to the requirements of the specification.
3.8
Maintenance and Test Equipment List
3.8.1
Contractor shall if provide when requested, a list of recommended spare parts and test
equipment deemed necessary to maintain the equipment.
3.9
Material and Workmanship
3.9.1
Material and workmanship shall conform as specified to the latest standardizing bodies as
the IEEE, EIA, NEMA, NEC, FCC, etc. Applicable EIA standards shall be fully met,
including all panel and equipment mounting rails, except as required by special
circumstances. All material shall be free from defects, corrosion, and scratches.
3.10
Test Procedures
3.10.1
Test procedures shall be conducted as outlined in the EIA standards and IEEE
specifications.
3.11
Identification
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 29 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.11.1
Operational controls and adjustments, plug-in-cards, sockets, and terminal strips shall
have suitable nameplates or stamps for the identification of function or purpose. All
cables, plugs, and sockets shall be marked to provide correct mating.
3.12
Servicing
3.12.1
Units shall be readily available for routine servicing. If module or card extenders are
required for servicing, then one of each required type shall be furnished.
3.13
Factory Testing
3.13.1
Each unit and assembly shall undergo extensive testing prior to shipment from the factory.
These tests shall encompass all aspects and functions of the equipment from the
component to the unit entirety. Each delivered unit shall be accompanied by a printed
record of the dynamic functional test results for that particular unit.
3.13.2
Equipment purchased shall be system tested at the factory prior to shipment to insure
proper operation, alignment, and compatibility.
3.13.3
Contractor shall allow the Purchaser to witness the factory testing. The Contractor shall
notify the Purchaser a minimum of 30 days prior to factory testing to allow the Purchaser
to make travel arrangements. The Purchaser has the right to decline. Equipment
purchased under this contract shall have a minimum service life of 10 years from the date
of delivery to the Purchaser. Contractor shall maintain replacement parts for this service
period. Should parts or equipment purchased becomes nonfunctional within the 10-year
service life period; the Contractor shall find approved replacement equipment or new
equipment to the Purchaser for the same price as the original equipment.
3.14
Training
3.14.1
Contractor shall provide training to the Purchaser’s personnel in the operation of all of the
equipment supplied under this contract. The training shall be supplied at the Contractor’s
training facility and shall be provided at no cost based on the amount equipment
purchased as follows:
3.14.1 (a)
1 to 2 hops of equipment Purchaser pays full cost of training class.
3.14.1 (b)
3 to 5 hops of equipment Contractor provides one seat of training at no
cost.
3.14.1 (c)
5 to 7 hops of equipment Contractor provides two seats of training at no
cost.
3.14.1 (d)
8 and above Contractor provides three seats of training at no cost plus one
additional seat at no cost for every two hops above 11 hops.
3.14.2
In all cases, the Purchaser shall be responsible for travel, lodging, and per diem costs for
the people they send to training.
3.14.3
Contractor shall provide technical training in the operation of all of the user equipment
supplied. This training shall include:
3.14.3 (a)
Training in the operation of the equipment and basic troubleshooting
techniques. This may include basic board replacement repair where
appropriate.
3.14.3 (b)
The Contractor shall provide factory training in the repair and maintenance
of the equipment as applicable. This training shall be at the technician level
and shall detail the maintenance, operation, level setting, and repair of any
electronic equipment being provided.
3.14.4
Contractor shall set forth the cost for optional additional hours of training and for any
optional or additional factory or field classes available.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 30 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.14.5
Contractor shall coordinate any training schedule with the Purchaser 45 days prior to
starting any training. The Contractor shall provide a training compendium at that time for
Purchaser approval.
3.15
System Options
3.15.1
Options listed below shall be provided if requested by the State. The prices for these
options are to be quoted in single unit quantities. The Purchaser may order any of the
following features without any requirement to order any other option. All optional
equipment shall meet the requirements of this specification as applicable.
3.15.2
Frequency coordination services as required to comply with FCC rules and licensing
instructions. This shall include services required by the FCC at the time the frequency
coordination is requested. Provide the cost on a “per-hop” basis.
3.15.3
Field Engineering Work: Provide a quotation for optional field engineering services for the
microwave paths. These services shall include but are not limited to:
3.15.3 (a)
Path engineering, including coordinating with the frequency coordinator to
determine the correct frequency band considering interference as well as
the physical characteristics of the path.
3.15.3 (b)
Physical inspection of the sites and verification of the microwave paths.
3.15.3 (c)
Providing written documentation showing photographs of the sites, site
drawings, and equipment installation locations.
3.15.3 (d)
Provide the cost on a per-hour basis.
3.15.4
Installation Services: A quotation for optional field installation services for the microwave
equipment, antennas, waveguide, and ancillary equipment. Provide this price on an hourly
basis.
3.15.5
No DS1 Multiplex: A deduct option shall be provided to remove the DS1 multiplex for all
microwave radio equipment with channel capacities of 28 DS1s and above.
3.15.6
Encryption: Provide a quotation for available encryption options for the microwave
equipment.
3.16
Non-Frequency Specific Requirements
3.16.1
Equipment is required to comply with these requirements unless specified elsewhere.
These specifications apply to three (3) classes of microwave systems: TDM (DS1s/DS3s),
Hybrid (supporting both TDM and Packet on their native modes), and Packet only radios.
3.16.2
Component Ratings: Each and every component part of the equipment shall be operated
within the manufacturer's continuous commercial-duty rating under any combination of
operating conditions specified. Relays and switches shall be hermetically sealed and rated
for a minimum of 2 million operations.
3.16.3
Overload Protection: Adequate fuses, circuit breakers, or other electronic devices shall be
included to protect the equipment from internal and external faults. In the event these
fusing devices are employed in circuits exhibiting false operation and yet protect the
equipment from a sustained overload.
3.17
Printed Circuit Connections
3.17.1
Panel-end cable connections are necessary to extend and interconnect the circuits to
other module panels, wire cables may be used, but they shall be made with stranded wire
and of sufficient gage and secured so as to equal the quality and reliability achieved from
the printed circuit inter-module connections within a panel. Solid-wire cables shall not be
used where cables shall be flexed.
3.17.2
Electrostatic Protection: The Contractor shall provide electrostatic protection device, one
per unit.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 31 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.17.3
Electromagnetic Susceptibility and Spurious Radiation
3.17.4
As a minimum, the equipment shall meet or exceed the spurious radiated signal
requirements of FCC Rules, Title 47, Part 15, Subpart J for Class B computing devices.
3.17.5
Microwave equipment supplied under this specification and contract shall be capable of
operating normally when located in a rack adjacent to Part 90 LMR base stations, and not
less than 3 meters from high-power TV and FM broadcast transmitters.
3.17.6
Equipment when all covers are installed shall operate normally if a portable radio
transmitter operating at 5 watts or less in the 136 to 174 MHz band, 4 watts or less in the
450 to 470 MHz band, and 3 watts or less in the 746 to 806 / 806 to 869 MHz band, is
keyed not less than 2 meters from the closest point on the equipment.
3.17.7
Should equipment fail to operate properly under the conditions described above in this
section, the Contractor shall be responsible for making any repairs or modifications to the
equipment supplied at the Contractor’s expense. The Purchaser shall be responsible for
making sure any non-Contractor-supplied equipment is operating within specification.
3.18
Mechanical Requirements
3.18.1
Indoor mounted equipment shall be supplied in EIA standard, 7-foot or 7 1/2-foot, 19-inch
or 23-inch racks. These racks shall be equipped with standard 1-3/4" rack spacing and
drilled and tapped for standard 12-24 NF screws. The rack shall be included in the
equipment pricing.
3.18.2
RF units and other equipment designed to be mounted outdoors shall be capable of
optionally installing the equipment indoors in a standard EIA equipment rack.
3.18.3
Equipment shall be supplied that shall allow for two complete RF and multiplex equipment
assemblies to be mounted in the same rack space to allow for a complete hot-standby
repeater or hot-standby terminal to be installed in a single rack space.
3.18.4
Outdoor mounted equipment shall be provided in weatherproof housing including a sun
shield as an option available to reduce the amount of heating due to solar isolation.
3.18.5
Equipment shall not be susceptible to bit errors, false alarms, or other abnormal operation
when subjected to shock and vibration normally anticipated to be received during normal
maintenance actions such as pulling and removing circuit cards, replacing covers, or
connecting test equipment either in the immediate rack or an adjacent rack.
3.18.6
Parts requiring service or maintenance must be accessible during normal operation. If
covers, shields, or assemblies have to be removed for service, special tools other than a
screwdriver and pliers shall not be required. The fasteners holding items that are removed
during service must be a captive type, designed for frequent use. All chassis shall be
designed to be physically and electrically detached conveniently from the rack for
replacement or bench service. All inter-chassis and interrack cabling or wiring shall have
connectors designed for rapid connection and disconnection. All cable connectors shall
have cable clamps.
3.18.7
Wiring and cabling shall be supported such that the weight of the cable or pressure from
bending is not transferred to the connector pins, wire-wrap point, or solder connection.
3.18.8
Any piece of equipment or contact area on the equipment that is capable of inflicting an
electrical shock or causing mechanical damage to a person working on the equipment
shall have protective covers and shall have appropriate warning labels.
3.18.9
No liquid cooling systems shall be allowed as part of this equipment.
3.19
Environmental
3.19.1
Indoor mounted equipment shall operate as specified under the following room ambient
environmental conditions:
3.19.1 (a)
Operating Temperature -10 degrees C to +50 degrees C
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 32 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.19.1 (b)
Relative Humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing at all operating temperatures
3.19.1 (c)
Operating Altitude 4,000 meters
3.19.2
Outdoor mounted equipment shall operate as specified under the following outside
ambient environmental conditions:
3.19.2 (a)
Operating Temperature -30 degrees C to +55 degrees C
3.19.2 (b)
Relative Humidity 5% to 95%, non-condensing at all operating temperatures
3.19.2 (c)
Operating Altitude 4,000 meters
3.20
Multiplex Equipment
3.20.1
Terminal and repeater equipment shall be supplied with multiplex equipment to convert
the signaling speeds and formats internal to the microwave equipment to industry
standard interfaces. These interfaces may include DS0/DS1/DS3, OC3/SONET, Ethernet,
and MPLS. Support of these interfaces may be by both internal and/or external
hardware.
3.20.2
Multiplex equipment shall be provided for the maximum capacity of the radio equipment
being provided.
3.20.3
Multiplex equipment shall mount in the same rack as the microwave radio equipment.
3.20.4
Multiplex equipment shall report equipment and transmission alarms and shall provide an
interface into the microwave radio alarm system so a single alarm interface is presented to
the technician or person using the alarm system.
3.20.5
Multiplexers shall be capable of performing looping back, as appropriate, on any DS-1,
DS-3, or OC-3 signal levels.
3.20.6
T1 digital channel banks should be offered with standard audio and data interfaces.
Options that enhance the users flexibility are encouraged.
3.21
Alarm and Control
3.21.1
Alarms shall be available for display and metering locally as well as from any other
terminal or repeater connected in the system to the same alarm and control system.
3.21.2
System including multiplex shall provide alarm and control capabilities via Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP). Any applicable private vendor MIB shall be provided to
Purchaser upon request without cost to the Purchaser.
3.21.3
Microwave equipment shall be equipped with front panel system status or a small
handheld unit with displays and controls. A computer interface port should be provided for
access to more detailed information or advanced features. However, all historical alarm
events shall be available to the operator through a laptop port.
3.22
DC Power Requirements
3.22.1
Equipment supplied under this contract shall operate as specified with either a positive or
negative ground over a voltage range from 21 to 28 VDC and 42 to 56 VDC with a 200
mV (RMS) ripple.
3.22.2
Radio assembly shall contribute no more that 30 mV RMS ripple to the DC bus, assuming
a 400 amp-hour (AH) battery with the system bus rating of 100 A.
3.22.3
Radio rack assembly shall be equipped with a DC distribution facility including power bus,
ground bus, and fuse or circuit breaker panel. This DC distribution facility shall provide
main DC power for all the equipment installed in the rack. The DC distribution facility shall
be equipped with an alarm system to provide an alarm contact whenever a fuse or circuit
breaker has opened.
3.22.4
Systems shall provide “fail-safe” operation when the input voltages are outside the
required operating range above. This means the radios shall not be subjected to damage
or random operation. When the voltage returns to the normal operating limits, the
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 33 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
equipment shall restore normal operation without operator or technician intervention or
requiring power to be removed to “reset” the equipment.
3.22.5
Radio equipment configured two or more to a rack shall be individually fused. A power
supply failure in one radio assembly shall not affect any other path or hop. This includes
the repair or replacement of the failed unit.
3.23
Service Channel and Orderwire
3.23.1
Radio terminal or repeater assembly shall be equipped with a minimum of two service
channels capable of the following:
3.23.1 (a)
One two-wire audio channel with a 600 ohm input.
3.23.1 (b)
A data channel that interfaces at the RS-232 level
3.23.2
Service channels shall not decrease the traffic capacity of the system.
3.23.3
Service channels shall automatically be switched when installed in a radio network using a
protected configuration (e.g., loop protection, hot-standby).
3.24
Redundancy and Protection
3.24.1
Microwave equipment shall be designed for reliable operation through the use of
redundant power supplies and other common equipment.
3.24.2
Alarm condition shall be generated any time any equipment, with the exception of diversity
receive, is operating in a protection mode.
3.24.3
Switching times, including maximum manual switching time, for all equipment shall be
stated. Maximum bit errors incurred and transmitter failure confirmation time shall also be
included.
3.24.4
Equipment shall provide both manual and automatic error free switching, receive only (and
does not apply to 18 and 23GHz).
3.24.5
Complete or partial failure of the protection control or switching shall not render the
microwave link inoperable. Any failure of the protection control or switching equipment
shall generate a major alarm.
3.24.6
Equipment shall be designed so that protection circuits and units not in service can be
tested and repaired without affecting the online system operation.
3.24.7
Amplitude of the digital output signal shall not change more than 2 dB as a result of a
transmitter protection switching action.
3.24.8
If both receivers in a hot-standby configuration indicated a received signal level of less
than the threshold, the protection circuits shall cause a reverse channel signal to be
transmitted to command the standby transmitter to switch on at the far end. This
requirement only applies to 6GHz, and 11Ghz systems.
3.25
Space Diversity
3.25.1
Equipment supplied with space diversity receive capability shall provide errorless
switching between the transition from one receiver to the other.
3.26
Adaptive Equalization
3.26.1
Adaptive equalization shall be included in all radio receivers. The dispersive fade margin
shall be greater than or equal to:
3.26.1 (a)
60 dB for radios operating at DS-3 rates and below
3.26.1 (b)
46 dB for radios operating at 2 DS-3 rates and above
3.26.1 (c)
39 dB for radios operating at OC3-3 rates and above
3.26.1 (d)
50 dB for radios operating 18GHz
3.26.1 (e)
40 dB for radios operating 23GHz
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 34 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.26.2
If Co-Channel Cross-Polarization Interference Correction (XPIC) Equalization is offered,
the Contractor should so indicate.
3.27
General Radio Digital Performance
This section describes the general performance requirements for bit error rates. Reframe time and
frame-lost seconds (FLS). A frame-lost second (FLS) is defined as a 1 second interval during which
an out-of-frame condition exists or when the BER is 1x10E-3 or less. No FLS seconds shall be
recorded in any consecutive 7-day test period when there are no radio fading effects. The recovery
time of the radio from out-of-frame and out-of-synchronization conditions to reframed and
resynchronized conditions shall nominally be 0.25 second or less. No more than 5 percent of the
recovery times shall exceed 0.5 second. The maximum recovery time shall be 2 seconds or less. The
reframe time (search time plus time to establish frame alignment) shall not exceed 7 ms for the level
2 (DS-2 with additional overhead bits) to the DS-1 stage of multiplexing.
3.28
DS-1 Digital Performance and Interface
3.28.1
DS-1 low-speed interface shall be as per Bellcore TR-NWT-000499 and ANSI T1.102 as
applicable.
3.28.2
Basic specification shall be as follows:
3.28.2 (a)
Data Rate: 1.544M bps ± 32 ppm
3.28.2 (b)
Line Impedance: 100 ohms, ± 5 percent, balanced
3.28.2 (c)
Line Code: User-selectable bipolar AMI or B8ZS
3.28.2 (d)
Jitter Accommodation: per TR-NWT-000499 and TR-NWT-00499
3.28.3
Residual bit error rate shall not be greater than 1 in 10-12.
3.28.4
Loss of synchronization of any DS-1 signal shall cause an Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) of
all ones to be transmitted. This AIS signal shall be repeated throughout the system as
applicable.
3.29
DS-3 Digital Performance ad Interface
3.29.1
DS-3 high-speed interfaces shall be per Bellcore TR-NWT-000499 and ANSI T1.102.
3.29.2
Basic interface specification is as follows:
3.29.2 (a)
Data Rate: 44.736M bps, ± 20 ppm
3.29.2 (b)
Line code: B3ZS
3.29.2 (c)
Line Impedance: 75 ohms, unbalanced
3.29.2 (d)
Jitter Accommodation: per TR-TSY-000499 and TR-NWT-00499.
3.30
OC-3 Digital Performance and Interface
3.30.1
OC-3 interface shall comply with ANSI T1.106/88, T1.105a/90, and T1.105/90
specifications.
3.31
General Transmitter Specifications
3.31.1
Frequency tolerance shall meet or exceed FCC Part 101.107. Frequency stability is
expected to be ±0.0025 percent or greater over the full operating range of the equipment.
3.31.2
Failure of a redundant amplifier in hot-standby configurations shall not reduce the power
output from the radio.
3.31.3
Replacement of a failed redundant (standby) amplifier shall not cause a system outage.
3.31.4
Transmitter shall be equipped with ability to monitor output power and frequency on an in-
service basis.
3.32
Regulatory Compliance
3.32.1
Radio equipment supplied under this contract shall meet the requirement of the current
Sub-Sections of Volume 47 of the Federal Code of Regulations.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 35 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.33
Outdoor Mounted RF Unit
3.33.1
Outdoor mounted RF unit when supplied shall comply with the requirements of this
section.
3.33.2
Operating temperature range shall be -30 degrees C to +55 degrees C.
3.33.3
Unit shall be weatherproof.
3.33.4
Outdoor RF unit shall connect to the indoor IF and control unit using a 50-ohm coaxial
cable. The coaxial cable shall transport signals and DC power to the RF unit.
3.33.5
It shall be possible to install the remote unit with up to 1,000 feet of cable between it and
the indoor control unit.
3.33.6
Outdoor unit shall have a rack-mounting option so the outdoor unit may be collocated with
the indoor unit.
3.34
RF Performance Characteristics for Radio Equipment Operating in the 900 MHz Microwave
Radio Band
3.35
For the Band of 928 to 960 MHz with bandwidths of 100 and 200 KHz
3.35.1
Contractor shall provide other bandwidths as options. These shall be fully compliant with
the current FCC Part 101 technical requirements.
3.36
Frequency Tolerance
3.36.1
Frequency tolerance shall meet or exceed FCC Part 101.107. Frequency stability is
expected to be 2.5 ppm or greater over the full operating range of the equipment.
3.37
Feed Connection
3.37.1
Type “N” connectors are the expected feedline terminations.
3.38
RF Power Levels
3.38.1
Power levels shall be user adjustable up to a +29 dBm output.
3.39
Receiver Thresholds
3.39.1
Receivers shall have the following guaranteed receive thresholds as a maximum level to
obtain a BER 1x10E-6 Guaranteed capacity at minimum Received Signal Level (RSL) in
dBm as listed below.
3.39.1 (a)
Bandwidth
Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm
3.39.1 (b)
100 KHz
-94 96
3.39.1 (c)
200 KHz
-90 91
3.39.2
Contractors may provide other bandwidths as options. These shall be fully compliant with
the current FCC Part 101 technical requirements.
3.40
RF Performance Characteristics for Radio Equipment Operating in the 5.9-7.1 GHz Microwave
Radio Band.
3.41
6 GHz Frequency Range and Bandwidth
3.41.1
Equipment supplied for this band shall comply with the following requirements, with
payload capacities in compliance with FCC Part 101.141:
3.41.2
Desired capacities are from 8xDS1 to 3DS3/OC3 (and equivalent Ethernet data rates) and
bandwidths from 3.75 to 30 MHz.
3.41.3
Contractor may provide other bandwidths as options. These shall be fully compliant with
the current FCC Part 101 technical requirements.
3.42
Feedline Connection
3.42.1
Antenna connection shall be a CPR-137G. If an adapter is required to convert from the
standard flange on the radio unit, it shall be supplied and included in the unit price.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 36 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.42.2
System shall operate with an antenna system with a peak return loss of 18 dB or greater.
3.42.3
Feedline connection point shall be at the top of the radio, clear of any obstructions. In
cases where the radios are mounted two or more to a rack, the feedline connection may
exit perpendicular to the back of the radio. However, in those cases, the Contractor shall
supply a rigid waveguide right-angle section to allow the connection to be made vertically.
3.42.4
Antenna coupling unit shall have an option to accommodate the interconnection of
additional analog or digital microwave radios to a common waveguide antenna feeder
system.
3.42.5
Systems with ODU mounted outdoors at the antenna port, there shall be options to
connect to antenna directly or remotely.
3.43
RF Power Levels
3.43.1
Equipment shall have a minimum output High power level of +26dBm and Low Power
level of less than or equal to +21dBm
3.43.2
Power levels shall be measured at the top of the waveguide flange and shall include all
branching losses. Hot-standby configurations may have power levels reduced from the
levels listed above to account for switching losses.
3.43.3
Automatic transmitter power control (ATPC) shall be available as an option. It shall be
capable of being disabled in the field by operator programming.
3.44
Receiver Thresholds
3.44.1
Receivers shall have the following guaranteed receive thresholds as a maximum level to
obtain a BER 1x10E-6 in a nonprotected configuration. Guaranteed capacity at minimum
Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm as listed below.
3.44.1 (a)
8- DS-1/ 3.75 MHz -77 77 83
83
3.44.1 (b)
16 - DS-1/ 5 MHz
-75 77 76
78
3.44.1 (c)
28 - DS-1/ 10 MHz -74 77 74
77 78
3.44.1 (d)
84 - DS-1/ 30 MHz -70 73 70
71 75
3.44.2
Received threshold levels shall be measured at the top of the flange and shall include all
branching losses.
3.45
RF Performance Characteristics for Radio Equipment Operating in the 10-11 GHz Microwave
Radio Band.
3.46
10-11 GHz Frequency Range and Bandwidth
3.46.1
Equipment supplied for this band shall comply with the following requirements, with
payload capacities in compliance with FCC Part 101.141:
3.46.2
Desired capacities are from 8xDS1 to 3DS3/OC3 (and equivalent Ethernet data rates) and
bandwidths from 3.75 to 30 MHz.
3.46.3
Contractor may provide other bandwidths as options. These shall be fully compliant with
the current FCC Part 101 technical requirements.
3.47
Feedline Connection
3.47.1
Antenna connection shall be a CPR-90G. If an adapter is required to convert from the
standard flange on the radio unit, it shall be supplied and included in the unit price.
3.47.2
System shall operate with an antenna system with a peak return loss of 23 dB or greater.
3.47.3
A single feedline connection point shall be provided for all radio configurations except
space diversity. Space diversity configurations shall have two feedline connection points—
one for one receiver and any transmitters and the other for the diversity receiver.
3.47.4
Feedline connection point shall be at the top of the radio, clear of any obstructions. In
cases where the radios are mounted two or more to a rack, the feedline connection may
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 37 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
exit perpendicular to the back of the radio. However, in those cases, the Contractor shall
supply a rigid waveguide right-angle section to allow the connection to be made vertically.
3.47.5
Antenna coupling unit shall have an option to accommodate the interconnection of
additional analog or digital microwave radios to a common waveguide antenna feeder
system.
3.48
RF Power Levels
3.48.1
Equipment shall have a minimum output High power level of +27dBm and Low Power
level of less than or equal to +20dBm.
3.48.2
Automatic transmitter power control (ATPC) shall be available as an option. It shall be
capable of being disabled in the field by operator programming.
3.49
Receiver Thresholds
3.49.1
Receivers shall have the following guaranteed receive thresholds as a maximum level to
obtain a BER 1x10E-6 in a nonprotected configuration. Guaranteed capacity at minimum
Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm as listed below.
Capacity
Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm
3.49.1 (a)
8 - DS-1 / 3.75 MHz -76 76 82
3.49.1 (b)
16 - DS-1 / 5 MHz
-75 76
76
3.49.1 (c)
28 - DS-1 / 10 MHz -73 76 73 76 77
3.49.1 (d)
84 - DS-1 / 30 MHz -68 72 69 71
73
3.49.2
Received threshold levels shall be measured at the top of the flange and shall include all
branching losses.
3.50
RF Performance Characteristics for Radio Equipment Operating in the 18 GHz Microwave
Radio Band
3.51
Frequency Range and Bandwidth
3.51.1
Equipment supplied for this band shall comply with the following requirements, with
payload capacities in compliance with FCC Part 101.141:
3.51.2
Desired capacities are from 16xDS1 to 3DS3/OC3 (and equivalent Ethernet data rates)
and bandwidths from 5 to 30 MHz.
3.51.3
Contractor may provide other bandwidths as options. These shall be fully compliant with
the current FCC Part 101 technical requirements.
3.52
Feedline Connection
3.52.1
Antenna connection shall be a UG-595/U. If an adapter is required to convert from the
standard flange on the radio unit, it shall be supplied and included in the unit price.
3.52.2
System shall operate with an antenna system with a peak return loss of 15 dB or greater.
3.52.3
A single feedline connection point shall be provided for all radio configurations except
space diversity. Space diversity configurations shall have two feedline connection points—
one for one receiver and any transmitters and the other for the diversity receiver. In lieu of
this arrangement, two antennas and two RF units may be used with one RF unit operating
at a time. If space diversity is not commonly deployed, nor useful at these frequencies,
fully describe in your answer.
3.52.4
Feedline connection point shall be clear of any obstructions.
3.52.5
RF unit and antenna is to be mounted outdoors, then options shall be provided to
integrate them.
3.53
RF Power Levels
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 38 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.53.1
Equipment shall have a minimum output power level of +16dBm for 16 QAM and 20dBm
for QPSK. Bidders may provide additional power level options.
3.53.2
Power levels shall be measured at the top of the waveguide flange and shall include all
branching losses. Hot-standby configurations may have power levels reduced from the
levels listed above to account for switching losses.
3.54
Receiver Thresholds
3.54.1
Receivers shall have the following guaranteed receive thresholds as a maximum
level to obtain a BER 1x10E-6 in a non-protected configuration.
3.54.2
Guaranteed capacity at minimum Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm as listed
below.
Capacity
Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm
3.54.2 (a)
Power16 - DS-1 / 5 MHz
-77
3.54.2 (b)
28 - DS-1 / 10 MHz
-80
3.54.2 (c)
84 - DS-1 / 30 MHz
-67 73
3.54.3
Received threshold levels shall be measured at the top of the flange and shall include all
branching losses.
3.55
RF Performance Characteristics for Radio Equipment Operating in the 23 GHz Microwave
Radio Band
3.56
Frequency Range and Bandwidth
3.56.1
Equipment supplied for this band shall comply with the following requirements, with
payload capacities in compliance with FCC Part 101.141:
3.56.2
Desired capacities are from 16xDS1 to 3DS3/OC3 (and equivalent Ethernet data rates)
and bandwidths from 5 to 50 MHz.
3.56.3
Contractor may provide other bandwidths as options. These shall be fully compliant with
the current FCC Part 101 technical requirements.
3.57
Feedline Connection
3.57.1
Antenna connection shall be a UG-595/U. If an adapter is required to convert from the
standard flange on the radio unit, it shall be supplied and included in the unit price.
3.57.2
System shall operate with an antenna system with a peak return loss of 15 dB or greater.
3.57.3
Single feedline connection point shall be provided for all radio configurations except space
diversity. Space diversity configurations shall have two feedline connection points—one
for one receiver and any transmitters and the other for the diversity receiver. (In lieu of this
arrangement, two antennas and two RF units may be used with one RF unit operating at a
time. If space diversity is not commonly deployed, nor useful at these frequencies, fully
describe in your quote.)
3.57.4
Feedline connection point shall be clear of any obstructions.
3.57.5
RF unit and antenna is to be mounted outdoors, then options shall be provided to
integrate them.
3.58
Receivers Thresholds
3.58.1
Receivers shall have the following guaranteed receive thresholds as a maximum level to
obtain a BER 1x10E-6 in a nonprotected configuration.
3.58.2
Guaranteed capacity at minimum Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm as listed below.
Capacity
Received Signal Level (RSL) in dBm
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 39 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.58.2 (a)
16 - DS-1
-78
3.58.2 (b)
28 - DS-1
-78
3.58.2 (c)
84 - DS-1
-68 73
3.58.3
Received threshold levels shall be measured at the top of the flange and shall include all
branching losses.
4.0 LMR Base Station Antennas, Microwave Antennas
4.1
Offer(s) and Product Qualifications
4.1.1
Offer(s) shall be the manufacturer or distributers of the products requested and specified;
4.1.2
This solicitation describes Base Station Antennas for use in public safety land mobile
systems. Antennas should provide selection of operating frequency, bandwidth, gain,
antenna style, and construction format. The public safety frequency bands specifically
requested for this section include: VHF (150 to 160 MHz), UHF (450 to 474 MHz), 700
(758 to 806 MHz), and 800 (806 to 869MHz). Additional bands and broader bandwidths,
than those listed, is desirable but not specifically required; and
4.1.3
Antennas need to be designed for durability and reliability. Designed for the heat, cold,
ice and wind conditions. Arizona’s record high temperature was 122 degrees and had a
record low of -40 degrees. Mountain top wind speeds can be in access of 100 MPH.
While not typical, wind speeds in access of 140 MPH have been reported. VSWR shall be
1.5:1 or better at the rated frequency/bandwidth, nominal impendence of 50 ohms. Low
PIM performance may be a consideration for some agencies.
4.2
Type(s) of LMR Antennas
4.2.1
The following antennas shall operate in the bands listed above.
4.2.1 (a)
Fiberglass collinear antennas;
4.2.1 (b)
Exposed dipole antennas - User adjustable patterns shall be a
consideration for some users;
4.2.1 (c)
Directional antennas; yagi, log periodic, and corner reflector antennas;
4.2.1 (d)
Flat panel antennas; and
4.2.1 (e)
Ground plane, discone, and other unity gain antennas.
4.3
Microwave Antennas (Dishes)
4.3.1
Microwave Antenna (Dishes) shall be the latest state of the art Microwave Antennas and
Associated Equipment of use in specified frequency bands to meet the needs of the
Eligible Agencies.
4.3.2
All equipment selected as suitable for purchase shall be given classification within the
frequency band groups as follows:
Frequency Band
4.3.2 (a)
5.925-7.125 GHz
4.3.2 (b)
10.70-11.70 GHz
4.3.2 (c)
17.70-19.70 GHz
4.3.2 (d)
21.8-23.60 GHz
4.3.3
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules and Regulations and amendments;
E.I.A. Standards and amendments, RS222. (Latest Version)
4.3.4
All material and workmanship shall be of the type and grade most suitable for the
application. All material shall be new and free from defects.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 40 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
4.3.5
Unless specifically excepted by the terms of these specifications, any part or accessories
ordinarily furnished or required to make the equipment, herein specified, a complete
operating unit shall be furnished by the Vendor.
4.3.6
The contractor shall make available equipment documentation to The State’s as specified
herein. This documentation shall accompany the equipment at the time of delivery.
Documentation costs for State’s specified manuals shall be included as separate bid
items. A copy of radiation patterns shall be provided at no cost if requested.
4.4
Service, Installation and Operations Manuals
4.4.1
Installation and or operation manuals shall be furnished with each order; each manual
shall contain the following:
4.4.1 (a)
Detailed drawings or clear photographs showing location of parts and
hardware associated with antenna or connector assembly or mounting.
4.4.1 (b)
Complete diagrams including information outlining method of operation,
supply voltages, currents, and power requirements for each model of
dehydrators.
4.5
Equipment Service Life
4.5.1
All equipment covered by these specifications and any resultant contracts shall have a
minimum service life of ten (10) years from date of delivery to the State. The contractor
shall guarantee replacement parts stocking for this service life period.
4.5.2
Each shall guarantee repair or replacement of any equipment or part thereof that fails in
operation during normal and proper use within two (2) years from the date of State’s
receipt due to defects in design, material or workmanship, consummation of final
acceptance and payment notwithstanding. These replacements shall be provided with no
charge to the State.
4.5.3
Any equipment or part replaced under the provisions of this warranty becomes the
property of the. If the vendor desires the defective equipment or part returned, The
contractor shall pay all transportation charges and make all arrangements for the return. If
the does not specifically request return of such replaced parts within thirty (30) days from
the date of replacement, the equipment for parts become property of the State.
4.5.4
Replacement parts shall be regularly stocked by the manufacturer and/or authorized
distributor. Delay in State’s receipt of replacement parts shall not exceed thirty (30)
consecutive days from manufacturer or distributor's receipt of order.
4.5.5
Emergency orders shall be transported by the most expedient manner available as agreed
upon with the transportation cost born by the State less normal shipping cost.
4.6
General Equipment Characteristics
4.6.1
Environmental - All antennas shall survive wind velocities of one hundred (100) miles per
hour with one (1) inch of radial ice and no more than 0.1 degree of deflection in seventy
(70) mile per hour wind.
4.6.2
Environmental - All antennas shall remain operational within the temperature range of (-
40 to 135 degree F)
4.6.3
Environmental - All antennas and associated hardware shall be non-corrosive, non-rust
material. This can be accomplished by supplying Hot Dipped Galvanized or Stainless
Steel hardware. Plated steel shall not be accepted. Aluminum antennas shall be painted
with corrosion resistant paint.
4.6.4
Environmental - Field assembly of all antennas shall only be between antenna parabola,
feed, antenna mount and fixed and/or slide assemblies. Antenna mount assembly is
permitted.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 41 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
4.6.5
Environmental - Parabolic solid antennas shall be equipped to include mounting
hardware for a 4.5” vertical O.D. mounting pipe. Parabolic grid antennas shall be
equipped to include mounting hardware for either a 1.9” – 3.5” or a 4.5” vertical
O.D.(Outside Diameter) mounting pipe.
4.6.6
Environmental - Parabolic solid antennas shall have a reflector surface tolerance
designed so that antenna feeds could be interchanged between 6GHz and 11 GHz
without loss to antenna gain. Antenna feeds should also be interchangeable in the 18GHz
and 23GHz dishes.
4.6.7
Operational - Material and workmanship shall be of the type and grade most suitable for
the application and shall conform as a minimum unless otherwise specified to the latest
applicable standards, specifications, recommended practices and procedures of such
standardizing bodies as the I.E.E.E(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers),
N.E.M.A.(National Electrical Manufacturers Association), F.C.C.(Federal Communications
Commission).
4.7
Microwave Antennas
4.7.1
The specifications listed herein are minimum requirements. These dish examples are for
evaluation of the offered product lines. Frequencies listed represent the basic band of
operation, which may consist of operational sub-bands. *A range variance of up to a
maximum of -1 DB has been identified as acceptable. # VSWR is for standard
bandwidths, a wide-bandwidth dish in the same product time with lesser VSWR
performance is expected and acceptable.
Standard Performance, 5.925-7.125 GHz Band, Single Polarization , CPR 137G Input Flange
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
6
38.4
38.7
39.1
A
1.9
30
55
1.3
8
40.1
41.2
40.3
A
1.5
30
55
1.3
10
42.8
43.2
43.5
A
1.2
30
61
1.3
High Performance, 5.925-7.125 GHz Band, Single Polarization, CPR137G Input
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
6
38.4
39.
39.3
A
1.9
30
62
1.08
8
41.2
41.6
42
A
1.5
30
66
1.08
10
43
43.4
43.7
A
1.2
30
69
1.08
Ultra High Performance, 5.925-7.125 GHz, Super High Cross Polarization, CPR137G Input
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
6
38.3
38.7
39
A
1.9
40
69
1.08
8
40.9
41.3
41.7
A
1.5
40
71
1.08
10
43
43.2
43.5
A
1.2
40
74
1.08
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 42 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Standard Performance, 10.5-11.7 GHz, Single Polarization , CPR 90G Input Flange
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
4
40.1
40.5
40.9
A
1.7
30
46
1.08
6
43.2
43.3
43.4
A
1.2
30
60
1.08
8
45.8
46.0
46.2
A
0.9
30
62
1.08
High Performance, 10.5-11.7 GHz Single Polarization, CPR90G – PBR 100 Input
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
4
39.7
39.8
39.9
A
1.7
30
61
1.08
6
43.5
43.6
43.7
A
1.1
30
68
1.08
8
45.7
45.9
46
A
0.8
30
68
1.08
Ultra High Performance, 10.5-11.7 GHz, Super High Cross Polarization, CPR90G – PBR 100 Input
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
4
39.7
39.8
39.9
A
1.7
40
64
1.10
6
43.2
43.3
43.4
A
1.1
40
72
1.08
8
45.6
45.8
45.9
A
0.8
40
75
1.08
Ultra High Performance, 17.7-19.7 GHz, Super High Cross Polarization, UG595/U – PBR220 Input
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross
Pol Disc.
DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
2
38
38.4
38.8
A
1.9
36
64
1.2
4
44
44.4
44.8
A
1.0
36
67
1.2
6
47.5
48
48.4
A
0.7
36
72
1.2
Parabolic Antenna, 21.2-23.6 GHz, Single Polarization,
UG-595/U – PBR220 Input Flange
Diameter
in Feet
Gain–DB
Bottom
Gain-DB
Mid Band
Gain-DB
Top
FCC
Category
Beam Width
Degrees
Cross Pol
Disc. DB
F/B Ratio
DB
VSWR
2
39.7
40.2
40.7
A
1.7
30
65
1.4
3
43.1
43.6
44.1
A
1.1
30
71
1.4
4
49.0
46
46.6
A
.8
30
72
1.4
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 43 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
4.8
Radomes
4.8.1
High Performance Antennas shall have flexible planar Radomes supplied with antenna.
4.8.2
All Standard Antennas shall have molded fiberglass Radomes, parabolic or conical in
shape available.
4.9
Dehydrators
4.9.1
Dry air pressurization equipment for waveguide transmission lines. Low-pressure systems
to pressurize waveguides with dry air. Systems should provide alarm monitoring of a low
presure condition and excessive run time. Systems shall be rack or wall mounted. Power
options shall be AC or DC power. Accessories shall include Distribution Manifolds and
tubing.
1.
½”, 7/8”, 1-¼”
Diameter Foam Dielectric Coaxial Cable
2.
7/8”
Diameter Air Dielectric Coaxial Cable
3.
1 5/8”
Diameter Foam Dielectric Coaxial Cable
4.
½”
Diameter Super Flexible Foam Dielectric Coaxial Cable
4.10
Transmission Lines
4.10.1
Transmission line or COAXIAL cable shall be available according to the sizes listed below:
4.10.2
Elliptical, Flex and Rigid waveguide components shall be supplied according to the sizes
and/or frequency bands listed below:
1.
Waveguide for
5.925 – 7.125 GHz
2.
Waveguide for
10.50 – 11.70 GHz
3.
Waveguide for
17.70 – 19.70 GHz
4.
Waveguide for
21.20 – 23.60 GHz
4.11
Connectors
4.11.1
LMR Connectors
½”
Connector
7/8”
Connector
1-¼’
Connector
1-5/8
connector
½” Super
Flexible
Connector
1. “N” Male
“N” Male
“N” Male
“N” Male
“N” Male
2. “N” Female
“N” Female
“N” Female
“N” Female
“N” Female
3. UHF Male
UHF Male
UHF Male
4. UHF Female
UHF Female
UHF Female
5. 7-16 DIN Male
7-16 DIN Male
7-16 DIN Male
7-16 DIN Male
7-16 DIN Male &
Right Angle
6. 7-16 DIN Female 7-16 DIN
Female
7-16 DIN
Female
7-16 DIN
Female
7-16 DIN Female
7. 7/8” EIA
7/8” EIA
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 44 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
4.12
Waveguide Connectors
1.
EW63-E65, Tunable, Fixed Tuned, CPR and CPR 137G
2.
EW90-E105, Tunable, Fixed Tuned, CPR and, CPR 90G, PBR100
3.
EW180-E185, Fixed Tuned, UG595/U, PDR180
4.
EW220-E220, Fixed Tuned, UG595/U, PBR220
5.0 Radio Dispatch Consoles
5.1
General
5.1.1
This specification contains sections that describe various types of radio dispatch consoles
to be utilized in State and Municipal public safety radio communications systems. These
sections include (1) Single/dual channel desk top remote control handset controllers; (2)
8-12 channel desk-top dispatch consoles; (3) 96 channel, high capability radio dispatch
consoles; (4) 450 channel remote electronics high-capability expandable radio dispatch
consoles. Analog, TDM and RoIP/VoIP based options to be separately priced. It is not
necessary for a vendor to bid all sections.
5.1.2
It is the intent of these specifications to ensure the purchase of highly reliable radio
dispatch control console equipment. These specifications are minimum standards and are
intended to ensure reliable, high quality, readily available and repairable equipment.
These specifications may not list all necessary equipment beyond that needed to
complete the electronic package and it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to verify
completeness of the material list and the suitability of the devices to meet the total
requirements of these specifications. Subsequent to award, any additional equipment,
charges, or services required to meet the specifications, even if not specifically
enumerated herein, shall be provided by the vendor without claim for additional payment
or compensation.
5.1.3
The Type 2, 3, & 4 Flat Panel Display (FPD) communications control console
electronic design criteria shall be based on the need for maximum reliability, flexibility, and
ease of operation and service. To meet these criteria, the electronic equipment should be
of the latest design. The design shall reflect state-of-the-art concepts in communications
command and control console design.
5.1.4
The FPD based communications control consoles shall provide monitoring and control
facilities for remotely located two-way radio base stations. The consoles shall also
provide certain ancillary functions such as repeater enable and disable of each channel,
simultaneous transmit, alert tone transmit, instant patching, and multiple frequency base
station control. It is desired that all console functions be accomplished using a Touch-
Screen and Trackball/Mouse combination. Other methods of console control will be
evaluated and compared against this style of system control.
5.1.5
The ability of the vendor’s FPD communications control consoles to remotely operate
separately from the common control equipment over telephone lines, LAN, or digital and
analog microwave channels is a requirement. Equipment that does not meet this
requirement will not be evaluated.
5.1.6
The Type 3 & 4 common electronics shall be designed to remain fully operational during
the loss of AC power for a minimum of one hour via either an internal or external
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 45 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Each dispatch position shall have an available UPS
option which will allow full operation during the loss of AC power for a minimum of thirty
minutes.
5.1.7
The unique requirements of the console electronic packages may not readily lend
themselves to standard contractor product lines. However, contractors shall propose
equipment meeting the technical and operational requirements and make maximum use of
the standard product line equipment.
5.1.8
Make and model numbers given in this specification are for reference only, and do not
imply that they are the only acceptable equipment.
5.2
Electrical Requirements
5.2.1
Each console bid shall be equipped with sufficient power supply capabilities, common
electronic modules, cabling, etc to accommodate the channel requirements. All consoles
shall be capable of operating from a 120 VAC source. Backup power should ideally be
from a DC source of 12 to 48 VDC, with all necessary power regulation built into console
electronics.
5.3
Technical Specifications - Each console offered should meet the following technical specifications,
as a minimum:
5.3.1
Individual channel 2W, 4W, Tone/DC/E&M selection
5.3.2
Line Impedance: 600 or >5K ohm (4-wire) or, 600 ohm Tx (2-wire)
5.3.3
Operating Temperature: 0 to +50 degrees C
5.3.4
Audio Response: +/- 3 dB from 300 to 3000 Hz
5.3.5
Tx & Rx Hum and Noise: -50 dB below rated output
5.3.6
Distortion: Tx & Rx - Less than 3% THD
5.3.7
Compression: Variable compression knee
5.3.8
Receive Audio: -25 to +10 dBm; 600 ohm or 5K ohm; w/ less than -60 dB crosstalk
5.3.9
Transmit Audio: -20 to +10 dBm; 600 ohm; w/ 70 dB line balance
5.3.10
Tone Control: A minimum of (7) industry standard function tones with 2175 Hz Hi/Lo
Guard Tone; including 1250/1350/1450/1550, 1850 and 1950 Hz function tones (Repeater
control, Aux Function control, CTCSS Monitor, F1/F2 Transmit)
5.3.11
DC Control Functions: Transmit - F1 +5.5 ma.; F2 +12.5 ma.; Monitor +2.5 ma.
5.3.12
Unit ID Functions: (Optional) Motorola MDC1200 system decode/display
5.3.13
Speaker Output: 500 mw minimum, 3% distortion, into a 4 ohm or 8 ohm load
5.4
DESK-TOP REMOTE CONTROL CONSOLES (TYPE I price category)
5.4.1
General - The following specification describes various switch-based, desk-top radio
controllers, including fully self-contained Tone, DC & RoIP based single-channel and dual-
channel telephone-type handset controllers (optionally expandable) known as Type 1;
and 8-channel (expandable to at least 12 channel), self-contained desk-top consoles,
known as Type 2. The multichannel desk-top units also allow for local remoting of the
control electronics to a small desk or wall mounted electronic box up to 100' away from the
dispatch control unit. Optional IP control for both type units may also be proposed.
5.4.2
Tone & DC Single/Dual-channel Handset Type Controllers (Type 1) - This specification is
for a solid-state, 120 VAC powered, desk-top, handset type, Tone or DC controller for a
single channel station. A selectable two-channel, expandable, model may also be offered
as an option, which may also be optionally expandable to more channels. Models which
have been determined to meet the general intent of this specification include the IDA 24-
10, 24-15, 24-20, 24-66, and 24-30; The Telex-Vega IP-2002, and C-2000 and C-2000SF
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 46 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
units. (These models are only given as examples, and alternate models meeting the
specifications may be proposed).
5.4.3
Technical Specifications
5.4.3 (a)
On-hook monitor disable
5.4.3 (b)
Weight: Less than 5 pounds (Desk-top unit)
5.4.3 (c)
Size (Remote Box): Less than 12"X12"X6", including battery back-up
5.4.3 (d)
Programmability: Fully field adjustable/programmable without a computer
5.4.3 (e)
Transmit indicator light
5.4.3 (f)
The units shall allow for on-hook receiver operation through a loudspeaker,
and off-hook operation through the handset.
5.4.3 (g)
An RoIP based remote, single-line handset controller, that does not require
a separate computer for operation, is also acceptable. These handsets
shall be fully compatible for direct connection to a 10/100 baseT internal
Ethernet network connection, and shall allow for parallel operation of any
number of controllers.
5.4.3 (h)
Optional two-line controllers do not require the ability to independently
select either 2W/4W operation by channel, Tone or DC control by channel,
or simultaneous receiver monitoring of both channels. These may all be
fixed (hard-wired) functions.
5.5
(8)-Channel Desk-Top Tone/DC Consoles (Required to be Expandable to 12 Channels) (Type ll
price category)
5.5.1
This section defines the minimum requirements for a desk-top radio control console with a
minimum 6 individual channel (line) capability, with optional expansion to at least 12
channels on a channel-by-channel basis. Each console channel shall be capable of
controlling either a 4-wire channel or 2 wire channel on an individual basis, and shall be
individually programmable for either Tone, DC (current), or E&M radio control. Local
remote control of a radio is not required. Optionally, the manufacturer may offer an RoIP
based console which can control a remote radio through an IP data circuit, but must still
provide two-way analog audio capability on all channels.
5.5.2
Parallel operation of up to 4 separate units shall be available with supervisory override
control.
5.5.3
The dispatch operator position shall be a single unit, except for the microphone and
footswitch, or an outboard third-party provided paging encoder. No external attachments,
including power supplies, loudspeakers, touch-tone pads, line splitter boxes to increase
channel count, etc. will be acceptable.
5.5.4
It is required that the vendor offer switch-based control functions for their console.
However, optional computer-based, Flat Panel Display (FPD) consoles offering mouse-
controlled on-screen function switches will be evaluated if offered. Models of equipment
which have been determined to meet the intent of this section of the specification include
the Gai-tronics ICP9000 Series, and the Telex-Vega C1616/C6200, IP-1616, C-Soft
series, for various channel configurations.
5.5.5
Operational Features Require, each dispatch console operator position offered must
include the following:
5.5.5 (a)
Individual audio speakers and volume controls for select and unselected
channels
5.5.5 (b)
Individual channel 2W, 4W, Tone/DC/E&M selection, with 4-frequency Tone
control
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 47 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
5.5.5 (c)
Desk-mic with PTT bar and mute switch
5.5.5 (d)
Dual-plug type headset interface jacks
5.5.5 (e)
Combined select/unselect/transmit audio combined output jack for
recording
5.5.5 (f)
Jack for external PTT footswitch
5.5.5 (g)
(2)-channel cross-patch capability
5.5.5 (h)
Multi-channel transmit select
5.5.5 (i)
DTMF encoder
5.5.5 (j)
Internal or external pager capability
5.5.5 (k)
Controls/Indicators
5.5.6
Each dispatch console operator position offered must include the following:
5.5.6 (a)
Console transmit indicator
5.5.6 (b)
Console channel busy (receiving) green indicator
5.5.6 (c)
Individual channel instant-transmit light
5.5.6 (d)
Channel labels (fixed or electronic)
5.5.6 (e)
Transmit audio level meter (Vu meter)
5.5.6 (f)
Channel select indicator
5.5.6 (g)
Console Technical Specifications
5.5.7
Each console offered should also meet the following technical specifications, as a
minimum:
5.5.7 (a)
Alert Tones: Optional continuous, hi/lo, warble; -30 to 0 dBm, independently
adjustable
5.5.7 (b)
Speaker Output: 500 mw minimum, 3% distortion, into a 4 ohm or 8 ohm
load
5.6
Full Featured – Remote Electronics Consoles (Type III Price Category)
5.6.1
General - It is the intent of this specification to ensure the purchase of highly reliable
communications control consoles. This includes a spectrum of console systems ranging
from single 96 (minimum) channel remote units (Type III), to advanced Flat Panel Display
(FPD) based, high 450 (minimum) channel, 20 operator position systems (Type IV).
These specifications are minimum standards and are intended to ensure reliable, high
quality, readily available and repairable equipment. These specifications may not list all
necessary equipment beyond that needed to complete the electronic package and it shall
be the responsibility of the contractor to verify the completeness of the material list and the
suitability of the devices to meet the total requirements of these specifications.
Subsequent to proposal award, any additional equipment, charges, or services required to
meet the specifications, even if not specifically enumerated herein, shall be provided by
the vendor without claim for additional payment or compensation.
5.6.2
The communications control console electronic design criteria shall be based on the need
for maximum reliability, flexibility, ease of operation and service. The design shall reflect
state-of-the-art concepts in communications command and control console design.
5.6.3
The communications control console shall provide monitoring and control facilities for
remotely located two-way radio base stations. The console shall also provide certain
ancillary functions such as repeater enable and disable of each channel, simultaneous
transmit, alert tone transmit, instant transmit, supervisory override, cross channel patching
with up to three separate but simultaneous patches possible, phone patching, and multiple
frequency base station control. It is desired that all FPD-Type console functions be
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 48 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
accomplished using a Touch Screen and Trackball/Mouse combination. Other methods of
console control will be evaluated and compared against this style of system control.
5.6.4
The ability of the vendor's FPD communications control consoles in Category III and IV to
remotely operate separately from the common electronic control equipment over
telephone lines, microwave channels or fiber optic lines is a requirement. Equipment that
does not meet this requirement will not be evaluated.
5.6.5
Each Type III and IV console shall have both receive voter (like JPS SNVs) and auxiliary
interfaces. Both RoIP and P25 interfaces are a requirement for both classes. In addition,
at least one of the following trunking protocols MUST be supported as an option: Project
25, Astro P25, Open Sky, Smartnet/Smartzone. In addition, each console should be
compatible with either a T1 or a WAN/LAN interface.
5.6.6
The common electronics and FPD operator positions shall be designed to remain fully
operational during the loss of AC power for a minimum of one-half hour via either an
internal or external uninterruptible power supply (UPS) or a battery backup system. Each
FPD dispatch position shall have an available UPS option which will allow full operation
during the loss of AC power for a minimum of one hour.
5.6.7
The unique requirements of the console electronic packages may not readily lend
themselves to standard contractor product lines. However, contractors shall propose
equipment meeting the technical and operational requirements that make maximum use of
the standard product line equipment.
5.6.8
The specifications do not include any proprietary items, components, circuits, or devices
which would preclude any communications equipment manufacturer from producing
equipment to meet these specifications. All technical tolerances, ratings, power outputs,
or any technically specified criteria contained within these specifications are considered to
be within the current state of the electronic art and are currently being met by
commercially available equipment.
5.7
Electrical Specifications
5.7.1
Both Type III and IV consoles shall operate from a primary power source of 120/240 VAC,
with battery powered UPS backup required. AC current consumption on the primary side
of the line for the central electronics shall not exceed 5 watts/channel for a 50 channels
system. Each operator position electronics shall not consume more than 250 watts,
including the FPD.
5.8
Full-Feature Console – Type III
5.8.1
The Type III communications control console shall provide the facilities for the operation
and control of remotely located two-way radio base stations and other specialized
equipment. The console shall be equipped with sufficient power supply capabilities,
common electronic modules, cabling, etc. to accommodate these channel requirements.
Each console electronic package shall be equipped with common control equipment to
provide the capability to operate and control any one, any selected group, or all channels
simultaneously. Each console electronic package shall comply with all FCC Rules and
Regulations, where applicable.
5.8.2
The console shall be expandable to a minimum of 96 radio control channels and 6
operators’ positions. There shall be receive voter (like JPS SNV-12s) and auxiliary control
interfaces. In addition to the 96 radio channels, the console electronics shall be able to
support 6 operator positions, and up to ten receiver voter groups with up to 24 base
stations per voter group. The ability of a manufacturer's equipment to accommodate this
future requirement will be a major consideration in the proposal evaluation. In addition to
controlling conventional non-trunked channels, at least one of the following protocols must
be supported as an option: RoIP, Project-25, Trunking (EDACS, Smartnet, Smartzone,
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 49 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
OpenSky). T1, or Lan/Wan interfaces may be optionally added. The console shall have
extended remote capability to allow an operator position to be remoted from the central
electronics bank by way of commercial telephone lines, Ethernet, fiber optic, or
microwave.
5.9
Large Full-Feature Console – Classification (Type IV Price Category)
5.9.1
General Specifications same as Type III above. The console shall be expandable to a
minimum of 450 radio control channels and 20 operators positions. There shall be
receiver voter (like JPS SNV-12s) and auxiliary interfaces. In addition to controlling
conventional non-trunked channels, at least one of the following protocols must be
supported as an option: RoIP, Project-25, Trunking (EDACS, Smartnet, Smartzone,
OpenSky). Additionally, optional T1, or Lan/Wan interfaces may be added. The console
shall have extended remote capability to allow an operator position to be remote from the
central electronics bank by way of commercial telephone lines, fiber optic, or microwave.
In addition to the 450 radio channels and/or trunked talk groups, the console electronics
shall be able to support twenty operator positions and up to twenty receiver voter groups
with an average of six base stations per voter group. The ability of a manufacturer's
equipment to accommodate this future requirement will be a major consideration in the
proposal evaluation.
5.10
Control Functions & Status Indicators
5.10.1
Both Class III and Class IV configurations shall meet all of the following specifications, and
have two dual-jack inputs and have select and unselect speakers for audio output. In
addition, there shall be a selected audio output jack and a summed unselect audio port
available.
5.11
Radio Channel Control Functions
5.11.1
The radio control channels shall have the functions listed below:
5.11.1 (a)
Channel Select - Shall engage the selected channel in the transmit/receive,
fully operational, ready condition. The channel select function should be
capable of selecting of more than one channel up to all channels
simultaneously.
5.11.1 (b)
Repeater Enable and Disable - consoles shall enable and disable the
repeat function of a tone controlled base station.
5.11.1 (c)
Squelch Disable - Shall disable receiver continuous tone coded squelch
operation of a tone controlled base station.
5.11.1 (d)
Instant Transmit - Shall allow transmitting on a channel without placing the
channel in a selected mode first. This function shall not override
supervisory control.
5.11.1 (e)
Channel Crosspatch - Shall allow audio received on one radio channel or
phone line to be automatically repeated on one or more of the other
channels. Class III and IV consoles shall be capable of supporting at least
three simultaneous but separate crosspatches. (Desktop consoles should
be capable of doing at least one crosspatch.) This function shall be
independent of other console activities.
5.11.1 (f)
Two Frequency Control - Shall allow frequency selection of a two-frequency
tone controlled base station.
5.11.1 (g)
Supervisory Control B Class III and IV consoles shall provide the capability
for one operator position (the supervisor's position) to take over a channel
from all other operator positions. All parallel operator positions on the same
channel shall receive an indication that supervisory control has been
initiated.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 50 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
5.11.1 (h)
Supervisory Monitor B Class III and IV consoles shall allow the transmit and
receive audio from one console operator position to be monitored on
another console position.
5.11.1 (i)
Channel Mute - shall completely mute the channel receive audio.
5.11.1 (j)
Auxiliary Enable and Disable B consoles shall enable and disable an
auxiliary function of a tone controlled base station.
5.12
Status Indicator
5.12.1
All switching functions shall have an associated indicator to clearly display function and
channel status, i.e. on-off, activated-not activated, in use-not in use. The FPD system
shall display complete status for a minimum of eight channels and limited status for the
optional eight additional channels at each operator position. This limited status
information shall include the following: channel selected, instant transmit activated,
channel cross patch activated, channel muted, channel receiving a call, and channel busy.
5.12.2
To simplify the operation of the console, it shall be possible to physically group channels
on the console in any order to facilitate operations.
5.12.3
Status Indicators shall illuminate with the following functions:
5.12.3 (a)
Channel Selected
5.12.3 (b)
Repeater Enabled
5.12.3 (c)
Squelch Disabled
5.12.3 (d)
Instant Transmit activated
5.12.3 (e)
Channel Crosspatch activated
5.12.3 (f)
Frequency One selected
5.12.3 (g)
Frequency Two selected
5.12.3 (h)
Channel Muted
5.12.3 (i)
Channel receiving a call - this shall be a flashing type indicator
5.12.3 (j)
Channel busy - parallel wired console transmitting
5.13
Console Position-wide Functions
5.13.1
In addition to the individual channel functions and indicators specified under paragraph
5.5, the communications control console shall also provide the following functions. These
functions are common to all radio channels.
5.13.1 (a)
Simultaneous Selection - Shall enable the selection of any combination of
channels for simultaneous operation. The capability shall also be provided
to automatically unselect all channels by depressing a single button.
5.13.1 (b)
Transmit - Shall activate the transmit condition and route dispatcher audio
to all selected channels. This transmit switch shall be electrically paralleled
to the console footswitch.
5.13.1 (c)
Master Mute - Shall mute all receive audio except the selected channels to
a preset level.
5.13.1 (d)
Automatic Selection - Shall automatically select a group of channels by
action of a single switch. All automatically selected channels shall be
unselected by action of a single switch. The particular group of channels to
be selected shall include any combination up to all of the console channels.
5.13.1 (e)
Intercom - consoles shall allow communication on the selected channels
without keying the base station transmitter. This function shall allow
communications between dispatchers or between dispatchers and remotely
located technicians.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 51 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
5.13.1 (f)
Alert Tones - consoles shall activate one of three different alert tones that
shall be transmitted on the selected channel, the simultaneously selected
channels, or the automatically selected channels. The alert tones shall be
continuous, hilo, or warbled between two different audio frequencies.
5.13.1 (g)
Priority Tone – consoles shall activate an intermittent tone on individually
selected channels to indicate priority traffic on that channel. The tone will
not cover voice traffic.
5.13.1 (h)
Radio/Telephone Audio - consoles shall allow the dispatcher's headset to
be used for both telephone and radio communications. The telephone
audio shall be transferred to the headset by action of a single switch. The
party on the opposite end of the phone line shall not hear the dispatcher's
radio transmissions (any console PTT shall mute the dispatcher's voice
from the telephone line). Transfer of telephone audio to the headset shall
switch the selected channel audio back out to the selected audio speaker.
During the time that the headset telephone operation mode is activated, the
console operator shall retain the ability to instantaneously transmit on the
selected channel by use of the footswitch or master control panel transmit
switch with no degradation to the transmit functions, transmit audio quality
and/or signal strength. The dispatcher shall also retain the ability to
instantaneously transmit on the unselected channels as well.
5.14
Status Indicators
5.14.1
All switching functions and the following status indication capabilities shall have an
associated indicator on the FPD to clearly display function and status, i.e. on-off,
activated-not activated, in use-not in use.
5.14.2
The status indicators shall illuminate with the following functions:
5.14.2 (a)
Simultaneous Selection in use.
5.14.2 (b)
Transmit function activated.
5.14.2 (c)
Master Mute activated.
5.14.2 (d)
Automatic Selection in use.
5.14.2 (e)
Intercom in use.
5.14.2 (f)
Alert Tone being transmitted.
5.15
Ancillary Equipment
5.15.1
The communications control console shall include the following ancillary equipment:
speakers for selected audio and unselected audio, paging encoder, and displayed on the
console's FPD, a VU meter, and clock system.
5.15.2
Speakers - The capability of monitoring selected and unselected audio shall be provided
via two separate console speakers. Each speaker shall be provided with a separate
volume control to allow for individual adjustment. The volume controls shall provide
sufficient attenuation to decrease the associated speaker audio to an inaudible level.
These two volume controls, along with the headset volume controls, are the only ones
required. Separate volume controls for each of the radio channels are not required. The
dispatcher shall still have the capability to completely mute individual channels if desired.
The selected and unselected audio speakers shall be separated a minimum of 12 inches
center to center. The dispatcher shall also have the capability to turn off either or both
speakers without turning down the volume controls.
5.15.3
VU Meter - A VU meter, located on the FPD console's display in such a way as to give
optimum visibility to the operator, shall be provided. The meter shall indicate the transmit
audio level and selected receive audio level.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 52 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
5.15.4
Digital Clock - The console shall include a 24-hour digital clock display in the FPD
console's display. The clock display shall give optimum visibility to the operator. The
clock display shall be an integral part of the console system. The clock shall be a
master/slave system capable of being set from the master, which is to be calibrated by an
external time base via RS232 protocol or USB interface.
5.15.5
DTMF Paging Encoder - The console(s) shall incorporate DTMF capability. These must
be an integral part of the console electronics installed in the console furniture and wired
into the console electronics. Single button paging functions shall be available which send
preselected DTMF strings of at least 3 numbers to either a predetermined radio channel or
on the selected channel(s).
5.15.6
Receivers - The radio control channels will not only be routed to the console as separate
channels but may also be routed to a separate system of up to ten receiver voter groups.
The console shall have the capability to control and display the status of these voted
channels. The dispatcher shall be able to force vote or disable a particular voter module
by engaging switches or keying in a function which will operate a) Two form C dry
contacts or b) Open collector outputs or c) Communicate with the system via RS-232 or
Ethernet cabling. The enable/disable status of a particular voter module shall be
displayed at the operator position. The console shall also provide an indication of which
channel is currently being voted. It also should be capable of automatic transmit steering
and indicate on the FPD which transmitter will be keyed if the master PTT is activated.
The voted channels shall support voting systems manufactured by JPS Communications.
5.15.7
Headset - Each operator position shall be compatible with the Plantronics Encore
Monaural Ultra Headset, model H91N, or approved equivalent.
5.15.7 (a)
Headset Jack
5.15.7 (b)
Each operator position shall be equipped with a dual phone plug type
headset jack. The jack shall be compatible with dual phone plugs used on
the Plantronics model SHS1890-251N headset jack plugs. The headset
jack shall have an associated receive volume control. The external
microphone shall be disabled when the headset is inserted into the headset
jack. Audio to the select speaker shall be removed when the headset is
inserted. The dispatcher shall have the option of applying audio to the
select speaker and the headset simultaneously if desired. The headset jack
shall have an easily accessible talk/training switch which will allow the
dispatcher to talk and listen or listen only with the headset=s transmit
mouthpiece disabled. Disabling the transmit mouthpiece shall not prevent a
headset with an amplified ear piece from functioning correctly. The headset
jack must also have a 4 wire/6 wire switch for operating either a 4 wire
headset (talk and listen) or a 6 wire headset (talk, listen, and a transmit
push to talk button).
5.15.8
External Microphone - Each operator position shall be equipped with an External
Microphone mounted on a Flexible Gooseneck Boom.
5.15.9
Footswitch - Each operator position shall be provided with a dual footswitch to activate
transmit and/or mute operations. The dual footswitch shall activate two functions within the
console:
5.15.9 (a)
Activate transmitter control.
5.15.9 (b)
Activate the Master Mute function.
5.15.9 (c)
The right half of the footswitch shall operate in the same manner as the
Master Control Panel transmit push button switch. The left half shall mute
all unselected channels when depressed and unmute these channels when
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 53 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
released. If the console system requires modification to implement these
functions, the modifications shall be completed by the console manufacturer
and shall be fully documented in the maintenance manual(s).
5.15.10
Logging Recorder Interfaces - Each operator position shall be provided with a logging
recorder output that contains the dispatch position microphone audio and select audio
combined onto one 600-Ohm output port. An optional second logging recorder interface
for telephone audio is desirable.
5.15.11
Remote Control of Base Stations - The communications control console shall be capable
of providing D.C. keying, tone sequence keying, or "M Lead" dry contact keying for each
radio channel as well as tone sequence control of repeater, frequency, and squelch
disable functions.
5.15.12
D.C. Keying – CRT and Desktop Consoles - Each radio channel shall have available
regulated D.C. keying currents of 15 ma and 6 ma. The D.C. control currents shall be
provided for a loop resistance up to 10K ohms. Although as a default all channels shall
not be supplied with DC keying capability, but pricing to add DC control on a per channel
basis shall be provided.
5.15.13
Tone Keying- FPD and Desktop consoles - Each radio channel shall have available a tone
sequence keying scheme that provides a High Level Guard Tone followed by a Function
Tone followed by a Low Level Guard Tone.
5.15.14
"M Lead" Keying- FPD and Desktop consoles - Each radio channel shall be capable of
providing Form A (normally open) dry contacts for transmitter keying.
5.15.15
One Sequence Tolerances - FPD and Desktop consoles - Tolerances for tone sequence
control shall be within the following limits:
5.15.15 (a) All tone frequencies as specified within +/-1 Hz.
5.15.15 (b) All tone durations as specified within +/-5 ms or adjustable from 25 ms to
150 ms.
5.15.15 (c) High Level Guard Tone - 0dBm to -10 dB adjustable to meet line conditions
5.15.15 (d) Function Tone - 10 dBm +/-1 dB adjustable to meet line conditions.
5.15.15 (e) Low Level Guard Tone - 30 dBm +/-1 dB adjustable to meet line conditions.
5.15.16
Radio Channel Terminations - Each radio channel shall be capable of 2 wire or 4 wire
operation. The type of termination shall be readily selectable on a per channel basis.
5.15.17
Parallel Operator Position Control of Radio Channels - The console common electronics
shall be capable of parallel operator position control of common radio channels. All
channel control switches and indicators shall be paralleled. Parallel operation shall be
readily selectable on a per channel basis.
5.16
Design Criteria
5.16.1
The console electronic package design criteria are based upon the need for maximum
reliability, expandability, and ease of service. To meet these criteria, the electronic
packages described in the subsequent paragraphs must be totally solid-state, completely
modular, and reflect state-of-the-art concepts in communication control design. Each
operator position shall include applicable switches, status indicators, amplifiers, tone
circuits, power supplies, meters, clocks, speakers, and hardware to perform the functions.
5.16.2
Panel Wiring/Remote Electronic Circuitry- FPD consoles
5.16.2 (a)
The console electronic package shall have the capability of allowing the
electronic circuitry (transmit/receive, amplifier, tone control, power supply,
etc. modules) to be remoted at least 1000 feet from the operator position
over standard 600 ohm twisted pairs. The interconnecting cable shall be at
most an eight pair cable. The Vendor will supply all cabling and connectors
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 54 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
between the console common electronics and the punch blocks in the
equipment room housing these electronics.
5.16.2 (b)
The remoting of the electronic circuitry up to 1000 feet from the operator
position shall not degrade the console performance outside the minimum
standards specified herein. All console functions shall be operable as
specified herein regardless of remoting up to 1000 feet.
5.16.2 (c)
In addition to hard wired remoting of the electronic circuitry, the console
electronic package shall also allow remoting of the electronic circuitry over
standard telephone lines or multiplex channels on a fiber network or a
microwave system. No more than three multiplex channels shall be
required to perform this function. All remote data and audio paths shall be
automatically monitored to ensure the continuous integrity of the paths. If a
path is lost, both the dispatch position and any diagnostic printer and/or
terminal shall receive a report.
5.16.2 (d)
The remoting of the electronic circuitry over microwave channels shall not
degrade the console performance outside the minimum standards set forth
in these specifications. All console functions shall remain operable
regardless of remoting the operator position.
5.16.3
Electronic Circuitry
5.16.3 (a)
The electronic circuitry shall be contained on printed circuit modules which
plug into a module rack or mother board. The plating material at the printed
circuit module where plug-in contact is made shall be gold to provide
maximum reliability.
5.16.3 (b)
A transmit/receive module shall be provided with each operational channel.
This module shall contain all of the circuits necessary to perform the
functions described on a per channel basis.
5.16.3 (c)
Sufficient modules shall be provided with each console electronic package
to perform the functions that are common to the transmit/receive channels
and all other functions.
5.16.4
Expandability - Options shall be easily expanded by the addition of plug-in printed circuit
modules, programming, and control switches.
5.16.5
Maintainability
5.16.5 (a)
The transmit/receive circuitry shall include one plug-in T/R module for each
channel. All T/R modules shall be interchangeable between channels. The
only T/R module changes required to exchange T/R modules between
channels or electronic packages shall be the selection of options by means
of programming switches mounted on the modules or PROM exchanges.
5.16.5 (b)
The remainder of the console electronic package printed circuit modules
shall be interchangeable between electronic packages.
5.16.5 (c)
Each type of plug-in printed circuit module shall be keyed to be inserted
only into the correct location in the module rack or mother board. Guide
rails shall be used to ensure proper alignment of plug-in printed circuit
modules. Each plug-in printed circuit module shall be equipped with an
extractor to allow easy removal.
5.16.5 (d)
It shall not be necessary to remove power from the console electronic
package to change a plug-in module.
5.16.5 (e)
All printed circuit modules shall be plainly marked with the module's
function. All components shall be plainly identified on the printed circuit
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 55 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
modules. The module rack or motherboard position shall be plainly marked
with the module's function. It shall not be necessary to use a drawing to
locate components on printed circuit modules or printed circuit module
positions.
5.16.6
Standards
5.16.6 (a)
All equipment contained in the proposal shall meet or exceed the latest
applicable standards of the Electronic Industries Association, Federal
Communications Commission, and Underwriters Laboratory, and must
conform to the OSHA of 1973 requirements for safe operation. In addition,
where applicable, the equipment must satisfy the requirements of the local
telephone company and input requirements of a Microwave System with
respect to audio levels and control voltages.
5.16.6 (b)
The console electronic equipment shall be rated for continuous operation.
The console electronic package shall operate over an ambient temperature
range of 0 degrees C. to +50 degrees C. without degradation in
performance.
5.16.7
Power Supply
5.16.8
Input Voltage - 105 to 125 volts AC at 60 Hz, 120 volts AC nominal.
5.16.9
Noise - less than 120 millivolts peak to peak output.
5.16.10
Overload Protection - overload protection shall be provided such that variations in input
voltage or output current shall not damage or degrade the operation of any console
modules or components.
5.16.11
On-Off Switch - shall have a switch to turn input voltage on and off and have a power-on
indicator.
5.17
Mechanical Requirements - The following specifications concern the mechanical aspects of the
communications control console. The mechanical requirements of both the optional operator position
furniture as well as the back-room common electronics are as follows.
5.17.1
Operator Position – Console Furniture - State supplied equipment may be installed in the
operator position furniture along with the vendor's equipment. The State assumes the
responsibility of installing the equipment in State supplied furniture. The vendor may bid
the option to install the console. (All operator position furniture will be purchased
separately.)
5.17.2
Labeling - All channels, controls and indicators shall be identified on the FPD screen.
Keyboard switches which are used to control functions on the FPD should be clearly
engraved to indicate their function. The identification shall show the purpose of the
channel, control or indicator and be easily associated with the control or indicator. The
legends or labels shall be designated by the user at the time of order.
5.17.3
Radio Channel and Receiver Voter Names - Each radio channel and or receiver voter
channel shall be identified with an appropriate name - normally an abbreviation of the
base station mountain top name and/or call sign which will be designated at the time of
order. The FPD system shall be capable of displaying abbreviated names on the screen
of at least eight characters in length. Merely giving a number to a radio channel or voter
group is not acceptable.
5.17.4
Common Electronics- FPD Consoles - All common electronics shall be remoted from the
console operator position. This equipment should be capable of remoting up to 1000 ft.
from the operator position. The design of the common electronics package shall reflect a
heavy reliance on modularity of construction. This modularity shall permit the console to
be expanded, diminished, or reconfigured in future years depending on increased
functions or consolidation of hardware based on system modernization. All equipment
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 56 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
supplied shall either be mounted in 19 inch wide EIA standard 90 inch tall aluminum
equipment racks which are drilled and tapped to EIA standards (RS-310C) or supplied in
seven foot enclosed equipment cabinets. (Racks or cabinet mounting will be specified
with each purchase order) All equipment shall be supplied with all the necessary
mounting hardware. Access to electronics for maintenance and service shall be
accomplished through sliding rail arrangements, hinged mounting racks or circuit board
extenders. Where the use of circuit board extenders is required, two extenders per
console shall be supplied.
5.18
Training
5.18.1
Technician Training - the successful Vendor shall provide separate pricing for
comprehensive training on the equipment proposed. The training shall include discussion
of the following subjects as a minimum:
5.18.1 (a)
Theory of operation and circuit analysis of each equipment module, a
complete console electronic package, and parallel operation of multiple
consoles.
5.18.1 (b)
Troubleshooting procedures including fault isolation, terminal diagnostics,
stage gain measurements, voltage tests, and other procedures to locate
and replace faulty components.
5.18.1 (c)
Level setting and other adjustment procedures for each equipment module,
a complete console electronic package, and parallel operation of up to eight
consoles.
5.18.1 (d)
Programming of the central electronics cards and CRT positions.
5.18.2
Training Type and Location
5.18.2 (a)
The training may be presented by either a resident instructor or a self-
tutored training course.
5.18.2 (b)
If an instructor is used, he must be intimately familiar with the design,
operation, and maintenance of the equipment model proposed.
5.18.2 (c)
The instructor shall present a training session in State supplied facilities at
Phoenix, Arizona of at least 8 hours in duration. Actual dates for the class
will be established by the purchasing agent. The training shall be
completed within 130 days of receipt of purchase order.
5.18.2 (d)
If the successful vendor elects to supply a self-tutored training course, one
such course shall be provided and will become property of the State. The
course shall make use of textbooks, film strips, video tapes or other means
to provide comprehensive self-training of the equipment model proposed.
5.18.3
Dispatcher Training - The successful vendor shall also provide 1-day training to the
dispatchers of any purchasing agencies. This training shall cover the operational aspects
of the equipment. In situations where the communications center is a twenty-four hour
operation, it will be necessary to repeat the training for each shift during the day(s).
5.18.4
Instruction Books - the instruction books to be furnished by the vendor shall be complete
with all pages securely fastened together. The instruction books shall incorporate as a
minimum the following:
5.18.4 (a)
Complete description and ordering information of each individual unit and/or
sub-assembly. A material guide shall contain the replacement part
numbers and description of all components used. The parts lists shall be
associated with their respective chassis, module, or kit wherein they are
found. A total listing of parts without such groupings will not be acceptable.
5.18.4 (b)
Complete intercabling diagram between each unit and/or sub-assembly.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 57 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
5.18.4 (c)
Complete outline and drawings and dimensions as well as mounting
dimensions of all equipment.
5.18.4 (d)
Voltage and resistance diagrams or tables of all units and/or sub-
assemblies.
5.18.4 (e)
Complete level setting instructions in step by step tabular form for entire
assembly and all components capable of being adjusted.
5.18.4 (f)
Parts location, drawings or pictorial, detailed top view of individual parts,
units and/or sub-assemblies.
5.18.4 (g)
Operational block diagrams of individual units and/or sub-assemblies.
5.18.4 (h)
Complete schematic diagrams of individual units and/or sub-assemblies.
5.18.4 (i)
In addition to schematics, etc., the manual shall contain the theory of
operation of all active devices and circuits in sufficient detail to facilitate
servicing.
5.18.4 (j)
Drawings which are supplied must be reproduced by such means as to
preclude fading to the point of illegibility if exposed to normal illumination for
extended periods of time. A developed and fixed process or one of the
various forms of printing by actual ink transfer are acceptable types.
5.18.4 (k)
In order to provide a complete manual containing all schematics, level
setting information, and operating instructions, the contractor shall prepare
all of the information in book form with no drawings larger than the page
size of the book. Drawings, which must be larger than a single sheet for
legibility may be photographically reduced so that they are no larger than 11
inches high or printed on fold-out sections. This manual shall contain an
index of all schematics, charts, and diagrams to insure that pages have not
been removed. Sufficient information shall be contained in the index to
permit reordering lost or mutilated pages.
5.18.4 (l)
Two instruction manuals shall be furnished for every unit supplied and costs
shall be included in the proposal price.
5.18.4 (m) One typical instruction manual shall be supplied with the proposal.
5.19
Recommended Maintenance Equipment
5.19.1
Any special meters, unique/non-standard test equipment, test cables, harnesses, circuit
board extenders, or hand tools required for monitoring and/or maintenance of the
communications control console electronic packages shall be listed separately with their
itemized cost and shall be included in the total initial cost of the equipment.
5.20
Recommended Replacement Parts
5.20.1
Because of the critical function the communications control console serves, vendors must
be capable of supplying all electronic package parts, including individual components and
mechanical and electrical assemblies used in the equipment supplied, within 48 hours.
The vendor shall supply a list of recommended spares in his proposal response. The
vendor shall include a complete set of these recommended spare modules as well as a
spare of all other modules and power supplies with the initial console purchase. The cost
for this spare module set shall also be priced as a separate line item in the proposal
response.
6.0 Generators
6.1
AC/DC power generators operating with diesel, gasoline or propane fuel. Indoor and Outdoor
installations systems capable of handling extreme temperature of -50 degrees F up to 150 degrees
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 58 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
F. This includes but is not limited to Transfer Switches, panels, monitoring services, and controlling
accessories inclusive of timing and sensing functions with associated hardware and software.
6.2
Requirements
6.2.1
Proposed product(s) must be rated for industrial use, home-use styles of generators will
not be considered.
6.2.2
The proposal should include product(s) options from 10kw up to 400kw.
6.2.3
Product(s) offered must include all alarming equipment and software for remote
monitoring.
6.2.4
Product(s) offered must be able to supply simple network management protocol (SNMP)
and contact closure alarms.
6.2.5
Product(s) offered must have programmable exercise timers that can be set to transfer
load capability.
7.0 Back-up Batteries (Including Solar)
7.1
Specifications
7.1.1
Telecom Applications – the State and/or Co-op Agencies require long life batteries (both
voltage and solar) to support Agency efforts for providing power in multiple public
communications applications, including but not limited to data centers, network operation
centers, wireless, Microwave and mobile centers.
7.1.2
Product types for procurement:
7.1.2 (a)
Modular Flooded Lead Acid
7.1.2 (b)
Modular Flooded Lead Acid
7.1.2 (c)
Mono-Block Valve Regulated Lead Acid
7.1.2 (d)
Portable Radio
7.1.3
Renewable/ Solar Energy Product offerings must include the following:
7.1.3 (a)
Benchmark data of Offeror’s product to Industry Leading Life Cycle Data
7.1.4
Power Systems, DC Conversion
7.1.4 (a)
Inclusive of AC/DC converters, battery chargers, DC/DC converters, along
with low voltage disconnect DC breakers, power distribution panels and any
additional associated hardware and software needed to operate.
7.1.5
The proposal must include float rates for the products being offered.
7.1.6
Offeror proposal to include system and module configuration requirements.
7.1.7
Must meet all UL industry requirements
7.1.8
Must withstand Operating temperature beyond 150 degrees F and temperature that drop
below -50 degrees F.
7.1.9
Must provide performance data to support product viability.
8.0 Prefab Communications Shelters
8.1
General
8.1.1
Equipment shelters of various sizes specifically designed and constructed for extreme
installation locations and to be installed with minimal soil disruption and without site-build
foundation. This includes all required accessories and appurtenances, including antenna
mast, RF shielding and grounding systems.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 59 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
8.1.2
Vendor shall submit descriptive catalog product description to include all specifications.
8.2
Requirements
8.2.1
Prefab Communications shelters must meet State and National regulations.
8.2.2
Offeror to submit proposal for multiple dimensions that are offered to State and local
public safety Agencies.
8.2.3
Offeror’s proposal must address recommendations for transportation and off-loading.
8.2.4
HVAC system requirements should be detailed in the proposal submitted.
8.2.5
Electrical requirement for each prefab communication shelter offering should be listed in
the proposal.
8.2.6
Proposed lighting systems should be included in the offer.
8.3
Installation and service
8.3.1
Offeror must provide on-site installation and set-up service as part of the proposal. This
pricing should be included as separate line item within the pricing proposal.
8.3.2
R-56 standards must be followed in the proposed construction of any prefab
communications shelters.
8.3.3
If on-site installation is required, Contractor(s) must be able to pass a background check.
8.4
Pricing
8.4.1
Pricing should include discount off list catalog pricing plus additional options on an
individual list item basis for upgrades that might add to discounted price listed in catalog.
8.5
Warranty
8.5.1
All offerings must include a minimum five (5) year warranty period.
9.0 Service
9.1
The services that may be offered in correlation with the equipment listed above are categorized as
follows:
9.2
Design/Engineering
9.2.1
The Contractor(s) shall clearly define and communicate to the State what is specifically
included in their Design Services.
9.3
Managed Services - considered a service subscription.
9.3.1
The Contractor(s) shall clearly define and communicate to the State what is specifically
included in their Managed Services. Examples of Managed Services include: 24x7x365
technical support, network monitoring, alarm monitoring, service ticket generation,
performance management, system provisioning, system updates, end-to-end event
monitoring, security monitoring, software maintenance and updates, annual preventative
maintenance, and onsite support.
9.3.2
The Contractor(s) shall clearly define and communicate qualifications for any system or
equipment being considered for Managed Services.
9.4
Field Service Repair and Maintenance – considered as needed, or one-time services.
9.4.1
The Contractor(s) shall clearly define and communicate guaranteed time of repair or
restoration and qualifications for any system or equipment being considered for
maintenance support.
9.4.2
The Contractor(s) shall perform work in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendation to ensure it is performing to all defined technical and environmental
specifications for the system.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 60 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
9.4.3
In addition to maintenance of new equipment purchases, the Contractor(s) shall also offer
maintenance of legacy equipment. Legacy equipment defined as any existing public
communications equipment and its associated supplies and/or accessories that have been
purchased prior to the RFP issuance and resulting Contract Award.
9.5
Installation
9.5.1
Time of Purchase of new equipment
9.5.2
Previously purchased equipment
9.5.3
The Contractor(s) shall also conduct initial preventative maintenance ensuring
performance begins at the optimal level.
9.6
Integration
9.6.1
Integration Services shall be offered at an hourly rate by the Contractor(s) unless
otherwise specified in the SOW defined above as part of the equipment installation. The
Contractor(s) shall clearly list and communicate to the State what is specifically included in
their integration services, if applicable.
10.0 Consultation and Third-Party Oversight
10.1
The State is also looking to solicit proposals from qualified, vendor independent, full service firms
who can provide third party oversight on behalf of the State of Arizona. Any offer of services must
comply with the following:
•
Demonstrate independence of any manufacturer, software provider, or vendor.
•
Demonstrate experience and knowledge of all aspects of public safety operations as they relate
to communications and interoperability needs
•
Demonstrate mission critical communications system design experience in the public safety
arena
•
Demonstrate knowledge and experience with contemporary and emerging wireless mission
critical communications technologies utilized in the public safety arena including:
o
Mission critical radio systems-infrastructure, subscriber hardware, RF system design,
radio propagation, frequency research
o
Microwave and RF control link design and specification
o
Voice logging
o
Paging and Alerting systems
o
Radio interoperability
o
Radio dispatch console systems
•
Demonstrate familiarity and expertise in FCC regulations, licensing and frequency availability
research
•
Demonstrate in-house subject matter experts, telecommunications specialists, state and local
policy experts, and project managers with APCO Project 25 implementation experience.
•
Demonstrate experience in the identification, evaluation and recommendation of appropriate
sites and infrastructure for mission critical communications towers and facilities.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-A: Scope of Work
Page 61 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
•
Demonstrate experience in structured wiring plans and electrical and power system design
relative to Public Safety and Mission critical RF systems.
•
Demonstrate experience, establishing continuity of operations (COOP) plans, planning, and
implementation of disaster recovery solutions, and establishing supporting standard operating
procedures (SOPs) and policies that enhance system reliability, resiliency, and redundancy.
•
Demonstrate experience with providing consulting, systems engineering and architecture
services for both urban and rural mission critical communications systems.
•
The firm must have at least one telecommunications specialist certified in industry accepted site
standards such as Motorola R56.
•
The firm must demonstrate that it follows accepted industry standards (i.e., Project Management
Institute) standards and practices for management of projects.
•
The firm must demonstrate knowledge in the trends and directions of mission critical radio
networks, automated systems, facilities and operations.
•
Demonstrate experience and capability of providing ongoing service and support throughout the
lifecycle of network and associated devices and peripherals
EXHIBITS TO THE SCOPE DOCUMENT
NO EXHIBITS FOR THIS SOLICITATION
End of section 2-A
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 62 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
1.0 Compensation
Contractor will be compensated for the satisfactorily carrying out its obligations under the Contract by the method
indicated by the “” mark below:
Contracted Labor Rates (refer to paragraph 1.13 below)
Discount Off List or Catalog (refer to paragraph 1.25 below)
1.1
CONTRACTED LABOR RATES. The contracted labor rates are the fully-burdened and marked-up billing rates for
Contractor’s labor scheduled in Exhibit 1 to this Pricing Document.
1.1.1
The rates are deemed to be inclusive of the actual gross wages plus all:
(a)
applicable payroll taxes, non-payroll employer burden, workers’ compensation contributions
and health and welfare benefit contributions;
(b)
retirement or other pension contributions, vacation, sick time or other paid leave allowances
and the like;
(c)
required home office support, corporate or subordinate licenses or registrations, corporate
insurance, professional association fees, advertising, time and travel by any of Contractor’s
personnel other than billable personnel and any bonuses or other incentives for all personnel
(including billable Personnel);
(d)
insurance coverages to be provided by Contractor under the Contract; and
(e)
profit.
1.1.2
The rates are not subject to overtime or other premium time unless expressly stated otherwise in the
Pricing Document or a relevant Annex thereto.
1.1.3
The rates include all transaction privilege and other sales/use taxes, including any gross receipts taxes
on services, unless expressly stated otherwise in the Pricing Document or a relevant Annex thereto.
1.1.4
Reimbursable items consist of three components:
(a)
Site Services, Logistics, and Utilities. State and Contractor shall each provide those items of
site services, logistics and utilities that are assigned to them in Attachment 4 to this Pricing
Document. Excluding only those item expressly indicated as being provided by State, provided
by others, or a reimbursable item, Contractor shall provide all services, equipment, tools, and
logistics necessary for its personnel and otherwise as required to carry out the Work and
compensation for all those is deemed to be included in the contractual fee mark-up (if any
applies).
i. For items indicated to be paid on a “unit rate” basis, Contractor shall submit a
worksheet with each application for payment showing the actual amount of payment
requested for these items, which amount shall not exceed the unit rate multiplied by
the total quantity (i.e., Contractor is “at risk” for costs it incurs that are in excess of the
extended value unless State has issued a Change Order for the excess.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 63 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
ii. For items indicated to be paid on a “cost” basis, Contractor shall request reimbursement
for the actual cost of such items at least monthly and shall provide the necessary back-
up documentation, including receipts or invoices and timesheets (if applicable).
iii. For items indicated to be paid on a “lump sum” basis, Contractor shall request payment
for the completed proportion of such items at least monthly.
(b)
Personnel-Related Expenses. State will only reimburse for those items of personnel-related
expense expressly indicated in Attachment 4 to this Pricing Document as a reimbursable item,
and it is agreed that the costs of all other such expenses applicable to its personnel and
otherwise as required to carry out the Work are adequately compensated in the contractual
fee mark-up (if any applies).
i. For items to be paid on a “unit rate” basis, Contractor shall submit a worksheet with
each application for payment showing the actual amount of payment requested for
these items, which amount shall not exceed the unit rate multiplied by the total
quantity (i.e., Contractor is “at risk” for costs it incurs that are in excess of the extended
value unless State has issued a Change Order for the excess.
ii. For items to be paid on a “cost” basis, Contractor shall request reimbursement for the
actual cost of such items at least monthly and shall provide the necessary back-up
documentation, including receipts or invoices (if applicable). All reimbursements shall
be strictly subject to State’s travel policy, which is available at https://gao.az.gov/travel.
iii. Contractor must obtain State’s written approval prior to booking or going on any
reimbursable travel.
iv. Contractor will be reimbursed at the current Travel Policy rates.
v. Contractor shall itemize all per diem and lodging charges.
vi. For items to be paid on a “lump sum” basis, Contractor shall request payment for the
applicable proportion of such items at least monthly.
1.2
DISCOUNT OFF LIST OR CATALOG. A discount off list or catalog means a percentage discount to be applied to a
base price for from one or more contractually-established price lists against published catalogs. The applicable
discounts are scheduled in Exhibit 1 to this Pricing Document.
1.2.1
Unless specified otherwise in the Pricing Document, base price is the price that is most widely offered
to general customers at the time of the Order.
1.2.2
The catalogs used to establish base price are specified otherwise in the Pricing Document. If nothing is
so specified, then the commercially available catalogs published by Contractor or Subcontractor to a
dealer or reseller network for the covered materials or services are to be used.
1.2.3
Each catalog must:
(a)
bear the applicable State contract number;
(b)
list all materials or services Contractor is authorized to sell under the Contract;
(c)
not contain any items that are excluded from the Contract;
(d)
provide ordering information and contact information for customer support.
1.2.4
Each catalog and its accompanying price list must include for each item:
(a)
a part or model number, if applicable;
(b)
a complete and accurate description of the item;
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 64 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
(c)
the manufacturer’s suggested retail price (MSRP) or Contractor’s list price;
(d)
a stock keeping unit (SKU) number (SKU) , if applicable;
(e)
the item’s unit of measure (UOM), if applicable; and
(f)
the quantity in the unit of measure (QUOM), if applicable.
1.2.5
Contractor shall provide and maintain concurrent and identical electronic and hardcopy versions of all
contracted price lists and catalogs.
(a)
The electronic versions are to be provided as an Amendment to the Contract.
i. State, at its discretion, may host Contractor's electronic price lists and catalogs directly,
or may link through ProcureAZ as a punch-out.
ii. Regardless of the number and types of links to Contractor's electronic price lists and
catalogs, Contractor shall ensure that all Eligible Agencies and Co-Op Buyers are only
able to access one unified set of data.
(b)
Contractor shall supply sufficient, current hardcopy catalogs and price lists price lists to
applicable Eligible Agencies at Contract commencement, and provide prompt hardcopy notice
of any changes to list/catalog holders as they occur. Contractor shall not change State or any
Eligible Agency (or any Co-Op Buyer, if applicable) for lists/catalogs or updates.
2.0 Pricing
2.1
CONTRACTOR’S BEST PRICING. Supplier warrants that, for the term of the Contract, the prices and discounts
set out in Exhibit 1 to this Pricing Document, including any subsequent agreed amendment to it (the “Contract
Pricing”), will be equal to or better than the lowest prices and largest discounts, both separately and in
combination, at which Contractor sells equivalent items of equipment and materials.
2.1.1
That price-plus-discount equivalence (“Contractor’s Best Pricing”) is intended to be irrespective of
whether or not those other sales have special purchase terms, conditions, rebates or allowances.
2.1.2
If Contractor’s Best Pricing for equivalent items of equipment and materials is better than the
Contract Pricing, then Contractor agrees to adjust the Contract Pricing to match the Contractor’s
Best Pricing for all sales related to the Contractor made after the date when the Contractor’s Best
Pricing was first better than the Contract Pricing.
2.1.3
For clarification of intent, that date is intended to be the date when the difference first occurred,
which might have been before the difference was first identified. If it was before, then Supplier
agrees to charge at less than the Contract Pricing until the extended difference that would have
been realized (i.e., if the Contractor’s Best Pricing had been applied when it should have been) has
been settled.
2.2
PRICING-ALL-INCLUSIVE:
2.2.1
Pricing is all-inclusive, including any ancillary fees and costs required to accomplish the Scope of
Work and all aspects of Contractor’s offer as accepted by State. Details of service not explicitly
stated in the Scope of Work or in Contractor’s Offer, but necessarily a part of, are deemed to be
understood by Contractor and included herein. All administrative, reporting, or other
requirements, all overhead costs and profit and any other costs toward the accomplishment of
the requirements in the Contract are included in the pricing provided.
2.3
PRICE INCREASES:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 65 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2.3.1
The SPO may review a fully documented request for a price increase. The requested increase shall
be in writing and be based upon a cost increase to the contractor that was clearly unpredictable at
the time of the offer and is directly correlated to the price of the product concerned. Contractor
must provide conclusive evidence of a need for any price increases such as being substantiated by
the Producer Price Index, Consumer Price Index, or similar pricing guide.
(a) Initial Contract prices will be honored for one year after award of Contract.
(b) All written requests for price adjustments made by the contractor shall be initiated thirty (30)
days in advance of any desired price increase to allow State sufficient time to make a fair and
equitable determination to any such requests. This may be waived upon proper documentation
demonstrating the urgency of the request.
(c) All price adjustments will be implemented by a formal contract change order. State shall
determine whether the requested price increase or an alternate option is in the best interest of
State.
2.4
PRICE REDUCTIONS:
2.4.1
Price reductions shall by immediately passed along to State and may be submitted in writing to
State for consideration at any time during the Contract period. The contractor shall offer State a
price reduction on the Contract product(s) concurrent with a published price reduction made to
other customers. State at its own discretion may accept a price reduction. The price reduction
request shall be in writing and include documentation showing the actual reduction of cost. Sales
promotions requests shall include difference in pricing, begin, and end date of promotion along
with the products covered.
2.5
ADDITIONAL CHARGES:
2.5.1
Any charges or fees not delineated in the Contract may not be added, billed, or invoiced under the
Contract. All additional work shall be approved by Eligible Agency in advance and be in accordance
with the contract rate.
2.6
TRAVEL.
2.6.1
Contractor shall get written approval prior to any travel under the Contract in which
reimbursement of expenses will be requested. Contractor will be reimbursed for actual expenses
incurred in accordance with the current rates specified in State’s Travel Policy. Contractor shall
itemize all per diem and lodging charges. State Travel Policy, including State rates, may be located
at https://gao.az.gov/travel. The Eligible Agency shall reject any claim for travel reimbursement
without prior written approval.
2.7
DELIVERY
2.7.1
Unless stated otherwise in the contract, all prices shall be F.O.B. Destination and shall include all
freight delivery and unloading at the destination.
3.0 Funding
No particular funding considerations apart from paragraph 4.3 of the Uniform Terms and Conditions [Availability of
Funds] have been identified as of the Solicitation date.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 66 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
4.0 Invoicing
4.1
INVOICES GO TO BUYING ENTITY. Contractor shall submit all billing notices or invoices to the ordering Eligible
Agency or Co-Op Buyer at the address indicated on the applicable Order document.
4.2
MINIMUM INVOICE REQUIREMENTS. Every invoice must include the following information:
Item
Required
Bill-to name and address
Contractor name and contact information
Remit-to address
State contract number
Order number (typically the ProcureAZ PO #)
Invoice number and date
Date the items shipped or services performed
Applicable payment terms
Contract line item number
Contract line item description
Quantity delivered or performed
Line item unit of measure
Item price
Extended pricing
Discount off list or catalog
Taxes (as a separate invoice line item)
Upcharge shipping/freight, etc. (as a separate invoice line item)
Materials only
Total invoice amount due
4.3
NO INVOICE WITHOUT AUTHORIZATION. Contractor shall not seek payment for any:
1.
Materials or Services that have not been authorized on an acknowledged Order;
2.
expediting, overtime, premiums, or upcharges absent State’s express prior approval; or
3.
Materials or Services that are the subject of a Contract Amendment or Change Order that has not been
fully signed.
4.4
PRE-INVOICE REVIEW. Upon Eligible Agency request and shortly before Contractor is scheduled to submit
each invoice, the parties’ representatives shall meet informally to review any issues relevant to that upcoming
invoice so that the formal invoice process is thereby facilitated and made more efficient.
4.5
SUBMITTING INVOICES. Contractor shall submit an invoice to the ordering Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer
using the form provided or required by the ordering Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer. Every invoice must be
signed by Contractor’s authorized representative and accompanied by all supporting information and
documentation required by the Contract and applicable laws.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 67 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
4.6
DEFECTIVE INVOICES. Without prejudice to its other rights under the Contract or further obligation to
Contractor, the ordering Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer may, at its discretion, reject any materially defective
invoice.
4.6.1
The ordering Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer shall notify Contractor within 5 (five) business days
after receipt if it determines an invoice to be materially defective.
4.6.2
Invoices will be deemed automatically rejected upon delivery if they:
4.6.2 (a)
are sent to an incorrect address;
4.6.2 (b)
do not reference the correct State contract number; or
4.6.2 (c)
are payable to any Person other than the Contractor.
4.6.3
The ordering Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer will have no obligation to pay against a defective
invoice unless and until Contractor has re-submitted it free of defects.
4.7
INVOICING FOR TASK ORDERS. For task order Services, invoices must include the following information as
applicable to the relevant task order being invoiced against:
1.
substantiation of hours worked using:
a.
a detailed daily timesheet;
b.
itemization to the task level; and
c.
breakdown by service area (if the Contract covers more than one area) and Contract Amendment
(if any apply);
2.
authorizations and receipts for all allowable reimbursable items being invoiced; and
3.
Contractor’s certification that the invoice has been examined and to the best of Contractor’s knowledge
and belief the invoiced amounts are entitled, correct, and accurate as can be demonstrated by the
contractually-required books and records upon State’s demand.
5.0 Payments
5.1
PAYMENT. The applicable Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer shall pay undisputed amounts due to Contractor
within the time period specified in Section 18.1 of the Special Terms and Conditions
5.2
JOINT CHECKS OR DIRECT PAY. applicable Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer may, but is under no obligation to,
pay by joint check or to pay directly to any Subcontractor or other creditor to whom any portion of
Contractor’s requested payment is owed.
5.3
RECOVERY OF OVER-PAYMENT. If applicable Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer determines that an over-payment
has been made to Contractor on any prior invoice, it shall inform Contractor of the amount and date of the
over-payment and may deduct the over-paid amount from amounts then or thereafter due to Contractor.
5.4
PAYMENTS TO SUBCONTRACTORS. Contractor shall make payment of all undisputed amounts due to
Subcontractors within thirty (30) days of receipt of funds from applicable Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer
applicable to their services.
5.5
PURCHASING CARD. applicable Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer may pay invoices for some or all Orders using a
purchasing card. Any and all fees related to payment using a Purchasing Card are the responsibility of
Contractor. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract there will be no additional fees or increase in prices
associated with this method of payment.
5.6
AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE. applicable Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer may pay invoices for some or all
Orders through an Automated Clearing House (ACH). In order to receive payments in this manner from
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-B: Pricing Document
Page 68 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Eligible Agencies, Contractor must complete an ACH Vendor Authorization Form (form GAO-618) within
30 (thirty) days after the effective date of the Contract. The form is available online at:
https://gao.az.gov/afis/vendor-information
End of Section 2-B
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 69 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
The Special Terms and Conditions modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions and its Appendices. It can modify them by replacing, deleting,
appending to, or revising the text of an existing provision or by inserting a new paragraph into an existing article. No other document
modifies or adds to the Uniform Terms and Conditions, except as may subsequently be otherwise and expressly agreed and incorporated
by Contract Amendment.
1.0 Definition of Terms
As used in the Contract, the terms listed below are defined as follows:
1.1. Co-Op Buyer
“Co-Op Buyer” means a member of the State Purchasing Cooperative that has entered into a
“Cooperative Purchasing Agreement” with the Arizona Department of Administration State
Procurement Office under A.R.S. § 41-2632. Unless there is an applicable Cooperative
Purchasing Agreement in effect at the time, a State Purchasing Cooperative member cannot be
a Co-Op Buyer. For reference, “Co-Op Buyer” is to be construed as encompassing “eligible
procurement unit” under A.A.C. R2-7-101(23).
NOTE: Membership in the State Purchasing Cooperative is open to all Arizona political
subdivisions, including cities, counties, school districts, and special districts. Membership is also
available to non-profit organizations, other state governments, the federal government and
tribal nations. For reference, “non-profit organizations” are defined in A.R.S. § 41-2631(4) as
any nonprofit corporation as designated by the IRS under section 501(c)(3) through 501(c)(6) of
the tax code.
1.2. Eligible Agency
If the Special Terms and Conditions indicates that the Contract is a “single-agency” contract,
then “Eligible Agency” means the particular State of Arizona agency, university, commission, or
board identified therein. If the Special Terms and Conditions indicates that the Contract is a
“statewide” contract, then “Eligible Agency” means any State of Arizona department, agency,
university, commission, or board.
2.0 Contract Interpretation
No modifications to uniform terms and conditions section
3.0 Contract Administration and Operation
3.1
Term of Contract
The term of the Contract will commence on the date indicated on the Acceptance and continue
for five (5) years with an optional additional five (5) year term with annual renewal(s) for a total
max term of ten (10) years unless canceled, terminated, or permissibly extended.
3.2
Statewide Contract
Provisions
The Contract is a “statewide” contract for multiple purchases, projects, or assignments, and can
be purchased against by some or all Eligible Agencies and any Co-Op Buyers that elect to
participate. Even if only one Eligible Agency needs or elects to purchase against the Contract, it
is to be construed as being a “statewide” contract hereunder.
The Contract is an indefinite delivery, indefinite quantity (ID/IQ) type of contract; it is to be
construed as a “delivery order” sub-type of ID/IQ contract to the extent the Work is Materials,
and a “task order” sub-type to the extent the Work is Services.
1.
Contractor shall verify if an ordering entity is a bona fide Co-Op Buyer before selling
Materials to or providing Services for them under the Contract. The current list of
Co-Op Buyers is available on the State Procurement Office website:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 70 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
https://spo.az.gov/procurement-services/cooperative-procurement/coop-usage-report
2. Contractor shall sell to Co-Op Buyers at the same price and on the same lead times
and other terms and conditions under which it sells to Eligible Agencies, with the sole
exception of any legitimately additional costs for extraordinary shipping or delivery
requirements if the Co-Op Buyer is having Materials delivered or installed or Services
performed at locations not contemplated in the contracted pricing (e.g. delivery to a
location outside Arizona).
3. Contractor shall pay State an administrative fee against all Contract sales to Co-Op
Buyers, as provided for under A.R.S. § 41-2633. The fee rate is one (1%) percent.
Failure to remit the administrative fees is a material breach of contract, and will
entitle State to its remedies under Article 8 and its right to terminate for default under
Article 9. Method of calculation, payment procedures, and other details are provided
on the State Procurement Office website:
https://spo.az.gov/contractor-resources/statewide-contracts-administrative-fee
4. Contractor shall submit to State a quarterly usage report documenting all Contract
sales to both Eligible Agencies and Co-Op Buyers, itemized separately. Contractor shall
further itemize divisions, groups or areas within a given Eligible Agency if they place
Purchase Orders independently of each other. Failure to submit the report is a
material breach of contract, and will entitle State to its remedies under Article 8 and
its right to terminate for default under Article 9. Contractor shall submit the report
using the forms and following the instructions on the State Procurement Office
website:
https://spo.az.gov/contractor-resources/statewide-contracts-administrative-fee
5. Contractor shall acknowledge each Purchase Order from Eligible Agencies within
1 (one) business day after receipt by either: (a) “approving” the Purchase Order
electronically in ProcureAZ, which will indicate Contractor’s unqualified acceptance of
the Purchase Order as-issued; or (b) “rejecting” the Purchase Order electronically in
ProcureAZ, with a concurrent explanation by email to relevant originator as to the
reason for rejecting it. By way of reminder, the only grounds on which Contractor may
reject or refuse a Purchase Order are those set out in subparagraph 3.12.3 [Orders are
Obligatory]. Unless and until Contractor has approved the Purchase Order in
ProcureAZ, it will have no effect under the Contract and will not oblige either State or
Contractor. If the relevant Eligible Agency explicitly instructs at the time that a verbal
acceptance is sufficient because of urgency or other unusual circumstances and
Contractor duly gives its verbal acceptance, then Contractor will be deemed to have
accepted the Purchase Order immediately upon commencing performance, provided
that, Contractor must follow-up its verbal acceptance by accepting the Purchase
Order electronically in ProcureAZ within 3 (three) business days. Contractor shall
thereafter be barred from subsequently rejecting the Purchase Order in ProcureAZ
and if it does so the rejection will be void.
6. Contractor shall acknowledge each Purchase Order from Co-Op Buyers in
conformance with each buyer’s instructions given at the time of ordering or in any
supplemental participating agreement Contractor might have with them. Purchase
Orders from Co-Op Buyers create no obligation on State’s part, since they are entirely
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 71 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
between the Co-Op Buyer and Contractor. That notwithstanding, Contractor’s
obligation under the Contract is to service Co-Op Buyers commercially as though they
were with an Eligible Agency, and Contractor’s refusal to do so would be a material
breach of the Contract.
3.3
Multiple-Use Provisions
Eligible Agencies may issue Purchase Orders for Services in several forms, all of which become
final and effective by a “Release Purchase Order” in ProcureAZ. Purchase Orders issued by Co-Op
Buyers will be in whatever form the Co-Op Buyer normally uses. Regardless of origin, Purchase
Orders must cite the State contract number to be valid. State may, at its discretion in each
instance, determine the scope, schedule, and price for each Purchase Order in any of the
following ways:
1.
By choosing some or all of the Materials or Services items covered by the Contract for
which a price is established in the Pricing Document, then preparing an Purchase Order
using those prices (e.g., filling out a purchase order form), and sending it to Contractor.
2.
By instructing Contractor to provide a comprehensive proposal of item quantities,
combinations, etc., or services hours, personnel, etc., for a defined scope using those
established prices as a basis, then validating and negotiating the proposal with
Contractor and issuing an Purchase Order if and when reaching agreement.
3.
As described in (2) above but requesting the proposal from both Contractor and other
vendors who are contracted within the applicable scope categories and locations, either
sequentially or concurrently, then selecting the proposal or proposals combination that
is most advantageous to State.
4.
As described in (3) above but introducing ad-hoc commercial competition by making the
selection and ordering conditional on obtaining more favorable prices than the
contractually-established ones.
When evaluating the proposals under (3) and (4) above, State may select based on price (for
example, a quoted number of hours times the contracted or improved rate plus a fixed amount
for incidentals), by experience and qualifications (for example, having an office nearer the
required work location), or whatever combination thereof it determines is most appropriate to
the work in question.
4.0 Costs and Payments
4.1
Proposal Costs Costs Incurred During Proposal Development. The State will not be responsible for any cost
incurred during the period of proposal development, including but not limited to On-Site Visits,
Pre-Offer Conferences, Demonstrations and any other costs incurred by the Offeror in
preparation for Bid Offering.
5.0 Contract Changes
No modifications to uniform terms and conditions section.
6.0 Risk and Liability
6.1
Contractor Insurance
Indemnification Clause
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless
the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, and any
jurisdiction or agency issuing permits for any work included in the project, and their respective
directors, officers, officials, agents and employees (hereinafter referred to as "Indemnitee")
from and against any and all claims, actions, liabilities, costs, losses, or expenses, (including
reasonable attorney's fees), (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Claims") arising out of actual
or alleged bodily injury or personal injury of any person (including death) or loss or damage to
tangible or intangible property caused, or alleged to be caused, in whole or in part, by the
negligent or willful acts or omissions of Contractor or any of Contractor's directors, officers,
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 72 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
agents, employees, volunteers or subcontractors. This indemnity includes any claim or amount
arising or recovered under the Workers' Compensation Law or arising out of the failure of
Contractor to conform to any federal, state or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or
court decree. It is the specific intention of the parties that the Indemnitee shall, in all instances,
except for Claims arising solely from the negligent or willful acts or omissions of the Indemnitee,
be indemnified by Contractor from and against any and all Claims. It is agreed that Contractor
will be responsible for primary loss investigation, defense and judgment costs where this
indemnification is applicable. This indemnification will survive the termination of the above
listed contract with the Contractor.
This indemnity shall not apply if the contractor or sub-contractor(s) is/are an agency, board,
commission or university of the State of Arizona.
Insurance Requirements
Contractor and subcontractors shall procure and maintain, until all of their obligations have
been discharged, including any warranty periods under this Contract, insurance against claims
for injury to persons or damage to property arising from, or in connection with, the performance
of the work hereunder by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or
subcontractors.
The Insurance Requirements herein are minimum requirements for this Contract and in no way
limit the indemnity covenants contained in this Contract. The State of Arizona in no way
warrants that the minimum limits contained herein are sufficient to protect the Contractor from
liabilities that arise out of the performance of the work under this Contract by the Contractor, its
agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors, and the Contractor is free to purchase
additional insurance.
Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance
Contractor shall provide coverage with limits of liability not less than those stated below.
1.
Commercial General Liability (CGL) – Occurrence Form
Policy shall include bodily injury, property damage, and broad form contractual liability
coverage.
•
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
•
Products – Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
•
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
•
Damage to Rented Premises
$50,000
•
Each Occurrence
$2,000,000
The policy shall be endorsed, as required by this written agreement, to include the State of
Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, officers, officials,
agents, and employees as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of the activities
performed by or on behalf of the Contractor.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
2.
Business Automobile Liability
Bodily Injury and Property Damage for any owned, hired, and/or non-owned automobiles used
in the performance of this Contract.
•
Combined Single Limit (CSL)
$1,000,000
Policy shall be endorsed, as required by this written agreement, to include the State of Arizona,
and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, officers, officials, agents, and
employees as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of the activities performed
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 73 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
by, or on behalf of, the Contractor involving automobiles owned, hired and/or non-owned by the
Contractor.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement as required by this written agreement
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
3.
Workers’ Compensation and Employers' Liability
•
Workers' Compensation
Statutory
•
Employers' Liability
o
Each Accident
$1,000,000
o
Disease – Each Employee
$1,000,000
o
Disease – Policy Limit
$1,000,000
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
This requirement shall not apply to each Contractor or subcontractor that is exempt under A.R.S.
§ 23-901, and when such Contractor or subcontractor executes the appropriate waiver form
(Sole Proprietor or Independent Contractor).
4.
Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions Liability)
•
Each Claim
$2,000,000
•
Annual Aggregate
$2,000,000
In the event that the Professional Liability insurance required by this Contract is written on a
claims-made basis, Contractor warrants that any retroactive date under the policy shall precede
the effective date of this Contract and, either continuous coverage will be maintained, or an
extended discovery period will be exercised, for a period of two (2) years beginning at the time
work under this Contract is completed.
The policy shall cover professional misconduct or negligent acts for those positions defined in
the Scope of Work of this contract.
4.
Technology Errors & Omissions Insurance
•
Each Claim
$2,000,000
•
Annual Aggregate
$2,000,000
Such insurance shall cover any, and all errors, omissions, or negligent acts in the delivery of
products, services, and/or licensed programs under this contract.
Coverage shall include copyright infringement, infringement of trade dress, domain name, title
or slogan.
In the event that the Tech E&O insurance required by this Contract is written on a claims-made
basis, Contractor warrants that any retroactive date under the policy shall precede the effective
date of this Contract and, either continuous coverage will be maintained or an extended
discovery period will be exercised for a period of two (2) years, beginning at the time work under
this Contract is completed.
5.
Network Security (Cyber) and Privacy Liability
•
Each Claim
$2,000,000
•
Annual Aggregate
$2,000,000
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 74 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Such insurance shall include, but not be limited to, coverage for third party claims and losses
with respect to network risks (such as data breaches, unauthorized access or use, ID theft, theft
of data) and invasion of privacy regardless of the type of media involved in the loss of private
information, crisis management and identity theft response costs. This should also include
breach notification costs, credit remediation and credit monitoring, defense and claims
expenses, regulatory defense costs plus fines and penalties, cyber extortion, computer program
and electronic data restoration expenses coverage (data asset protection), network business
interruption, computer fraud coverage, and funds transfer loss.
In the event that the Network Security and Privacy Liability insurance required by this Contract is
written on a claims-made basis, Contractor warrants that any retroactive date under the policy
shall precede the effective date of this Contract and, either continuous coverage will be
maintained, or an extended discovery period will be exercised for a period of two (2) years
beginning at the time work under this Contract is completed.
The policy shall be endorsed, as required by this written agreement, to include the State of
Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, officers, officials,
agents, and employees as additional insureds with respect to vicarious liability of the insured
arising out of the activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
6.
Installation Floater
•
Coverage amount is $___TBD At Award
Policy shall contain an Additional Insured endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees.
The State of Arizona and the Department shall be named as loss payee as its interest may
appear.
Coverage shall be written on an all risk, replacement cost basis and shall include coverage for
flood and earth movement as well as coverage for losses that may occur during equipment
testing/commissioning.
Policy shall be maintained until whichever of the following shall first occur: (1) final payment has
been made; or, (2) until no person or entity, other than the State of Arizona, has an insurable
interest in the property required to be covered.
Policy shall be endorsed such that the insurance shall not be canceled or lapse because of any
partial use or occupancy by the State of Arizona.
The Installation Floater must provide coverage from the time the equipment/material becomes
the responsibility of the Contractor and shall continue without interruption during the
installation, testing and commissioning, including any time during which the equipment/material
is being transported to the installation site, or awaiting installation, whether on or off site.
Policy shall contain a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement, as required by written agreement, in
favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities,
officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by the
Contractor for the State of Arizona.
Contractor is responsible for the payment of all deductibles under the Installation Floater.
Additional Insurance Requirements
The policies shall include, or be endorsed to include, as required by this written agreement, the
following provisions:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 75 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
The Contractor's policies, as applicable, shall stipulate that the insurance afforded the
Contractor shall be primary and that any insurance carried by the Department, its agents,
officials, employees or the State of Arizona shall be excess and not contributory insurance, as
provided by A.R.S. § 41-621 (E).
Insurance provided by the Contractor shall not limit the Contractor’s liability assumed under the
indemnification provisions of this Contract.
Notice of Cancellation
Applicable to all insurance policies required within the Insurance Requirements of this Contract,
Contractor’s insurance shall not be permitted to expire, be suspended, be canceled, or be
materially changed for any reason without thirty (30) days prior written notice to the State of
Arizona. Within two (2) business days of receipt, Contractor must provide notice to the State of
Arizona if they receive notice of a policy that has been or will be suspended, canceled, materially
changed for any reason, has expired, or will be expiring. Such notice shall be sent directly to the
Department and shall be mailed, emailed, hand delivered or sent by facsimile transmission to
(State Representative’s Name, Address & Fax Number).
Acceptability of Insurers
Contractor’s insurance shall be placed with companies licensed in the State of Arizona or hold
approved non-admitted status on the Arizona Department of Insurance List of Qualified
Unauthorized Insurers. Insurers shall have an “A.M. Best” rating of not less than A- VII. The State
of Arizona in no way warrants that the above-required minimum insurer rating is sufficient to
protect the Contractor from potential insurer insolvency.
Verification of Coverage
Contractor shall furnish the State of Arizona with certificates of insurance (valid ACORD form or
equivalent approved by the State of Arizona) evidencing that Contractor has the insurance as
required by this Contract. An authorized representative of the insurer shall sign the certificates.
All such certificates of insurance and policy endorsements must be received by the State before
work commences. The State’s receipt of any certificates of insurance or policy endorsements
that do not comply with this written agreement shall not waive or otherwise affect the
requirements of this agreement.
Each insurance policy required by this Contract must be in effect at, or prior to, commencement
of work under this Contract. Failure to maintain the insurance policies as required by this
Contract, or to provide evidence of renewal, is a material breach of contract.
All certificates required by this Contract shall be sent directly to the Department. The State of
Arizona project/contract number and project description shall be noted on the certificate of
insurance. The State of Arizona reserves the right to require complete copies of all insurance
policies required by this Contract at any time.
Subcontractors
Contractor’s certificate(s) shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or
Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring and/or verifying that all subcontractors have valid
and collectable insurance as evidenced by the certificates of insurance and endorsements for
each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to the minimum Insurance
Requirements identified above. The Department reserves the right to require, at any time
throughout the life of this contract, proof from the Contractor that its subcontractors have the
required coverage.
Approval and Modifications
The Contracting Agency, in consultation with State Risk, reserves the right to review or make
modifications to the insurance limits, required coverages, or endorsements throughout the life
of this contract, as deemed necessary. Such action will not require a formal Contract
amendment but may be made by administrative action.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 76 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Exceptions
In the event the Contractor or subcontractor(s) is/are a public entity, then the Insurance
Requirements shall not apply. Such public entity shall provide a certificate of self-insurance. If
the Contractor or subcontractor(s) is/are a State of Arizona agency, board, commission, or
university, none of the above shall apply.
7.0 Warranties
No modifications to uniform terms and conditions section.
8.0 State's Contractual Remedies
No modifications to uniform terms and conditions section.
9.0 Contract Termination
No modifications to uniform terms and conditions section
10.0 Contract Claims
No modifications to uniform terms and conditions section.
11.0 General Provisions for Products
11.1
Applicability
Article 11 applies to the extent the Work is or includes Materials.
11.2
Off-Contract
Materials
Contractor shall ensure that the design and/or procedures for the Materials ordering
method prevents Purchase Orders for off-contract items or excluded items.
Notwithstanding that State might have its own internal administrative rules regarding
off-contract or excluded item ordering, and endeavors to prevent such purchase orders
from occurring, Contractor is responsible for not accepting any such Purchase Orders;
State may, at its discretion, return any such items under subparagraph 11.17 or cancel
any such Purchase Order under subparagraph 11.18, in either case being without
obligation and at Contractor’s expense. As used above, “off-contract item” refers to any
product not included in the scope of the Contract and for which no price or
compensation has been established contractually, and “excluded item” refers to any
product expressly stated in the Contract as being excluded from the Contract.
11.3
Compensation
for Late
Deliveries
Contractor shall have clear, published policies in place regarding late delivery, purchase
order cancelation, discounts, or rebates given to compensate for late deliveries, etc., and
make them readily available to those Eligible Agencies that are likely to need them.
11.4
Indicate
Shipping Costs
on Purchase
Order
If shipping cost is additional to the contracted price or rate for an item, the Contractor
shall identify the shipping cost it intends to add for shipping, as a separate line item on
the price quote provided to ASDB. The Contractor shall also provide the required
substantiating documentation for the shipping cost with the price quote. If ASDB
approves paying a shipping cost, ASDB will list the agreed upon shipping cost as a line
item on their Purchase Order, when it is issued. If there is no additional shipping cost, the
Contractor shall indicate on the price quote that shipping is included in the Purchase
Order price.
11.5
Current
Products
Contractor shall keep all products being offered under the Contract: (a) in current and
ongoing production; (b) in its advertised product lines; (c) as models or types that are
actively functioning in other paying customer environments; and (d) in conformance to
the requirements of the Contract.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 77 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
11.6
Maintain
Comprehensive
Selection
Contractor shall provide at all times the comprehensive selection of products for which a
price is established in the Pricing Document.
11.7
Additional
Products
State, at its discretion, may modify the scope of the Contract by Contract Amendment to
include additional products or product categories so long as they are within the general
scope of the ones originally covered by the Contract. Once the Contract Amendment has
been fully executed, Contractor shall then update all applicable catalogs and price lists
and make them available to all affected entities at no additional cost. Either party may
make the request to add products to the Contract; regardless of who makes the request,
the parties shall negotiate in good faith a fair price for any additional products, but State
may elect not to add some or all of the products in question if no agreement is reached
on pricing in a timely manner. Contractor’s request or proposal in response to State’s
request must include: (a) documentation demonstrating that the additional products
meet or exceed the specifications for the original products while remaining in the same
product groups as the original ones; and (b) documentation demonstrating that the
proposed price for the additional products is both fair and reasonable and at the same
level of discount relative to market price as were the original ones. Demonstration of (b)
typically requires showing how prices at which sales are currently or were last made to a
significant number of buyers compare to the prices or discounts (as applicable) being
proposed for the additional products.
11.8
Discontinued
Products
If a product or groups of products covered by the Contract are discontinued by the
manufacturer, Contractor shall notify State within 5 (five) business days after receiving
the manufacturer’s notification. State, at its discretion, will either allow Contractor to
provide substitutes for the discontinued products or delete the products from the scope
of the Contract, both of which will be accomplished by Contract Amendment. Contractor
shall then update all applicable catalogs and price lists and make them available to all
affected entities at no additional cost. The parties shall negotiate in good faith a fair price
for any substitute product, but State may elect to delete the products from the scope of
the Contract if no agreement is reached on substitute pricing in a timely manner. When
notifying State of the discontinuance, Contractor shall provide: (a) manufacturer’s
announcement or documentation stating that the products have been discontinued, with
identification by model/part number; (b) documentation demonstrating that the
substitute products meet or exceed the specifications for the discontinued products
while remaining in the same product groups as were the discontinued ones; and (c)
documentation demonstrating that the proposed price for the substitute products is both
fair and reasonable and at the same level of discount relative to market price as were the
discontinued ones (with demonstration being as described in subparagraph 11.7).
11.9
Forced
Substitutions
Forced substitutions will not be permitted; Contractor shall obtain State’s prior written
consent before making any discretionary substitution for any product covered by the
Contract.
11.10
Recalls
In the event of a recall notice, technical service bulletin, or other important notification
affecting a product offered under the Contract (collectively, “recalls” hereinafter),
Contractor shall send timely notice to State for each applicable Purchase Order
referencing the affected Purchase Order and product. Notwithstanding whatever
protection Contractor might have under A.R.S. § 12-684 with respect to a manufacturer,
Contractor shall handle recalls entirely and without obligation on State’s part, other than
to permit removal of installed products, retrieval of stored products, etc., as necessary to
implement the recall.
11.11
Delivery
11.11.1 PRICING. Unless stated otherwise in the Pricing Document, all Materials prices
set forth therein are FCA (seller’s dock) Incoterms®2010, with “seller’s dock” meaning the
last place of manufacturing, assembly, integration, final packing, or warehousing before
departure to designated point of delivery to State. For reference, the foregoing is to be
construed as equivalent to “F.O.B. Origin, Contractor’s Facility” under FAR 52.247-30.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 78 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
11.11.2 LIABILITY. Unless stated otherwise in the Pricing Document or an Purchase
Order, Contractor’s liability for all Materials is DDP (State-designated receiving point per
Purchase Order) Incoterms®2010, but with unloading at destination included. For
reference, the foregoing is to be construed as equivalent to “F.O.B. Destination, Within
Consignee’s Premises” under FAR 52.247-35.
11.11.3 PAYMENT. Unless stated otherwise in the Pricing Document or an Purchase
Order, State shall reimburse Contractor the costs of the difference between DDP (State-
designated receiving point per Purchase Order) and FCA (seller’s dock) with no mark-up,
which Contractor shall itemize and invoice separately.
11.12
Delivery Time
Unless stated otherwise in the Pricing Document generally or in the applicable Purchase
Order particularly, Contractor shall make delivery within 2 (two) weeks or earlier after
receiving each Purchase Order. If Contractor is unable to make delivery within 2 (two)
weeks after receiving the Purchase Order, the Contractor will communicate expected
delivery time to Eligible Agency within 24 hours after Purchase Order.
11.13
Delivery
Locations
Contractor shall offer deliveries to every location served under the scope of the Contract,
specifically:
1.
if the Contract is for a single State agency in a single area, then Contractor shall
deliver to any agency location in that area;
2.
if the Contract is for a single State agency in all its locations, then Contractor
shall deliver to any of that agency’s location in Arizona;
3.
if the Contract is for statewide use but excludes certain areas, then Contractor
shall deliver to any Eligible Agency location that is not in the excluded areas;
and
4.
if the Contract is for unrestricted statewide use, then:
a)
Contractor shall deliver to any Eligible Agency anywhere in Arizona;
b)
if the Pricing Document indicates defined delivery areas and prices,
those always apply unless the Purchase Order expressly states
otherwise and Contractor accepts it.
11.14
Conditions at
Delivery
Location
Contractor shall verify receiving hours and conditions (i.e. height/weight restrictions,
access control, etc.) with the relevant purchaser for the receiving site before scheduling
or making a delivery. State will neither allow extra charges for wait time, comebacks, or
the like nor excuse late delivery if Contractor has failed to make the verification or
comply with the applicable conditions. Contractor shall make each delivery to the specific
location indicated in the Purchase Order, which Contractor acknowledges might be inside
an industrial building, institutional building, low-rise office building, or high-rise office
building instead of a normal receiving dock. Contractor might be required to make
deliveries to locations inside a secured perimeter at certain institutional facilities such as
prisons where prior clearances are required for each delivery and driver individually.
Contractor shall contact each such facility directly to confirm its most-current security
clearance procedures, allowable hours for deliveries, visitor dress code, and other
applicable rules. State will neither allow extra charges for wait time, comebacks, or the
like nor excuse late delivery if Contractor has failed to make the confirmation or comply
with the applicable conditions.
11.15
Materials
Acceptance
State has the right to make acceptance of Materials subject to a complete inspection on
delivery and installation, if installation is Contractor’s responsibility. State may apply as
acceptance criteria conformity to the Contract, workmanship and quality, correctness of
constituent materials, and any other matter for which the Contract or applicable laws
state a requirement, whether stated directly or by reference to another document,
standard, reference specification, etc. Contractor shall remove any rejected Materials
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 79 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
from the delivery location, or from any immediate environs to which it might have been
reasonably necessary to move it, carry it off the delivery premises, and subsequently
deliver an equal number or quantity of conforming items. State will not owe Contractor
any payment for rejected Materials, and State may, at its discretion, withhold or make
partial payment for any rejected Materials that have been returned to Contractor in
those instances where State has agreed to permit repair instead of demanding
replacement.
11.16
Correcting
Defects
Contractor shall, at no additional cost and without entitlement to extension of any
delivery deadline or specified time for performance, remove or exchange and replace any
defective or non-conforming delivered or installed Materials.
1.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for the cost of any associated cutting and
patching, temporary protection measures, packing and crating, hoisting and
loading, transportation, unpacking, inspection, repacking, reshipping, and
reinstallation if installation is within the scope of the Contract.
2.
If Contractor fails to do so in a timely manner, State will be entitled to exercise
its remedies under paragraph 8.5 [Right of Offset] of the Uniform Terms and
Conditions.
3.
Whether State will permit Contractor to repair in place or demands that
Contractor remove and replace is at State’s discretion in each instance,
provided that, State shall not apply that discretion punitively if repair in place
is practicable and doing so would not create safety hazards, put property at
risk, unreasonably interfere with operations, create public nuisance, or give
rise to any other reasonable concern on State’s part.
11.17
Returns
State may, at its discretion, return for full credit and with no restocking charges any
delivered Materials unused in the original packaging, including any instruction manuals or
other incidental item that accompanied the original shipment, within 30 (thirty) days
after receipt. If State elects to return delivered Materials, then State shall pay all freight,
delivery, and transit insurance costs to return the products to the place from which
Contractor shipped them, provided that, if State returns delivered Materials because
they are defective or non-conforming or for any other reason having to do with
Contractor fault or error, then State will not be responsible for paying freight, delivery, or
transit insurance costs to return the products and may, at its discretion, either have
those billed directly to Contractor or offset them under paragraph 8.5 [Right of Offset] of
the Uniform Terms and Conditions.
11.18
Purchase Order
Cancellation
State may cancel Purchase Orders within a reasonable period after issuance and at its
discretion. The same method as that used for ordering will be used for cancellation. If
State cancels an Purchase Order, then State shall:
1.
pay Contractor for any portion of the Materials and Services from that Purchase
Order that have been properly delivered or performed as of the cancellation
effective date plus 1 (one) additional business day;
2.
reimburse Contractor for:
a)
its actual, documented costs incurred in fulfilling the Purchase Order up
to the cancellation effective date plus 1 (one) additional business day;
and
b)
the cost of any obligations it incurred as of the cancellation effective date
plus 1 (one) additional business day that demonstrably cannot be
canceled, or that have pre-established cancelation penalties specified in
the relevant Subcontracts, to the extent the penalties are reasonable and
customary for the work in question; and
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 80 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.
contractor shall not charge or be entitled to charge State for any new costs it incurs
after receiving the cancelation notice plus 1 (one) business day or for any lost profits
or opportunity.
By way of reminder, State is not liable for any products that were produced, shipped, or
delivered or any services that were performed before Contractor had acknowledged the
corresponding Purchase Order.
11.19
Product Safety
Materials as-shipped must comply with applicable safety regulations and standards.
Unless expressly stated otherwise in the Scope of Work, State is not responsible for
making any Materials safe or compliant following acceptance and is relying exclusively on
Contractor to deliver only products that are already safe and compliant.
11.20
Hazardous
Materials
Contractor shall timely provide State with any “Safety Data Sheets” (SDS) and any other
hazard communication documentation required under the US Department of Labor’s
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) “Hazard Communication
Standard” (often referred to as the “HazCom 2012 Final Rule”) that is reasonably
necessary for State to comply with regulations when it or its other contractors install,
handle, operate, repair, maintain or remove any Materials. Note that, in the past, those
documents might have been referred to as “Material Safety Data Sheets” or “Product
Safety Data Sheets”, but State (and this Contract) use only the more up-to-date “SDS”
reference. Contractor shall ensure that all its relevant personnel understand the nature
of and hazards associated with, to the extent it they are Contractor’s responsibility under
the Contract, the design, shipping, handling, delivery, installation, repair and
maintenance of any portion of the Work that is, contains or will become upon use a
hazardous material, with “hazardous material” being any material or substance that is:
(1) identified now or in the future as being hazardous, toxic or dangerous under
applicable laws; or (2) subject to statutory or regulatory requirement governing special
handling, disposal or cleanup.
12.0 General Provisions for Services
12.1
Applicability
Article 12 applies to the extent the Work is or includes Services.
12.2
Comprehensive
Services Offering
Contractor shall provide the comprehensive range of services for which a price is established in
the Pricing Document for ordering by Eligible Agencies, and Co-Op Buyers if co-op buying applies.
12.3
Additional Services
State at its discretion may modify the scope of the Contract by Contract Amendment to include
additional services or service categories that are within the general scope of the ones originally
covered by the Contract if it determines that doing so is in its best interest. Once the Contract
Amendment is fully executed, Contractor shall then update all applicable price lists and make
them available to all affected entities at no additional cost. Either party may make the request to
add services to the Contract; regardless of who makes the request, the parties shall negotiate in
good faith a fair price for any additional services, but State may elect not to add some or all of
the services in question if no agreement is reached on pricing in a timely manner. Contractor’s
request or proposal in response to State’s request must include documentation demonstrating
that the proposed price for the additional services is both fair and reasonable and comparable to
the original ones.
12.4
Off-Contract Services
Contractor shall ensure that the design and/or procedures for the Services ordering method
prevents Purchase Orders for off-contract or excluded services. Notwithstanding that State
might have its own internal administrative rules regarding off contract or excluded service
ordering, and endeavors to prevent such purchase orders from occurring, Contractor is
responsible for not accepting any such Purchase Orders. State may, at its discretion, cancel any
such Purchase Order without obligation. As used above, “off-contract service” refers to any
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 81 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
service not included in the scope of the Contract and for which no price or compensation has
been established contractually, and “excluded service” refers to any service expressly excluded
from the scope of the Contract.
12.5
Removal of Personnel
Notwithstanding that Contractor is in every circumstance responsible for hiring, assigning,
directing, managing, training, disciplining, and rewarding its personnel, State may at its
discretion and without the obligation to demonstrate cause instruct Contractor to remove any of
its personnel from State’s facilities or from further assignment under the Contract. In such cases,
Contractor shall promptly replace them with other personnel having equivalent qualifications,
experience, and capabilities.
12.6
Transitions
During commencement, Contractor shall attend transition meetings with any outgoing vendors
to coordinate and ease the transition so that the effect on State’s operations is kept to a
minimum. State may elect to have outgoing vendors complete some or all of their work or
purchase orders in progress to ease the transition as is safest and most efficient in each
instance, even if that scope is covered under the Contract. Conversely, State anticipates having a
continued need for the same materials and services upon expiration or earlier termination of
the Contract. Accordingly, Contractor shall work closely with any new (incoming) vendor and
State to ensure as smooth and complete a transfer as is practicable. State’s representative shall
coordinate all transition activities and facilitate joint development of a comprehensive transition
plan by both Contractor and the incoming vendor. As with the incoming transition. State may
permit Contractor (outgoing) to complete work or purchase orders in progress to ease the
transition as is safest and most efficient in each instance.
12.7
Accuracy of Work
Contractor is responsible for the accuracy of the Services, and shall promptly make all necessary
revisions or corrections resulting from errors and omissions on its part without additional
compensation. Acceptance by State will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for correction of
any errors discovered subsequently or necessary clarification of any ambiguities.
12.8
Requirements at
Services Location
Contractor personnel shall perform their assigned portions of the Services at the specific location
indicated in the Purchase Order (if applicable). Contractor acknowledges that the location might
be inside an industrial building, institutional building, or one of various office types and classes.
Additionally, if performing the Services requires Contractor personnel to work inside a secured
perimeter at certain institutional facilities such as prisons where prior clearances are required,
Contractor shall contact the facility directly to confirm its most-current security clearance
procedures, allowable hours for work, visitor dress code, and other applicable rules. State will
neither allow extra charges for wait time, comebacks, or the like nor excuse late performance if
Contractor has failed to make the confirmation or comply with the applicable conditions.
12.9
Services Acceptance
State has the right to make acceptance of Services subject to acceptance criteria. State may
apply as acceptance criteria conformity to the Contract, accuracy, completeness, or other
indicators of quality or other matter for which the Contract or law states a requirement,
whether stated directly or by reference to another document, standard, reference specification,
etc. State will not owe Contractor any payment for un-accepted Services; and State may, at its
discretion, withhold or make partial payment for any rejected Services if Contractor is still in the
process of re-performing or otherwise curing the grounds for State’s rejection.
12.10
Corrective Action
Required
Notwithstanding any other guarantees, general warranties, or particular warranties Contractor
has given under the Contract, if Contractor fails to perform any material portion of the Services,
including failing to complete any contractual deliverable, or if its performance fails to meet
agreed-upon service levels or service standards set out in or referred to in the Contract, then
Contractor shall perform a root-cause analysis to identify the source of the failure and use all
commercially reasonable efforts to correct the failure and meet the Contract requirements as
promptly as is practicable.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 82 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
1.
Contractor shall provide to State a report detailing the identified cause and setting out
its detailed corrective action plan promptly after the date the failure occurred (or the
date when the failure first became apparent, if it was not apparent immediately after
occurrence).
2.
State may demand to review and approve Contractor’s analysis and plans, and
Contractor shall make any corrections State instructs and adopt State’s
recommendations so far as is commercially practicable, provided that State may insist
on any measures it determines within reason to be necessary for safety or protecting
property and the environment.
3.
Contractor shall take the necessary action to avoid any like failure in the future, if doing
so is appropriate and practicable under the circumstances.
13.0 Data and Information Handling
13.1
Applicability
Article 13 applies to the extent the Work includes handling of any (1) State’s proprietary and
sensitive data or (2) confidential or access-restricted information obtained from State or from
others at State’s behest.
13.2
Data Protection and
Confidentiality
of Information
Contractor warrants that it will establish and maintain procedures and controls acceptable to
State for ensuring that State’s proprietary and sensitive data is protected from unauthorized
access and information obtained from State or others in performance of its contractual duties is
not mishandled, misused, or inappropriately released or disclosed. For purposes of this
paragraph, all data created by Contractor in any way related to the Contract, provided to
Contractor by State, or prepared by others for State are proprietary to State, and all information
by those same avenues is State’s confidential information. To comply with the foregoing
warrant:
1.
Contractor shall: (a) notify State immediately of any unauthorized access or
inappropriate disclosures, whether stemming from an external security breach, internal
breach, system failure, or procedural lapse; (b) cooperate with State to identify the
source or cause of and respond to each unauthorized access or inappropriate
disclosure; and (c) notify State promptly of any security threat that could result in
unauthorized access or inappropriate disclosures; and
2.
Contractor shall not: (a) release any such data or allow it to be released or divulge any
such information to anyone other than its employees or officers as needed for each
person’s individual performance of his or her duties under the Contract, unless State
has agreed otherwise in advance and in writing; or (b) respond to any requests it
receives from a third party for such data or information, and instead route all such
requests to State’s designated representative.
13.3
Personally Identifiable
Information.
Without limiting the generality of paragraph 13.2, Contractor warrants that it will protect any
personally identifiable information (“PII”) belonging to State’s employees’ or other contractors
or members of the general public that it receives from State or otherwise acquires in its
performance under the Contract.
For purposes of this paragraph:
1.
PII has the meaning given in the [federal] Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
Memorandum M-07-16 Safeguarding Against and Responding to the Breach of
Personally Identifiable Information; and
2.
“protect” means taking measures to safeguard personally identifiable information and
prevent its breach that are functionally equivalent to those called for in that OMB
memorandum and elaborated on in the [federal] General Services Administration (GSA)
Directive CIO P 2180.1 GSA Rules of Behavior for Handling Personally Identifiable
Information.
NOTE (1): For convenience of reference only, the OMB memorandum is available at:
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 83 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
https://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/omb/memoranda/fy2007/m07-16.pdf
NOTE (2): For convenience of reference only, the GSA directive is available at:
http://www.gsa.gov/portal/directive/d0/content/658222
13.4
Protected Health
Information
Contractor warrants that, to the extent performance under the Contract involves individually
identifiable health information (referred to hereinafter as protected health information (“PHI”)
and electronic PHI (“ePHI”) as defined in the Privacy Rule referred to below), it:
1.
is familiar with and will comply with the applicable aspects of the following collective
regulatory requirements regarding patient information privacy protection: (a) the
“Privacy Rule” in CFR 45 Part 160 and Part 164 pursuant to the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) of 1996; (b) Arizona laws, rules, and
regulations applicable to PHI/ePHI that are not preempted by CFR 45-160(B) or the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) as amended; and (c)
State’s current and published PHI/ePHI privacy and security policies and procedures;
2.
will cooperate with State in the course of performing under the Contract so that both
State and Contractor stay in compliance with the requirements in (1) above; and
3.
will sign any documents that are reasonably necessary to keep both State and
Contractor in compliance with the requirements in (1) above, in particular “Business
Associate Agreements” in accordance with the Privacy Rule.
NOTE: For convenience of reference only, the Privacy Rule is available at:
http://www.hhs.gov/hipaa/for-professionals/privacy/index.html
14.0 Information Technology Work
14.1
Applicability
Article 14 applies to any Invitation for Bids, Request for Proposals, or Request for Quotations for
"Information Technology," as defined In A.R.S. § 41-3501(6) 6: “ . . . computerized and auxiliary
automated information processing, telecommunications and related technology, including
hardware, software, vendor support and related services, equipment and projects” if and to the
extent that the Work is or includes Information Technology.
14.2
Background Checks
Each of Contractor’s personnel who is an applicant for an information technology position must
undergo the security clearance and background check procedure, which includes fingerprinting,
as required by A.R.S § 41-710. Contractor shall obtain and pay for the security clearance and
background check. Contractor personnel who will have administrator privileges on a State
network must additionally provide identify and address verification and undergo State-specified
training for unescorted access, confidentiality, privacy, and data security.
14.3
Information Access
14.3.1
SYSTEM MEASURES. Contractor shall employ appropriate system management and
maintenance, fraud prevention and detection, and encryption application and tools to
any systems or networks containing or transmitting State’s proprietary data or
confidential information.
14.3.2
INDIVIDUAL MEASURES. Contractor personnel shall comply with applicable State
policies and procedures regarding data access, privacy, and security, including
prohibitions on remote access and obtaining and maintaining access IDs and passwords.
Contractor is responsible to State for ensuring that any State access IDs and passwords
are used only by the person to whom they were issued. Contractor shall ensure that
personnel are only provided the minimum only such level of access necessary to
perform his or duties. Contractor shall on request provide a current register of the
access IDs and passwords and corresponding access levels currently assigned to its
personnel.
14.3.3
ACCESS CONTROL. Contractor is responsible to State for ensuring that hardware,
software, data, information, and that has been provided by State or belongs to or is in
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 84 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
the custody of State and is accessed or accessible by Contractor personnel is only used
in connection with carrying out the Work, and is never commercially exploited in any
manner whatsoever not expressly permitted under the Contract. State may restrict
access by Contractor personnel, or instruct Contractor to restrict access their access, if
in its determination the requirements of this subparagraph are not being met.
14.4
Pass-Through
Indemnity
14.4.1
INDEMNITY FROM THIRD PARTY. For computer hardware or software included in the
Work as discrete units that were manufactured or developed solely by a third party,
Contractor may satisfy its indemnification obligations under the Contract by, to the
extent permissible by law, passing through to State such indemnity as it receives from
the third-party source (each a “Pass-Through Indemnity”) and cooperating with State in
enforcing that indemnity. If the third party fails to honor its Pass-Through Indemnity, or
if a Pass-Through Indemnity is insufficient to indemnify State Indemnitees to the extent
and degree Contractor is required to do by the Uniform Terms and Conditions, then
Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless State Indemnitees to the extent
the Pass-Through Indemnity does not.
14.4.2 NOTIFY OF CLAIMS. State shall notify Contractor promptly of any claim to which a Pass-
Through Indemnity might apply. Contractor, with reasonable consultation from State,
shall control of the defense of any action on any claim to which a Pass-Through
Indemnity applies, including negotiations for settlement or compromise, provided that:
(a)
State reserves the right to elect to participate in the action at its own expense;
(b) State reserves the right to approve or reject any settlement or compromise on
reasonable grounds and if done so timely; and
(c)
State shall in any case cooperate in the defense and any related settlement
negotiations.
14.5
Systems and Controls
In consideration for State having agreed to permit Pass-Through Indemnities in lieu of direct
indemnity, Contractor agrees to establish and keep in place systems and controls appropriate to
ensure that State funds under this Contract are not knowingly used for the acquisition,
operation, or maintenance of Materials or Services in violation of intellectual property laws or a
third party’s intellectual property rights.
14.6
Redress of
Infringement
14.6.1
REPLACE, LICENSE, OR MODIFY. If Contractor becomes aware that any Materials or
Services infringe, or are likely to be infringing on, any third party’s intellectual property
rights, then Contractor shall at its sole cost and expense and in consultation with State
either:
(a)
replace any infringing items with non-infringing ones;
(b) obtain for State the right to continue using the infringing items; or
(c)
modify the infringing item so that they become non-infringing, so long as they
continue to function as specified following the modification.
14.6.2 CANCELLATION OPTION. In every case under 14.6.1, if none of those options can
reasonably be accomplished, or if the continued use of the infringing items is
impracticable, State may cancel the relevant Purchase Order or terminate the Contract
and Contractor shall take back the infringing items. If State does cancel the Purchase
Order or terminate the Contract, Contractor shall refund to State:
(a) for any software created for State under the Contract, the amount State paid to
Contactor for creating it;
(b) for all other Materials, the net book value of the product provided according to
generally accepted accounting principles; and
(c)
for Services, the amount paid by State or an amount equal to 12 (twelve) months
of charges, whichever is less.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 85 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
14.6.3. EXCEPTIONS. Contractor will not be liable for any claim of infringement based solely on
any of the following by a State Indemnitee:
(a)
modification or use of Materials other than as contemplated by the Contract or
expressly authorized or proposed by a Contractor Indemnitor;
(b) operation of Materials with any operating software other than that supplied by
Contractor or authorized or proposed by a Contractor Indemnitor; or
(c)
combination or use with other products in a manner not contemplated by the
Contract or expressly authorized or proposed by a Contractor Indemnitor.
14.7
First Party Liability
Limitation
14.7.1
LIMIT. Subject to the provisos that follow below and unless stated otherwise in the
Special Terms and Conditions, State’s and Contractor’s respective first party liability
arising from or related to the Contract is limited to the greater of $1,000,000 (one
million dollars) or 3 (three) times the purchase price of the specific Materials or Services
giving rise to the claim.
14.7.2 PROVISOS. This paragraph 14.7 limits liability for first party direct, indirect, incidental,
special, punitive, and consequential damages relating to the Work regardless of the
legal theory under which the liability is asserted. This paragraph 14.7 does not limit
liability arising from any:
(a) Indemnified Claim against which Contractor has indemnified State Indemnitees;
(b) claim against which Contractor has indemnified State Indemnitees; or
(c) provision of the Contract calling for liquidated damages or specifying amounts or
percentages as being at-risk or subject to deduction for performance deficiencies.
14.7.2
PURCHASE PRICE DETERMINATION. If the Contract is for a single-agency and a single
Purchase Order (or if no Purchase Order applies), then “purchase price” in
Subparagraph 14.7.1 above means the aggregate Contract price current at the time of
Contract expiration or earlier termination, including all change orders or other forms of
Contract Amendment having an effect on the aggregate price through that date. In all
other cases, “purchase price” above means the total price of the Purchase Order for the
specific equipment, software, or services giving rise to the claim, and therefore a
separate limit will apply to each Purchase Order.
14.7.3
NO EFFECT ON INSURANCE. This paragraph does not modify the required coverage
limits, terms, and conditions of, or any insured’s ability to claim against, any insurance
that Contractor is required by the Contract to provide, and Contractor shall obtain
express endorsements that it does not.
14.8
Information
Technology Warranty
14.8.1
SPECIFIED DESIGN. Where the Scope of Work for information technology Work provides
a detailed design specification or sets out specific performance requirements,
Contractor warrants that the Work will provide all functionality material to the intended
use stated in the Contract, provided that, the foregoing warranty does not extend to
any portions of the Materials that are:
(a)
modified or altered by anyone not authorized by Contractor to do so;
(b) maintained in a way inconsistent to any applicable manufacturer
recommendations; or
(c)
operated in a manner not within its intended use or environment.
14.8.2
COTS SOFTWARE. With respect to Materials provided under the Contract that are
commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) software, Contractor warrants that:
(a)
to the extent possible, it will test the software before delivery using commercially
available virus detection software conforming to current industry standards;
(b) the COTS software will, to the best of its knowledge, at the time of delivery be
free of viruses, backdoors, worms, spyware, malware, and other malicious code
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 86 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
that could hamper performance, collect unlawfully any personally identifiable
information, or prevent products from performing as required by the Contract;
and
(c)
it will provide a new or clean install of any COTS software that State has reason to
believes contains harmful code.
14.8.3
PAYMENT HAS NO EFFECT. The warranties in this paragraph are not affected by State’s
inspection, testing, or payment.
14.9
Specific Remedies
Unless expressly stated otherwise elsewhere in the Contract, State’s remedy for breach of
warranty includes, at State’s discretion, re-performance, repair, replacement, or refund of any
amounts paid by State for the nonconforming Work, plus (in every case) Contractor’s payment of
State’s additional, documented, and reasonable costs to procure materials or services equivalent
in function, capability, and performance at that first called for. For clarification of intent, the
foregoing obligations are limited by the limitation of liability. If none of the forgoing options can
reasonably be effected, or if the use of the materials by State is made impractical by the
nonconformance, then State may seek any remedy available to it under law.
14.10
Section 508
Compliance
Unless specifically authorized in the Contract, any electronic or information technology offered
to the State of Arizona under this Contract shall comply with A.R.S. § 18-131 and § 18-132 and
Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, which requires that employees and members of
the public shall have access to and use of information technology that is comparable to the
access and use by employees and members of the public who are not individuals with
disabilities.
14.11
Cloud Applications
The following are required for Contractor of any “cloud” solution that hosts State data outside of
the State’s network, or transmits and/or receives State data.
1.
Submit a completed Arizona Baseline Infrastructure Security Controls assessment
spreadsheet as found at: https://aset.az.gov/resources/policies-standards-and-
procedures, and mitigate or install compensating controls for any issues of concern
identified by State. Contractor is required to provide any requested documentation
supporting the review of the assessment. The assessment shall be re-validated on a
minimum annual basis.
2.
State reserves the right to conduct Penetration tests or hire a third party to conduct
penetration tests of the Contractor’s application. Contractor will be alerted in advance
and arrangements made for an agreeable time. Contractor shall respond to all serious
flaws discovered by providing an acceptable timeframe to resolve the issue and/or
implement a compensating control.
3.
Contractor must submit copy of system logs from cloud system to State of AZ security
team on a regular basis to be added to the State SIEM (Security Information Event
Monitor) or IDS (Intrusion Detection System).
Contractor must employ a government-rated cloud compartment to better protect sensitive or
regulated State data.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 87 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
15.0 Agency Contract Administration and Operations – Department of Corrections
15.1
Drug Testing Program
The Contractor shall implement a drug and alcohol testing program for applicants, employees
and volunteers, at no additional cost to the Department. The Contractor shall ensure that all
subcontractors implement the same drug and alcohol testing program required by the
Department. The program shall meet the requirements of Department Order 522, Drug-Free
Workplace.
15.2
Department Policies
and Procedures
The contractor shall follow all Department policies, procedures and Department Orders (DO) and
Directors Instruction (DI) i.e., drug-free workplace, dress code, grooming, etc. The policies,
procedures, DO and DI are available on the following website www.azcorrections.gov.
15.3
Notice Warning
Any person who takes into or out of or attempts to take into or out of a correctional facility or
the grounds belonging to or adjacent to a correctional facility, any item not specifically
authorized by the correctional facility, shall be prosecuted under the provisions of the Arizona
Revised Statues. All persons, including, employee and visitors, entering upon these confines are
subject to routine searches of their persons, vehicles,
Authority
A.R.S. §13-2501:
A.R.S. §13-2505
ADC Department Order 708
15.4
Contraband
Contraband means any dangerous drug, narcotic drug, intoxicating liquor or any kind, deadly
weapon, dangerous instrument, explosive or any other article whose use of or possession would
endanger the safety, security or preservation of order in a correctional facility or any person
therein. (Any other article includes any substance which could cause abnormal behavior, i.e.,
marijuana, nonprescription medications, etc.)
Promoting prison contraband A.R.S. § 13-2505:
A person, not otherwise authorized by law, commits promoting prison contraband:
a.
By knowingly taking contraband into a correctional facility or the grounds of such a
facility; or
b.
By knowingly conveying contraband to any persons confined in a correctional facility;
or
c.
By knowingly making, obtaining, or possessing contraband while being confined in a
correctional facility.
Promoting Prison Contraband is a Class 5 felony.
Authority A.R.S. § 13-2501
A.R.S. § 13-2505
ADC Department Order 70814.4.2
15.5
Rules and Regulations
15.5.1 Attention of the Offerors is called to the requirements specified in Attachment 6, Rules
for Non-Employees of the Department of Corrections in Arizona State Prison Complexes
which shall be adhered to in all respects.
15.5.2 Should the Contractor require signatures of other parties such as subcontractor or
persons directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor, it shall be the Contractor’s
responsibility to obtain such signatures. The signed document must be submitted
within ten (10) days of notification of intent to award.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 88 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
15.6
Unlawful Sexual
Conduct
15.6.1 A person – who is employed by the State Department of Corrections or the Department
of Juvenile Corrections; is employed by a private prison facility or a city or county jail;
Contracts to provide services with the State Department of Corrections, the Department
of Juvenile Corrections, a private prison facility or a city or county jail; is an official
visitor, volunteer or agency representative of the State Department of Corrections, the
Department of Juvenile Corrections, a private prison facility or a city or county jail –
commits unlawful sexual conduct by intentionally or knowingly engaging in any act of a
sexual nature with an offender who is in the custody of the State Department of
Corrections, the Department of Juvenile Corrections, a private prison facility or a city or
county jail or with an offender who is under the supervision of either Department or a
city or county.
15.6.2 This section does not apply to a person who is employed by the State Department of
Corrections, a private prison facility or a city or county jail or who Contracts to provide
services with the State Department of Corrections, a private prison facility or a city or
county jail or an offender who is on release status if the person was lawfully married to
the prisoner or offender on release status before the prisoner or offender was
sentenced to the State Department of Corrections or was incarcerated in a city or
county jail.
15.6.3 Unlawful sexual conduct with an offender who is under fifteen years of age is a class 2
felony. Unlawful sexual conduct with an offender who is between fifteen and seventeen
years of age is a class 3 felony. All other unlawful sexual conduct is a class 5 felony.
15.6.4 Unlawful sexual conduct; correctional facilities; classification; Definition A.R.S. §13-
1419.
15.7
Federal Prison Rape
Elimination Act 2003
15.7.1 The Contractor shall comply with the Federal Prison Rape Elimination Act of 2003.14.7.2
End of Section 2-C
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 89 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
SECTION 2-D:
Uniform Terms and Conditions
Version 2018 (2/1/2018)
1.0 Definition of Terms
1.1
Acceptance
“Acceptance” means the document headed “Offer and Acceptance Form” bearing the State
contract number once Procurement Officer has signed it to signify (1) State’s formal acceptance
of the Accepted Offer and (2) the formation of the Contract.
1.2
Accepted Offer
If State did not request a Revised Offer, then “Vendor Offer” means the Initial Offer.
If State did request a Revised Offer but not a Best and Final Offer, then “Accepted Offer” means
the latest Revised Offer.
If State requested a Best and Final Offer, then “Accepted Offer” means the latest Best and Final
Offer.
1.3
Arizona Procurement
Code;
A.R.S.; A.A.C.
The “Arizona Procurement Code, “A.R.S.,” and “A.A.C.” refers to Arizona Revised Statutes
(“A.R.S.”) § 41-2501, et seq., and the rules promulgated thereunder, Arizona Administrative
Code (“A.A.C.”) R2-7-101, et. seq.
1.4
Arizona TPT
“Arizona TPT” means Arizona Transaction Privilege Tax. For information, refer to the Arizona
Department of Revenue (DOR) website at:
https://www.azdor.gov/business/transactionprivilegetax.aspx.
1.5
Attachment
“Attachment” means any item that:
4.
the Solicitation required Offeror to submit as part of the relevant Offer
(e.g., Initial Offer, Revised Offer, or BAFO);
5.
was attached to an Offer when submitted; and
6.
was included in the Accepted Offer.
1.6
Contract
“Contract” ” means the combination of the Solicitation, including the Uniform and Special
Instructions to Offerors, the Uniform and Special Terms and Conditions, and the Specifications
and Statement or Scope of Work; the Offer and any Best and Final Offers; and any Solicitation
Amendments or Contract Amendments or authorized Purchase Orders.
1.7
Contract
Amendment
"Contract Amendment" means a document signed by Procurement Officer that has been issued
for the purpose of making changes to the Contract after execution. Only the Procurement
Officer responsible for this Contract has the authority to modify or amend this Contract. In
ProcureAZ, the term “Change Order” has the same meaning as “Contract Amendment”.
1.8
Contract Terms
and Conditions
“Contract Terms and Conditions” means the Special Terms and Conditions and these Uniform
Terms and Conditions taken collectively.
1.9
Contractor
“Contractor” means the Person identified on the Accepted Offer who has entered into the
Contract with State.
1.10
Contractor Indemnitor
“Contractor Indemnitor” means Contractor or any of its owners, officers, directors, agents,
employees, volunteers or Subcontractors.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 90 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
1.11
eProcurement System
(currently ProcureAZ)
“eProcurement System” means State’s official electronic procurement system, established
pursuant to A.A.C. R2-7-201 as set forth in the Arizona Department of Administration State
Procurement Office policy. This eProcurement System may be subject to change. The State’s
current eProcurement system is “ProcureAZ.” The current version of the ADOA policy regarding
the State’s eProcurement System is Technical Bulletin No. 020, ProcureAZ – The Official State
eProcurement System.
NOTE (1): Technical Bulletin No. 020 is available online at:
https://spo.az.gov/administration-policy/state-procurement-resource/procurement-regulations
NOTE (2): The URL for ProcureAZ itself is:
https://procure.az.gov/
1.12
Gratuity
“Gratuity” means a payment, loan, subscription, advance, deposit of money, services, or
anything of more than nominal value, present or promised, unless consideration of substantially
equal or greater value is received.
1.13
Indemnified Basic
Claims
“Indemnified Basic Claims” means any and all claims, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, or
expenses, including court costs, attorney fees, and costs of claim processing, investigation and
litigation, for bodily injury or personal injury, including death, or loss or damage to any real or
tangible or intangible personal property, collectively. See paragraph 6.2.
1.14
Instructions
to Offerors
“Instructions to Offerors” is Section 3-a of Part 3 of the Solicitation Documents.
1.15
Materials
“Materials” has the meaning given in A.R.S. § 41-2503(7). Materials includes software, except
that if software is sold or provided as a service, then to the extent it consists of encoded
information or computer instructions it is included in “Materials” and to the extent it is a
service it described in “Services” below.
1.16
Offer:
Initial Offer; Revised
Offer;
Best and Final Offer
(BAFO)
“Initial Offer” means, per A.A.C. R2-7-101(33), Offeror’s proposal submitted to State in
response to the Solicitation, as initially submitted.
“Revised Offer” means any revised versions of the Initial Offer that Offeror has submitted to
State at State’s request as permitted under A.A.C. R2-7-C314 and R2-7-C315.
“Best and Final Offer” (“BAFO”) means, per A.A.C. R2-7-101(8), the Revised Offer submitted
after negotiations have been completed that contain Offeror’s most favorable terms for
price, service, and products to be delivered.
Reference to “an Offer, “the Offer,” or “your Offer” means any of the Initial Offer, a Revised
Offer, or the Best and Final Offer.
1.17
Pricing
Document
“Pricing Document” means Section 2-B of Part 2 of the Solicitation Documents, provided that,
if there is no such Section in the Contract, then “Pricing Document” is to be construed as
referring to whatever item in the Contract contains the contracted pricing and payment
provisions.
1.18
Procurement Officer
“Procurement Officer” means the person, or his or her designee, who has been duly authorized
by the State to enter into and administer the Contract and to make written determinations with
respect to the Contract. Procurement Officer is as identified on the Acceptance unless
subsequently changed by Contract Amendment.
1.19
Purchase Order
“Purchase Order” means the instrument by which State authorizes Contractor to perform some
or all of the Work. Whether the Contract will have one Purchase Order or many Purchase Orders
depends the scope of the Contract and how State will use it. The Special Terms and Conditions
provide that information. Any of the following is to be construed as being a “Purchase Order”:
1. “Release” or “Release Purchase Order” in ProcureAZ;
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 91 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
2. “task order”, “service order,” or “job order” when a Release Purchase Order for
Services has already been committed in ProcureAZ; or
3. “purchase order” for buying by Co-Op Buyers, if co-op buying applies.
1.20
Services
“Services” has the meaning given in A.R.S. § 41-2503(35), Services include the service aspect s of
software described in the definition of “Materials” above.
1.21
Specification
“Specification” has the meaning given in A.R.S. § 41-2561. Specifications (if any are included in
the Contract), are indexed in the Scope of Work and could be bound separately from the other
documents forming the Contract.
1.22
State
With respect to the Contract generally, “State” means the State of Arizona and its department,
agency, university, commission, or board that has executed the Contract. With respect to
administration or rights, remedies, obligations and duties under the Contract for a given
Purchase Order, “State” means each of Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer who has issued the
Purchase Order.
1.23
State Fiscal Year
“State Fiscal Year” means the period beginning with July 1 and ending June 30.
1.24
State Indemnitees
“State Indemnitees” means, collectively, the State of Arizona, its departments, agencies,
universities, commissions, and boards and, and their respective officers, agents, and employees.
1.25
Subcontract
“Subcontract” means any Contract, express or implied, between the Contractor and another
party or between a subcontractor and another party, delegating, in whole or in part, the making
or furnishing of any material or any service required for the performance of the Contract.
1.26
Subcontractor
“Subcontractor” has the meaning given in A.R.S. § 41-2503(38).
1.27
Work
“Work” means the totality of the provision of Materials and the Services and all the acts of
administration, creation, production, and performance necessary to fulfill and incidental to
fulfilling all of Contractor's obligations and duties under the Contract in conformance with the
Contract and applicable laws.
2.0 Contract Interpretation
2.1
Arizona Law
The Contract is governed by, and is to be interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Arizona, including, but not limited to the Arizona Procurement Code, without consideration of
conflict of laws principles.
2.2
Implied Terms
Each provision of law and any terms required by law to be in this Contract are a part of this
Contract as if fully stated in it.
2.3
Contract Order
of Precedence
COMPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS. All of the documents forming the Contract are complementary
and all provisions are to be interpreted as a single, united Contract. If certain work,
requirements, obligations, or duties are set out only in one but not in another, Contractor shall
carry out the Work as though the relevant work, requirements, obligations, or duties had been
fully described in all, consistent with the other documents forming the Contract and as is
reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce complete results.
CONFLICTS. In case of any inconsistency, conflict, or ambiguity among the documents forming
the Contract and their provisions, the Contract documents and their provisions are to prevail in
the following order, descending from most dominate to most subordinate, provided that, among
categories of documents or provisions within the same sub-section below, the document or
provision with the latest date prevails. Information being identified in one document but not in
another is not to be considered a conflict or inconsistency.
(a)
Contract Amendments;
(b)
the Solicitation Documents, in the order:
(1) Special Terms and Conditions;
(2) Exhibits to the Special Terms and Conditions;
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 92 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
(3) Uniform Terms and Conditions;
(4) Scope of Work;
(5) Exhibits to the Scope of Work;
(6) Pricing Document;
(7) Exhibits to the Pricing Document;
(8) Specifications; and
(9) any other documents referenced or included in the Solicitation;
(c)
Orders, in reverse chronological order; and
(d)
Accepted Offer.
2.4
Severability
The provisions of this Contract are severable to the extent allowed under Arizona Contract Law.
Any term or condition deemed or adjusted illegal or invalid is thereby stricken from the Contract
and will not affect any other term or condition of the Contract..
2.5
Complete
Integration
The Contract, including any documents incorporated into the Contract by reference and any
authorized Contract Amendments and Orders, is intended by the parties as a final and complete
expression of their agreement. There are no prior, contemporaneous, or additional agreements,
either oral or in writing, pertaining to the Contract. No course of prior dealings between the
parties shall supplement or explain any terms used in this document and no other
understanding either oral or in writing can independently bind the State to changes to the
Contract.
2.6
Independent
Contractor
Contractor is an independent contractor and shall act in an independent capacity in
performance under the Contract. Neither party is or is to be construed as being to be the
employee or agent of the other party, and no action, inaction, event, or circumstance will be
grounds for deeming it to be so.
2.7
No Waiver of Rights
Either party’s failure to insist on strict performance of any term or condition of the Contract is
not, and is not to be construed as being, nor will it be deemed, a waiver of that term or
condition or a bar to, or diminishment of the right of, subsequent enforcement of any term or
condition.
3.0 Contract Administration and Operation
3.1
Books and
Records; Audit
3.1.1
RETAIN RECORDS. By A.R.S. § 41-2548(B), Contractor shall retain and shall contractually
require each Subcontractor to retain books and records relating for any cost and pricing
data submitted in satisfaction of § 41-2543 for the period specified in the statute.
3.1.2
RIGHT TO AUDIT. The retained books and records are subject to audit by State during
that period. By A.R.S. § § 35-214 and-2548(B), Contractor shall retain and shall
contractually require each Subcontractor to retain books and records relating to
performance under the Contract for the period specified in the statute and those
retained books and records are subject to audit by State during that period.
3.1.3 AUDITING. Contractor or Subcontractor shall either make all such books and records
under subparagraphs 3.1.1 and 3.1.2 available to State at all reasonable times or
produce the records at a designated State office on State’s demand, the choice of
which being at State’s discretion. For the purpose of this paragraph, “reasonable times”
are during normal business hours and in such a manner so as to not unreasonably
interfere with normal business activities. Any person who obstructs or impairs an audit
being conducted or about to be conducted in relation to and Contract or Subcontract
with the State may be found guilty of a Class 5 Felony under A.R.S. § 35-215.
3.2
Non-Discrimination
The Contractor shall comply with State Executive Order No. 2009-09 and all other applicable
Federal and State laws, rules and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 93 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.3
Contractor Licenses
Contractor shall maintain current all federal, state and local licenses and permits required for
the operation of its business in general, for its operations under the Contract, and for the Work
itself.
3.4
Inspection
and Testing
By A.R.S. § 41-2547, State may at reasonable times inspect the part of Contractor’s or
Subcontractors’ plant or places of business related to performance under the Contract.
Accordingly, Contractor agrees to permit (for itself) and ensure (for Subcontractors) access for
inspection at any reasonable time to its facilities, processes, and services. State may inspect or
test, at its own cost, any finished goods, work-in-progress, components, or unfinished materials
that are be supplied under the Contract or that will be incorporated into something to be
supplied under the Contract. If the inspection or testing shows non-conformance or defects,
then Contractor will owe State reimbursement or payment of all costs it incurred in carrying out
or contracting for the inspection and testing, as well as for any re-inspection or re-testing that
might be necessary. Neither inspection of facilities nor testing of goods, work, components, or
unfinished materials will of itself constitute acceptance by State of those things.
3.5
Notices and
Correspondence
3.5.1
TO CONTRACTOR. State shall:
(a) address all Contract correspondence other than formal notices to the email
address indicated as “Default for Type” for “General Mailing Address” in
Contractor’s corresponding ProcureAZ Vendor Profile; and
(b) address notices to Contractor to the “Contractor Name and Title” at the “Mailing
Address” indicated in the Contract
3.5.2
TO STATE. Contractor shall :
(a) address all Contract correspondence, other than notices, to the email address
indicated in “Contact Instructions” in the ProcureAZ Summary for State; and
(b) address any required notices to State to Procurement Officer identified as
“Purchaser” in the ProcureAZ Summary at the following mailing address:
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
3.5.3
CHANGES. State may change the designated Procurement Officer, update contact
information, or change the applicable mailing address by Contract Amendment.
3.6
Signing of Contract
Amendments
Contractor’s counter-signature – or “approval” in ProcureAZ, in the case of a Change Order – is
not required to give effect if the Contract Amendment only covers either:
4.
extension of the term of the Contract within the maximum aggregate term;
5.
revision to Procurement Officer appointment or contact information; or
6.
modifications of a clerical nature that have no effect on terms, conditions, price, scope,
or other material aspect of the Contract.
In every case other than those listed in (1), (2), and (3) above, both parties’ signature – or
“approval” in ProcureAZ, in the case of a Change Order – are required to give it effect.
3.7
Click-Through Terms
and Conditions
If either party uses a web based ordering system, an electronic purchase order system, an
electronic purchase order acknowledgement, a form of an electronic acceptance, or any
software based ordering system with respect to the Contract (each an “Electronic Ordering
System”), the parties acknowledge and agree that an Electronic Ordering System is for ease of
administration only, and Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the persons using
Electronic Ordering Systems on behalf of State do not have any actual or apparent authority to
create legally binding obligations that vary from the terms and conditions of the Contract.
Accordingly, where an authorized State user is required to “click through” or otherwise accept or
be made subject to any terms and conditions in using an Electronic Ordering Systems, any such
terms and conditions are deemed void upon presentation. Additionally, where an authorized
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 94 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
State user is required to accept or be made subject to any terms and conditions in accessing or
employing any Materials or Services, those terms and conditions will also be void.
3.8
Ownership of
Intellectual
Property
3.8.1
RIGHTS IN WORK PRODUCT. All intellectual property originated or prepared by
Contractor pursuant to the Contract, including but not limited to, inventions,
discoveries, intellectual copyrights, trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, technical
communications, records reports, computer programs and other documentation or
improvements thereto, including Contractor’s administrative communications and
records relating to the Contract, are considered work product and Contractor’s
property, provided that, State has Government Purpose Rights to that work product as
and when it was delivered to State.
(a) “Government Purpose Rights” are:
i. the unlimited, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty free, non-exclusive, worldwide
right to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, sublicense,
disclose and create derivatives from that work product without restriction
for any activity in which State is a party;
ii. the right to release or disclose that work product to third parties for any State
government purpose; and
iii. the right to authorize those to whom it rightfully releases or discloses that
work product to use, modify, release, create derivative works from the work
product for any State government purpose; such recipients being
understood to include the federal government, the governments of other
states, and various local governments.
(b) “Government Purpose Rights” do not include any right to use, modify, reproduce,
perform, release, display, create derivative works from, or disclose that work
product for any commercial purpose or to authorize others to do so.
3.8.2
JOINT DEVELOPMENTS. The parties may each use equally any ideas, concepts, know-
how, or techniques developed jointly during the course of the Contract, and may do so
at their respective discretion, without obligation of notice or accounting to the other
party.
3.8.3
PRE-EXISTING MATERIAL. All pre-existing software and other materials developed or
otherwise obtained by or for Contractor or its affiliates independently of the Contract
or applicable Purchase Orders are not part of the work product to which rights are
granted State under subparagraph 3.8.1 above, and will remain the exclusive property
of Contractor, provided that any derivative works of such pre-existing material or
elements thereof that are created pursuant to the Contract are part of that work
product.
3.9
Subcontracts
3.9.1
INITIAL LIST. At the time of Contract execution, Contractor may have listed prospective
Subcontractors in Attachment 3-C to the Vendor Offer [Proposed Subcontractors]. If a
Subcontractor is on this initial list in a Vendor Offer, then the Contractor has the
Procurement Officer’s advance consent to enter into a Subcontract with each listed
candidate.
3.9.2
ADDITIONAL NAMES. Contractor shall not enter into a Subcontract without first
obtaining Procurement Officer’s written consent with any prospective Subcontractor
that (a) was not listed on Attachment 3-C at time of Contract execution or (b) is for any
Materials or Services categories other than the ones for which they were previously
consented. For either case (a) or (b), Contractor shall submit a written request
sufficiently in advance of the need date for those materials or services so that
performance under the Contract is not impaired. Procurement Officer may request any
additional information he or she determines is necessary to assess the submittal, and
may withhold consent pending it.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 95 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
3.9.3
FLOW-DOWN. Contractor shall incorporate the provisions, terms, and conditions of the
Contract into every Subcontract by inclusion or by reference, as appropriate. When
making any post-execution consent requests, Contractor shall include its warrant that it
will do the same for the pending Subcontracts covered by the request. Entering into
Subcontracts will not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations or duties under the
Contract, including, among other things, the duty to supervise and coordinate the work
of Subcontractors. Nothing contained in any Subcontract will create or is to be
construed as creating any contractual relationship between State and the
Subcontractor.
3.10
E-Verify Requirements
In accordance with A.R.S. § 41-4401, Contractor warrants compliance with all Federal
immigration laws and regulations relating to employees and warrants its compliance with
Section A.R.S. § 23-214, Subsection A. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that under A.R.S.
§ 41-4401, State retains the legal right to inspect papers of any Contractor employee who works
under the Contract to ensure compliance with the foregoing warranty and understands that a
breach of the foregoing warranty under shall be deemed a material breach of the Contract that
is subject to penalties up to and including termination of the Contract.
3.11
Offshore
Performance
of Certain Work
Prohibited
Contractor shall only perform those portions of the Services that directly serve State or its
clients and involve access to secure or sensitive data or personal client data within the defined
territories of the United States. Unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work, this
paragraph does not apply to indirect or overhead services, redundant back-up services, or
services that are incidental to performance under the Contract. This provision applies to work
performed by Subcontractors at all tiers.
3.12
Purchase Orders
3.12.1 PURCHASE ORDER SUFFICIENCY. A Purchase Order issued by an authorized person that
cites the correct State contract number will suffice to authorize Contractor to provide
the Materials and perform the Services covered by that Purchase Order.
3.12.2 PURCHASE ORDER TERMS. All Purchase Orders are subject to the Contract Terms and
Conditions; a Purchase Order cannot modify the Contract Terms and Conditions.
3.12.3 PURCHASE ORDERS ARE OBLIGATORY. Until the expiration or earlier termination of the
Contract, State may issue and Contractor shall accept Purchase Orders that make
proper reference to the Contract and are permissible hereunder, provided that,
Contractor is not obliged to accept any Purchase Order that is not consistent with the
then-current pricing, lead times, specifications, or payment provisions of the Contract.
Contractor shall fulfill and complete any Purchase Orders that are begun but not yet
completed as of expiration or earlier termination of the Contract unless State instructs
otherwise at the time.
3.12.4 SPECIAL CASE. In the special case where both the following conditions are true,
Procurement Officer’s signature on the Acceptance is Contractor’s authorization to
perform and therefore no Purchase Order is required: (a) the Contract is identified as
being a “single-agency/single-project” contract and (b) the Contract was created in
ProcureAZ as something other than a “Master/ Blanket” type.
3.12.5 NO MINIMUMS OR COMMITMENTS. (a) Contractor shall not impose any minimum
dollar amount, item count, services volume, or services duration on Purchase Orders;
(b) State makes no commitment of any kind concerning the quantity or monetary value
of activity actually initiated or completed during the term of the Contract; (c)
Contractor shall only deliver or perform as authorized by Purchase Orders; and (d) State
is not limited as to the number of Purchase Orders it may issue for the Contract. For
clarity of intent, the foregoing applies equally whether an Eligible Agency issues the
Purchase Order or, if applicable, a Co-Op Buyer issues it.
3.12.6 NON-CONTRACTED MATERIALS OR SERVICES. Any attempt to knowingly represent for
sales, marketing, or related purposes that goods or services not specifically awarded are
under a State contract is a violation of the Contract and law.
3.13
Other
Contractors
State may undertake with its own forces or award other contracts to the same or other vendors
for additional or related work. In such cases, Contractor shall cooperate fully with State’s
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 96 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
employees and such other vendors and carefully coordinate, fit, connect, accommodate, adjust,
or sequence its work to the related work by others. Where the Contract requires handing-off
Contractor’s work to others, Contractor shall cooperate as State instructs regarding the
necessary transfer of its work product, services, or records to State or the other vendors.
Contractor shall not commit or permit any act that interferes with the State’s or other vendors’
performance of their work.
3.14
Work on State
Premises
3.14.1 COMPLIANCE WITH RULES. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that its personnel
comply with State’s rules, regulations, policies, documented practices, and documented
operating procedures while delivering or installing Materials or performing Services on
State’s grounds or in its facilities. Contractor shall comply with State security
requirements in order to deliver, install, or perform at that particular location, without
entitlement to any additional compensation or additional time for performance if those
particular requirements are not expressly stated in the Contract.
3.14.2 PROTECTION OF GROUNDS AND FACILITIES. Contractor shall deliver or install the
Materials and perform the Services without damaging any State grounds or facilities.
Contractor shall promptly repair or replace any damage it caused and at its own
expense, subject to whatever instructions and restrictions State needs to make to
prevent inconvenience or disruption of operations. If Contractor fails to make the
necessary repairs or replacements in a timely manner, State will be entitled to exercise
its remedies under paragraph 8.5 [Right of Offset].
3.15
Advertising,
Publishing and
Promotion of Contract
Contractor shall not advertise, promote, or otherwise use information concerning the
Contractor commercial benefit without the prior written approval of Procurement
Officer, which approval Procurement Officer may withhold at his or her discretion.
4.0 Costs and Payments
4.1
Payments
4.1.1
PAYMENT DEADLINE. State shall make payments in compliance with Arizona Revised
Statues Titles 35 and 41. Unless stated otherwise in the Pricing Document, State shall
make payment in full for Materials that have been delivered and accepted and Services
that have been performed and accepted within the time specified in A.R.S. § 35-342
after both of the following become true: (a) all of the Materials being invoiced have
been delivered or installed (as applicable) and accepted and all of the Services being
invoiced have been performed and accepted; and (b) Contractor has provided a
complete and accurate invoice in the form and manner called for in the Pricing
Document, provided that, State will not make or be liable for any payments to
Contractor until Contractor has registered properly in ProcureAZ and provided a current
IRS Form W-9 or an equivalent form to the State unless excused by law from providing
one.
4.1.2
PAYMENTS ONLY TO CONTRACTOR. Unless compelled otherwise by operation of law or
order of a court of competent jurisdiction, State will only make payment to Contractor
under the federal tax identifier indicated on the Vendor Offer.
4.2
Applicable
Taxes
4.2.1
CONTRACTOR TO PAY ALL TAXES. State is subject to Arizona TPT. Therefore, Arizona
TPT applies to all sales under the Contract and Arizona TPT is Contractor’s responsibility
(as seller) to remit. Contractor’s failure to collect Arizona TPT or any other applicable
sales or use taxes from an Eligible Agency or Co-Op Buyer (as buyer) will not relieve
Contractor of any obligation to remit sales or use taxes that are due under the Contract
or laws. Unless stated otherwise in the Pricing Document, all prices therein include
Arizona TPT as well as every other manner of transaction privilege or sales/use tax that
is due to a municipality or another state or its political subdivisions. Contractor shall pay
all federal, state, and local taxes applicable to its operations and personnel.
4.2.2
TAX INDEMNITY. Contractor shall hold State harmless from any responsibility for taxes
or contributions, including any applicable damages and interest, that are due to federal,
state, and local authorities with respect to the Work and the Contract, as well any
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 97 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
related costs; the foregoing expressly includes Arizona TPT, unemployment
compensation insurance, social security, and workers’ compensation insurance.
4.3
Availability of Funds
for the Next State
fiscal year
4.4
Availability of Funds
for the current State
fiscal year
Funds may not presently be available for performance under this Contract beyond the current
state fiscal year. No legal liability on the part of the State for any payment may arise under this
Contract beyond the current state fiscal year until funds are made available for performance of
this Contract.
Should the State Legislature enter back into session and reduce the appropriations or for any
reason and these goods or services are not funded, the State may take any of the following
actions:
4.4.1. Accept a decrease in price offered by the contractor;
4.4.2. Cancel the Contract; or
4.4.3. Cancel the contract and re-solicit the requirements
5.0 Contract Changes
5.1
Amendments
This Contract is issued under the authority of the Procurement Officer who signed this Contract.
The Contract may be modified only through a Contract Amendment within the scope of the
Contract. Changes to the Contract, including the addition of work or materials, the revision of
payment terms, or the substitution of work or materials, directed by a person who is not
specifically authorized by the procurement officer in writing or made unilaterally by the
Contractor are violations of the Contract and of applicable law. Such changes, including
unauthorized written Contract Amendments shall be void and without effect, and the Contractor
shall not be entitled to any claim under this Contract based on those changes.
5.2
Assignment and
Delegation
5.2.1
IN WHOLE. Contractor shall not assign or delegate its duties under the Contract, in
whole or in part, without Procurement Officer’s prior written consent; Procurement
Officer may withhold at his or her discretion. If Contractor’s proposed assignment or
delegation stems from a split, sale, acquisition, or other non-merger change in control,
then no such consent will be given in any event without the assignee or delegate giving
State satisfactory and equivalent evidence or assurance of its financial soundness,
competency, capacity, and qualification to perform as that which Contractor possessed
when State first awarded it the Contract.
5.2.2
IN PART. Subject to paragraph 3.9 (Subcontracts) with respect to subcontracting,
Contractor may assign particular rights or delegate particular duties under the Contract,
but shall obtain Procurement Officer’s written consent before doing so. Procurement
Officer shall not unreasonably withhold consent so long as the proposed assignment or
delegation does not attempt to modify the Contract in any way or to alter or impair
State’s rights or remedies under the Contract or laws.
6.0 Risk and Liability
6.1
Risk of Loss
Contractor shall bear all risk of loss to Materials if, and as, those duties are within the scope of
the Work, until they have been accepted as conforming by State in the manner specified in the
Purchase Order, or as specified generally elsewhere in the Contract if the Purchase Order does
not provide particulars. Risk of loss for nonconforming Materials will remain with Contractor
notwithstanding acceptance to the extent the loss stems from the nonconformance.
6.2
Basic Indemnification
6.2.1
CONTRACTOR/VENDOR (NOT PUBLIC AGENCY). To the fullest extent permitted by law,
Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless State Indemnitees from
Indemnified Basic Claims that: (a) are caused or alleged to be caused in whole or in part
by the negligent or willful acts or omissions of a Contractor Indemnitor; (b) arise out of
or are recovered under worker compensation laws; and/or (c) arise out of a Contractor
Indemnitor’s failure to conform to any federal, state, or local law, statute, ordinance,
rule, regulation, or court decree. The parties specifically intend that the Contractor
Indemnitors shall indemnify the relevant State Indemnitees from and against
Indemnified Basic Claims in all instances except where the Indemnified Basic Claim
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 98 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
arises solely from those State Indemnitees’ own negligent or willful acts or omissions.
Wherever the indemnification under this subparagraph applies, Contractor is
responsible for primary loss investigation, defense, and judgment costs for an on behalf
of the other Contractor Indemnitors with respect to State Indemnitees, and accordingly
Contractor is also responsible for any cooperation, contribution, or subordination
between or amongst the Contractor Indemnitors. In consideration of the award of the
Contract by a State Indemnitee, Contractor hereby waives all rights of subrogation
against State Indemnities for losses arising from the Work.
If Contractor is a public agency, this paragraph does not apply and subparagraph 6.2.1
below applies instead.
6.2.2
PUBLIC AGENCY. Each party (as 'indemnitor') agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold
harmless the other party (as 'indemnitee') from and against any and all claims, losses,
liability, costs, or expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) (hereinafter
collectively referred to as 'claims') arising out of bodily injury of any person (including
death) or property damage but only to the extent that such claims which result in
vicarious/derivative liability to the indemnitee, are caused by the act, omission,
negligence, misconduct, or other fault of the indemnitor, its officers, officials, agents,
employees, or volunteers.
6.2.3 If Contractor is not a public agency, this paragraph does not apply and
subparagraph above applies instead.
6.3
Patent and Copyright
Indemnification
CONTRACTOR/VENDOR (NOT PUBLIC AGENCY). With respect to Materials or Services provided
or proposed by a Contractor Indemnitor for performance under the Contract, Contractor shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless State Indemnitees against any third-party claims for
liability, costs, and expenses, including, but not limited to reasonable attorney fees, for
infringement or violation of any patent, trademark, copyright, or trade secret by the Materials
and the Services. With respect to the defense and payment of claims under this subparagraph:
1. State shall provide reasonable and timely notification to Contractor of any claim for
which Contractor may be liable under this paragraph;
2.
Contractor, with reasonable consultation from State, shall have control of the defense of
any action on an indemnified claim including all negotiations for its settlement or
compromise;
3.
State may elect to participate in such action at its own expense; and
4.
State may approve or disapprove any settlement or compromise, provided that, (i) State
shall not unreasonably withhold or delay such approval or disapproval and (ii) State shall
cooperate in the defense and in any related settlement negotiations.
If Contractor is a public agency, this paragraph 6.3 does not apply.
6.4
Force Majeure
6.4.1
DEFINITION. For this paragraph, “force majeure” means an occurrence that is
(a) beyond the control of the affected party, (b) occurred without the party’s fault or
negligence, and (c) something the party was unable to prevent by exercising reasonable
diligence. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, force majeure expressly
includes acts of God, acts of the public enemy, war, riots, strikes, mobilization, labor
disputes, civil disorders, fire, flood, lockouts, injunctions-intervention-acts, failures or
refusals to act by government authorities, and, subject to paragraph 7.10 (Performance
in Public Health Emergency), declared public health emergencies. Force majeure
expressly does not include late delivery caused by congestion at a manufacturer’s plant
or elsewhere, an oversold condition of the market, late performance by a
Subcontractor unless the delay arises out of an occurrence of force majeure, or inability
of either Contractor or any Subcontractor to acquire or maintain any required
insurance, bonds, licenses, or permits.
6.4.2
RELIEF FROM PERFORMANCE. Except for payment of sums due, the parties are not
liable to each other if an occurrence of force majeure prevents its performance under
the Contract. If either party is delayed at any time in the progress of their respective
performance under the Contract by an occurrence of force majeure, the delayed party
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 99 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
shall notify the other no later than the following working day after the occurrence, or as
soon as it could reasonably have been expected to recognize that the occurrence had
effect in cases where the effects were not readily apparent. In any event, the notice
must make specific reference to this paragraph specifying the causes of the delay in the
notice and, if the effects of the occurrence are on-going, provide an initial notification
and thereafter the delayed party shall provide regular updates until such time as the
effects are fully known. To the extent it is able, the delayed party shall cause the delay
to cease promptly and notify the other party when it has done so. The parties shall
extend the time of completion by Contract Amendment for a period equal to the time
that the results or effects of the delay prevented the delayed party from performing.
6.4.3
EXCUSABLE DELAY IS NOT DEFAULT. Failure in performance by either party will not
constitute default hereunder or give rise to any claim for damages or loss of anticipated
profits if and to the extent that such failure was or is being caused by an occurrence of
force majeure.
6.4.4
DEFAULT DIMINISHES RELIEF. Entitlement to relief from the effects of an occurrence of
force majeure is diminished to the extent that the delay did or will result from the
affected party’s default unrelated to the occurrence, in which case and to that extent
the other party’s normal remedies and the affected party’s obligations would apply
undiminished.
6.5
Third Party
Antitrust
Violations
Contractor assigns to State any claim for overcharges resulting from antitrust violations to the
extent that those violations concern materials or services supplied by third parties to Contractor
toward fulfillment of the Contract.
7.0 Warranties
7.1
Liens
The Contractor warrants that the materials supplied under this Contract are free of liens and
shall remain free of liens.
7.2
Conformity to
Requirements
Contractor warrants that, unless expressly provided otherwise elsewhere in the Contract, the
Materials and Services will for 1 (one) year after acceptance and in each instance: (1) conform to
the requirements of the Contract, which by way of reminder include without limitation all
descriptions, specifications, and drawings identified in the Scope of Work and any Contractor
affirmations included as part of the Contract; (2) be free from defects of material and
workmanship; (3) conform to or perform in a manner consistent with current industry
standards; and (4) be fit for the intended purpose or use described in the Contract. Mere
delivery or performance does not substitute for express acceptance by State. Where inspection,
testing, or other acceptance assessment of Materials or Services cannot be done until after
installation, the forgoing warranty will not begin until State’s acceptance.
7.3
Quality
Unless otherwise modified elsewhere in these terms and conditions, the Contractor warrants
that, for 1 (one) year after acceptance by the State of the materials, they shall be:
7.3.1. Of a quality to pass without objection in the trade under the Contract description;
7.3.2. Fit for the intended purposes for which the materials are used;
7.3.3. Within the variations permitted by the Contract and are of even kind, quantity, and quality
within each unit and among all units;
7.3.4. Adequately contained, packaged and marked as the Contract may require; and
7.3.5. Conform to the written promises or affirmations of fact made by the Contractor.
7.4
Inspection/Testing
The warranties set forth in subparagraphs 7.1 through 7.3 of this paragraph are not affected by
inspection or testing of or payment for the materials by the State.
7.5
Compliance
with Laws
The materials and services supplied under this Contract shall comply with all applicable Federal,
state and local laws, and the Contractor shall maintain all applicable license and permit
requirements.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 100 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
7.6
Survival of Rights and
Obligations after
Contract Expiration or
Termination
7.6.1. Contractor's Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made by
the Contractor under this Contract shall survive the expiration or termination hereof. In
addition, the parties hereto acknowledge that pursuant to A.R.S. § 12-510, except as
provided in A.R.S. § 12-529, the State is not subject to or barred by any limitations of
actions prescribed in A.R.S., Title 12, Chapter 5.
7.6.2. Purchase Orders. The Contractor shall, in accordance with all terms and conditions of the
Contract, fully perform and shall be obligated to comply with all purchase orders received
by the Contractor prior to the expiration or termination hereof, unless otherwise directed
in writing by the Procurement Officer, including, without limitation, all purchase orders
received prior to but not fully performed and satisfied at the expiration or termination of
this Contract.
7.7
Contractor
Personnel
Contractor warrants that its personnel will perform their duties under the Contract in a
professional manner, applying the requisite skills and knowledge, consistent with industry
standards, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract. Contractor further
warrants that its key personnel will maintain any certifications relevant to their work, and
Contractor shall provide individual evidence of certification to State’s authorized representatives
upon request.
7.8
Intellectual
Property
Contractor warrants that the Materials and Services do not and will not infringe or violate any
patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual property rights or laws, except
only to the extent the Specifications do not permit use of any other product and Contractor is
not and cannot reasonably be expected to be aware of the infringement or violation.
7.9
Operational
Continuity
Contractor warrants that it will perform without relief notwithstanding being sold or acquired;
no such event will operate to mitigate or alter any of Contractor’s duties hereunder absent a
consented delegation under paragraph 5.2 (Assignment and Delegation) that expressly
recognizes the event.
7.10
Performance in Public
Health Emergency
Contractor warrants that it will:
1. have in effect promptly after commencement a plan for continuing performance in the
event of a declared public health emergency that addresses, at a minimum: (a)
identification of response personnel by name; (b) key succession and performance
responses in the event of sudden and significant decrease in workforce; and
(c) alternative avenues to keep sufficient product on hand or in the supply chain; and
2.
provide a copy of its current plan to State within 3 (three) business days after State’s
written request. If Contractor claims relief under paragraph 6.4 (Force Majeure) for an
occurrence of force majeure that is a declared public health emergency, then that relief
will be conditioned on Contractor having first implemented its plan and exhausted all
reasonable opportunity for that plan implementation to overcome the effects of that
occurrence, or mitigate those effects to the extent that overcoming entirely is not
practicable.
For clarification of intent, being obliged to implement the plan is not of itself an occurrence of
force majeure, and Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation or extension
of time by virtue of having to implement it. Furthermore, failure to have or implement an
appropriate plan will be a material breach of contract.
7.11
Lobbying
7.11.1
PROHIBITION.
(a) Contractor warrants that:
i. it will not engage in lobbying activities, as defined in 40 CFR part 34 and A.R.S.
§ 41-1231, et seq., using monies awarded under the Contract, provided that,
the foregoing does not intend to constrain Contractor's use of its own
monies or property, including without limitation any net proceeds duly
realized under the Contract or any value thereafter derived from those
proceeds; and
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 101 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
ii. upon award of the Contract, it will disclose all lobbying activities to State to
the extent they are an actual or potential conflict of interest or where such
activities could create an appearance of impropriety.
(b) Contractor shall implement and maintain adequate controls to assure compliance
with (a) above.
(c) Contractor shall obtain an equivalent warranty from all Subcontractors and shall
include an equivalent no-lobbying provision in all Subcontracts.
7.11.2 EXCEPTION. This paragraph does not apply to the extent that the Services are defined in
the Contract as being lobbying for State’s benefit or on State’s behalf.
8.0 State's Contractual Remedies
8.1
Right to
Assurance
If the State in good faith has reason to believe that the Contractor does not intend to, or is
unable to perform or continue performing under this Contract, the Procurement Officer may
demand in writing that the Contractor give a written assurance of intent to perform. Failure by
the Contractor to provide written assurance within the number of Days specified in the demand
may, at the State’s option, be the basis for terminating the Contract under the Uniform Terms
and Conditions or other rights and remedies available by law or provided by the contract.
8.2
Stop Work Order
8.2.1. The State may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor (the “Stop Work Order”),
require the Contractor to stop all or any part, of the work called for by this Contract for
period(s) of days indicated by the State in the Stop Work Order. The order shall be
specifically identified as a Stop Work Order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the
Stop Work Order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all
reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the
Stop Work Order during the period of work stoppage.
8.2.2. If a Stop Work Order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any
extension expires, the Contractor shall resume work. If the Procurement Officer
determines that an equitable adjustment is necessary, he or she shall make an equitable
adjustment in the delivery schedule or Contract price, or both, and the Contract shall be
amended in writing accordingly.
8.3
Non-exclusive
Remedies
The rights and the remedies of the State under this Contract are not exclusive.
8.4
Nonconforming
Tender
Materials or services supplied under this Contract shall fully comply with the Contract. The
delivery of materials or services or a portion of the materials or services that do not fully comply
constitutes a breach of contract. On delivery of nonconforming materials or services, the State
may terminate the Contract for default under applicable termination clauses in the Contract,
exercise any of its rights and remedies under the Uniform Commercial Code, or pursue any
other right or remedy available to it.
8.5
Right of Offset
The State shall be entitled to offset against any sums due the Contractor, any expenses or costs
incurred by the State, or damages assessed by the State concerning the Contractor’s non-
conforming performance or failure to perform the Contract, including expenses, costs and
damages described in the Uniform Terms and Conditions.
9.0 Contract Termination
9.1
Cancellation for
Conflict of Interests
Pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-511, the State may cancel this Contract within three (3) years after
Contract execution without penalty or further obligation if any person significantly involved in
initiating, negotiating, securing, drafting or creating the Contract on behalf of the State is or
becomes at any time while the Contract or an extension of the Contract is in effect an employee
of or a consultant to any other party to this Contract with respect to the subject matter of the
Contract. The cancellation shall be effective when the Contractor receives written notice of the
cancellation unless the notice specifies a later time. If the Contractor is a political subdivision of
the State, it may also cancel this Contract as provided in A.R.S. § 38-511.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents:
Version 9 (01-JUL-2013)
SECTION 2-D: Uniform Terms and Conditions
Page 102 of 102 2
A v a i l a b l e o n l i n e a t : P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
9.2
Gratuities
The State may, by written notice, terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, if the State
determines that employment or a Gratuity was offered or made by the Contractor or a
representative of the Contractor to any officer or employee of the State for the purpose of
influencing the outcome of the procurement or securing the Contract, an amendment to the
Contract, or favorable treatment concerning the Contract, including the making of any
determination or decision about contract performance. The State, in addition to any other rights
or remedies, shall be entitled to recover exemplary damages in the amount of three times the
value of the Gratuity offered by the Contractor.
9.3
Suspension or
Debarment
The State may, by written notice to the Contractor, immediately terminate this Contract if the
State determines that the Contractor has been debarred, suspended or otherwise lawfully
prohibited from participating in any public procurement activity, including but not limited to,
being disapproved as a subcontractor of any public procurement unit or other governmental
body. Submittal of an offer or execution of a contract shall attest that the contractor is not
currently suspended or debarred. If the contractor becomes suspended or debarred, the
contractor shall immediately notify the State.
9.4
Termination for
Convenience
The State reserves the right to terminate the Contract, in whole or in part at any time when in
the best interest of the State, without penalty or recourse. Upon receipt of the written notice,
the Contractor shall stop all work, as directed in the notice, notify all subcontractors of the
effective date of the termination and minimize all further costs to the State. In the event of
termination under this paragraph, all documents, data and reports prepared by the Contractor
under the Contract shall become the property of and be delivered to the State upon demand.
The Contractor shall be entitled to receive just and equitable compensation for work in progress,
work completed and materials accepted before the effective date of the termination.
9.5
Termination for
Default
9.5.1. In addition to the rights reserved in the contract, the State may terminate the Contract in
whole or in part due to the failure of the Contractor to comply with any term or condition
of the Contract, to acquire and maintain all required insurance policies, bonds, licenses
and permits, or to make satisfactory progress in performing the Contract. The
Procurement Officer shall provide written notice of the termination and the reasons for it
to the Contractor.
9.5.2. Upon termination under this paragraph, all goods, materials, documents, data and reports
prepared by the Contractor under the Contract shall become the property of and be
delivered to the State on demand.
9.5.3. The State may, upon termination of this Contract, procure, on terms and in the manner
that it deems appropriate, materials or services to replace those under this Contract. The
Contractor shall be liable to the State for any excess costs incurred by the State in
procuring materials or services in substitution for those due from the Contractor.
9.6
Continuation of
Performance Through
Termination
The Contractor shall continue to perform, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract,
up to the date of termination, as directed in the termination notice.
10.0 Contract Claims
10.1
Claim
Resolution
Notwithstanding any law to the contrary, all contract claims or controversies under the Contract
are to be resolved according to the Arizona Procurement Code, including judicial review under
A.R.S. § 12-1518.
10.2
Arbitration
The parties to this Contract agree to resolve all disputes arising out of or relating to this Contract
through arbitration, after exhausting applicable administrative review, to the extent required by
A.R.S. § 12-1518, except as may be required by other applicable statutes (Title 41).
End of Section 2-D
End of Part 2
5HTXHVWIRU3URSRVDO
6ROLFLWDWLRQ1R
$'632
'HVFULSWLRQ
3XEOLF&RPPXQLFDWLRQV(TXLSPHQWDQG6HUYLFHV
$UL]RQD'HSDUWPHQWRI$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ
6WDWH3URFXUHPHQW2IILFH
1WK$YH6XLWH
3KRHQL[$=
3$57RIWKH6ROLFLWDWLRQ'RFXPHQWV
7HPSODWHYHUVLRQ )(%
6(&7,21% 2IIHU)RUPV
3DJH RI
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
$WWDFKPHQW&
3URSRVHG6XEFRQWUDFWRUV
&KHFN³12´LI\RX:,//127VXEFRQWUDFWDQ\SRUWLRQRIWKH:RUNDQGZLOOWKHUHIRUHEHFDUU\LQJRXWDOORIWKH:RUN
ZLWK\RXURZQSHUVRQQHO
{12WKH2IIHURUZLOOQRWVXEFRQWUDFWDQ\SRUWLRQRIWKH:RUN
,I\RX:,//VXEFRQWUDFWDQ\SRUWLRQRIWKH:RUNFKHFN³<(6´EHORZDQGOLVWQDPHRISHUVRQVRUFRPSDQLHV\RX
SURSRVHWRXVHDVVXEFRQWUDFWRUV
)LOOLQWKHLQIRUPDWLRQIRUHYHU\VLJQLILFDQWVXEFRQWUDFWRU±LQGLFDWHWKHW\SHRIZRUNWKHVXEFRQWUDFWRUZLOO
SHUIRUPXQGHUWKH&RQWUDFWDQGWKHLUDSSUR[LPDWHSHUFHQWDJHRIWKHWRWDO&RQWUDFWZRUN
3URYLGHFRSLHVRIUHOHYDQWFHUWLILFDWLRQVHDFKRQHSRVVHVVHVLQWKH$WWDFKPHQW6XSSOHPHQWVVHFWLRQ
3URYLGHGHVFULSWLRQRITXDOLW\DVVXUDQFHPHWKRGVDQGTXDOLW\FRQWUROPHDVXUHVWKDW\RXZLOOXVHWRHQVXUH
WKDW6XEFRQWUDFWRUZRUNPHHWVWKH&RQWUDFWUHTXLUHPHQWV
6WDWHPD\GHPDQGDGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQDERXWSURSRVHGVXEFRQWUDFWRUVDVDSUHFRQGLWLRQRIDZDUG
z<(6WKH2IIHURUZLOOXVHWKH6XEFRQWUDFWRUVOLVWHGEHORZ
1DPHDQGFRQWDFWLQIRUPDWLRQ
6PDOO
%XVLQHVV
:RUNWREHSHUIRUPHG
Gila Electronics
2481 E Palo Verde St
Yuma, AZ 85365
(928) 726-0896
YES
Front-line sales, support, engineering, and
field service as a regional Manufacturer’s
Representative (“MR”) of Motorola serving
primarily Yuma, La Paz, and Mohave
counties.
5
ADW Communications
14350 N 87th St #145
Scottsdale, AZ 85260
(480) 291-6820
YES
Provides turnkey project management,
engineering, and construction services for
wireless infrastructure.
5
Mangum Civil Constructors, Inc.,
1075 E Salter Dr
Phoenix, AZ 85024
(602) 466-3926
YES
Full range of construction and technical
services in the general and wireless
construction industry and are an “In-House”
builder with it’s own civil, tower, DC and fiber
crews
5
High Desert Communications, Inc.,
372 W Cullumber Ave
Gilbert, AZ 8523
(480) 632-0020
NO
Full service communication site/tower
design, engineering, installation, and ongoing
support.
5
NB Construction, Inc.,
16602 N 23rd Ave Ste 111
Phoenix, AZ 85023
(480) 947-3599
NO
Provider of wireless communications site
development services for government,
enterprise and commercial carriers.
5
5HTXHVWIRU3URSRVDO
6ROLFLWDWLRQ1R
$'632
'HVFULSWLRQ
3XEOLF&RPPXQLFDWLRQV(TXLSPHQWDQG6HUYLFHV
$UL]RQD'HSDUWPHQWRI$GPLQLVWUDWLRQ
6WDWH3URFXUHPHQW2IILFH
1WK$YH6XLWH
3KRHQL[$=
3$57RIWKH6ROLFLWDWLRQ'RFXPHQWV
7HPSODWHYHUVLRQ )(%
6(&7,21% 2IIHU)RUPV
3DJH RI
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Arizona West Builders, Inc.,
7515 S Atwood
Mesa, AZ 85212
(480) 988-3630
NO
Licensed general contractor that specializes in
“turn-key” construction and maintenance
solutions for the cellular industry including
tower erection, foundations, excavations,
electrical, RF and microwave
installation/services, site surveys, power and
Telco coordination services.
5
Pyramid Network Services, LLC.
6615 Towpath Road
East Syracuse, NY 13057
(315) 701-1300
NO
Pyramid is Motorola Solutions largest
preferred vendor for site development
services across the United States and Canada,
and has completed over 340 distinct public
safety projects. Pyramid Network Services—
is a leading nationwide turnkey
communications systems contractor
delivering cost effective solutions to design,
develop and deploy wireless communications
networks for both commercial carriers AND
Federal, State, & Local public safety
agencies.
5
(QGRI$WWDFKPHQW&
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 1 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Attachment 5-B
Conformance Statements
STATE WILL NOT CONSIDER ANY EXCEPTIONS UNLESS DESIGNATED ON THIS FORM.
READ PARAGRAPH ERROR! REFERENCE SOURCE NOT FOUND. OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS BEFORE
TAKING ANY EXCEPTIONS – TAKING EXCEPTIONS CAN BE GROUNDS FOR STATE REJECTING OR DOWN-GRADING
YOUR OFFER IN EVALUATION.
CONFORMANCE TO THE INSTRUCTIONS:
CONFORMANCE TO THE INSTRUCTIONS:
(PART 3 OF THE SOLICITATION)
Check one of the following – if neither is checked, State will assume that as equivalent to “YES”:
YES – Offeror acknowledges that it has read and understands the Instructions to Offerors in Section 3-A of the
Solicitation Documents and attests that its Offer complies with both.
NO – Offeror acknowledges that it has read and understands the Instructions to Offerors in Section 3-A of the
Solicitation Documents, and attests that its Offer complies with both EXCEPT FOR the exceptions listed in
Attachment 5-B Supplement 1.
CONFORMANCE TO THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS:
(PART 2 OF THE SOLICITATION)
Check one of the following – if neither is checked, State will assume that as equivalent to “YES”:
YES – Offeror acknowledges that it has read and understands the Scope Document and the Pricing Document
in Part 2 of the Solicitation Documents and attests that its Offer complies with both.
NO – Offeror acknowledges that it has read and understands the Scope Document and the Pricing Document
in Part 2 of the Solicitation Documents and attests that its Offer complies with both EXCEPT FOR the
exceptions listed in Attachment 5-B Supplement 2.
CONFORMANCE TO THE CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS:
(PART 2 OF THE SOLICITATION)
Check one of the following – if neither is checked, State will assume that as equivalent to “YES”:
YES – Offeror acknowledges that it has read and understands the Special Terms and Conditions and the
Uniform Terms and Conditions, along with their respective Exhibits and Appendices, in Part 2 of the Solicitation
Documents and attests that its Offer complies with both.
NO – Offeror acknowledges that it has read and understand the Special Terms and Conditions and the Uniform
Terms and Conditions, along with their respective Exhibits and Appendices in Part 2 of the Solicitation
Documents and attests that its Offer complies with both EXCEPT FOR the exceptions listed in Attachment 5-B
Supplement 3.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 2 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Exceptions to Instructions
Article /
Paragraph
or Exhibit
Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
Section 1-A: Solicitation Details
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Section 1-B: Instructions to Offerors
6.3 Cost
or
Pricing
Data
Pursuant to A.R.S § 41-2543 per A.A.C. R2-7-702(B)(2),
Motorola certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief
the pricing provided within its response is accurate,
complete and current. Motorola will cooperate with
reasonable requests for pricing validity information but
will not be required to provide its internal cost and pricing
data which it considers confidential and proprietary
information.
9.16.19 See attached Change Log
to Attachment 5-B Exceptions,
("5-B Change Log").
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Company Name
Signature of Person Authorized to Sign
NOTE: Offeror must sign and return all Attachment 5-B Supplements Nos. 1 – 3 (even if not submitting
exceptions)
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 3 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 2:
Exceptions to Technical and Commercial
Article /
Paragraph or
Exhibit Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
Section 2-A: Scope of Work (Technical Document)
2.49.4 E&M /
DC Control
Comply with clarification, No DC Control, Exception
on DC Contact Keying
2.52.1 Physical
Construction
Comply w/ one exception 36.8 lbs x
2.52.5
Exception 10Mhz to 1050Mhz (useable from 100kHz);
Optional to 2700MHz
2.55.1 x
Exception 10Mhz to 1050Mhz (useable from 100kHz);
Optional to 2700MHz
3.23.1x
Exception- PTP820 doesn’t provide way-side service
channel.
3.37 Feed
Connection
Exception-TNC connectors
3.39.1
Exception – 100/200KHz options not supported (OK)
- cnReach is a software defined radio. In 900 MHz
MAS band current max bandwidth is 50 kHz but
100/200 kHz channels can be added via roadmap.
Capacity
Received
Signal Level
(RSL) in dBm
(c) 28 - DS-1 /
10 MHz -73 76
73 76 77
Exception-not offered
Capacity
Received
Signal Level
(RSL) in dBm
d) 84 - DS-1 /
30 MHz -68 72
69 71 73
Exception not offered
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log
for all Section 2-A.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 4 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Capacity
Received
Signal Level
(RSL) in dBm
(b) 28 - DS-1 /
10 MHz -80
Exception not offered
Capacity
Received
Signal Level
(RSL) in dBm
(c) 84 - DS-1 /
30 MHz -67 73
Exception not offered
Capacity
Received
Signal Level
(RSL) in dBm
(b) 28 - DS-1 -
78
Exception not offered
Capacity
Received
Signal Level
(RSL) in dBm
(c) 84 - DS-1 -
68 73
Exception not offered
4.5.1
Exception-Motorola has a 2-yr standard
warranty on microwave and LMR antennas. If
any products are discontinued Motorola will be
able to provide spare parts and repair for a
period of 7 yrs.
5.15.12
Motorola does not support DC control
5.16.2 Panel
Wiring/Remote
Electronic
Circuitry- FPD
consoles (a)
Exception CAT5e cable range is only 100 mts.
However, Motorola can provide a fiber link to connect
the base station to the Conventional interface.
5.16.2 Panel
Wiring/Remote
Electronic
Circuitry- FPD
consoles (b)
Exception CAT5e cable range is only 100 mts.
However, Motorola can provide a fiber link to connect
the base station to the Conventional interface.
5.16.5
Maintainability
(a)
Exception Motorola's CCGWs can support from 1 to 8
channels per module.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 5 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Section 2-B: Commercial Document
Section 2.1
Contractor
Best Pricing
Motorola takes exception to this provision and
requires its removal.
Motorola Solutions builds
communication equipment,
systems and solutions that do
not fit within a standard
conventional pricing framework.
Due to the unique pricing and
design specifications for each
customer's communication
equipment, system and solution
requirements, Motorola
Solutions cannot guarantee that
the pricing offered in this
proposal is no higher or lower
than prices offered to other
customers.
x
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Company Name
Signature of Person Authorized to Sign
NOTE: Offeror must sign and return all Attachment 5-B Supplements Nos. 1 – 3 (even if not submitting
exceptions)
9.16.19 See attached
5-B Change Log.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 6 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 3:
Exceptions to Contract Terms & Conditions
Article/ Paragraph
or Exhibit
Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
Section 3-A: Special Terms & Conditions
Section 6.1
Contractor
Insurance
Indemnification
Clause
Motorola complies with the general indemnification
described in this section subject to removing the
words “or intangible” and “arising or recovered under
the Worker’s Compensation Law”.
Motorola believes that Workers
Compensation is provided for
and covered in Subsection 6.1.3.
The proposed edits are
consistent with the
indemnification language
agreed by the State in previous
contracts, including ADSPO13-
036880.
Section 6.1
Contractor
Insurance-
Insurance
Requirements
Please see the attached proposed modifications for
how Motorola can comply with the State's insurance
requirements
The parties have previously
negotiated an insurance module
in the Arizona Department of
Transportation Solicitation #
T11-43-00008, agreed as
applicable to ADSPO13-036880.
Motorola’s Corporate Insurance
Department believes that the
changes it has made to this
section are in line with what has
been previously negotiated and
agreed upon between the State
and Motorola.
Section 13.1
Applicability
Motorola complies with the language with the removal
of the words 'or from others at State's behest.'
It is unclear if Motorola has a
contractual relationship with the
3rd party.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log
9.16.19 see attached 5-B Change Log
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 7 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Section 13.2
Data Protection
&
Confidentiality
Motorola proposes the following language in lieu of
the RFP language:
Contractor warrants that, to the extent the Work
includes (1) or (2) above, it will establish and maintain
procedures and controls for ensuring that State's
proprietary and sensitve data is protected from
unauthorized access and that information obtained
from the State in performance of its contractual duties
is not mishandled, misused, or inappropriately
released or disclosed. Contractor, the third party
manufacturer, and the copyright owner of any non-
Contractor software own and retain all of their
repective proprietary rights in the equipment and
software, and nothing in this Article 13 is intended to
restrict their proprietary rights. All intellectual
property developed, originated, or prepared by
Contractor in connection with providing to State the
Work remain vested exclusively in Contractor, and this
Article 13 does not grant to State, either directly or by
implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any right, title or
interest in Contractor's Proprietary Rights.
The RFP language "all data
created by Contractor" in the
next to last sentence of the first
paragraph in this section
implies transfer of IP rights,
which is not contemplated in the
work Motorola would be
performing.
Section 13.2.1
Data Protection
&
Confidentiality
Motorola complies with the language in 13.2.1.a and b
with the following suggested modifications: (1) with
the replacement of 'immediately' with 'promptly' and
(2) in 13.2.1.b with the insertion of 'reasonably' at the
beginning of the statement. Motorola takes exception
to 13.2.c and requests its removal.
Motorola requests these
modifications to be in line with
industry standard language.
Regarding 13.2.c., it is not
reasonably practicable to notify
the State to every possible threat
which might affect the system.
Section 13.2.2
Data Protection
&
Confidentiality
Motorola complies with the language in
13.2.2.a with the insertion of 'except as
required by law' a the beginning of the
statement.
Motorola requests these
modifications to be in line
with industry standard
language.
Section 13.3.2
Personally
Identifiable
Information
Motorola clarifies that it maintains industry
standard security measures to protect the
Solution from intrusion, breach, corruption,
or other security risk. Please see Section 4.1 of
the attached Subscription Services Addendum
for more information on Motorola's
compliance with security standards.
Motorola asserts it is CJIS
compliant.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 8 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Section 14.3.3
Access Control
Motorola proposes the inclusion of the
following language within this section:
To the extent permitted by law, State retains
ownership of State Data. State grants Motorola
and its subcontractors a personal, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license to use, host, cache, store,
reproduce, copy, modify combine, analyze,
create derivatives from, communicate,
transmit, publish, display, and distribute such
State Data for the purpose of providing the
Subscription Services to State, other Motorola
customers and end users. In addition to the
rights listed above, State grants Motorola a
license to sell an Anonymized version of State
Data for any purpose.
Motorola requests the
ability to retain rights to
use anonymized and
derivative data for
purposes of improving its
product.
Section 14.4
Pass-through
Indemnity
Motorola proposes the language in Section 3
of the Additional Provisions in place of the
RFP language regarding infringement
indemnity:
Motorola requests the use
of its standard intellectual
properity infringement
indemnities for its
solutions.
Section 14.8.2.b
Information
Technology
Warranty
Motorola proposes the following language in
lieu of the RFP: At Customer's request,
Motorola will make every reasonable effort to
test and verify specific anti-virus, anti-worm,
or anti-hacker patches against a replication of
Customer's application. Motorola will respond
to any reported problem as an escalated
support call.
As is industry standard,
Motorola does not provide
a warranty against worms
and viruses.
Section 14.11.2
Cloud
Applications
Motorola requests 'serious flaws' be expressly
defined. Motorola will not allow either State
or third-party penetration testing from within
Motorola's system
Requested definition to
clarify between the parties
what errors are agreed as
serious meriting
correction. Motorola's
security policies do not
allow outside-Motorola
entities access to
Motorola's internal system
for penetration testing.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 9 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Section 14.11.3
Cloud
Applications
Motorola proposes the following language:
Contract will submit a copy of system logs
specific to the State from cloud system to State
of AZ security team on an annual basis to be
added to the State SIEM (Security Information
Event Monitor) or IDS (Intrusion Detection
System).
Motorola requests clarity
on what logs are being
requested and the proposed
regularity of such requests.
Section 15.1
Drug Testing
Program
Motorola affirms that all employees are
required to submit to a five-panel drug screen
at the time of hire, where permitted by law. If
Motorola is awarded the contract, Motorola
agrees to discuss the need for additional drug
tests of Motorola employees and to negotiate a
contractual provision that is mutually
acceptable and compliant with applicable law.
However, in no event can Motorola agree to
waive the rights of its employees, nor can
Motorola provide the Customer with any
information protected by law, including but
not limited to drug test results.
Motorola cannot agree to
waive the rights of its
employees or to providing
information protected by
law, including drug test
results.
Article/ Paragraph
or Appendix
Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
Section 3-B: Uniform Terms & Conditions
Section 3.1
Books and
Records; Audit
Motorola understands and will comply with all
applicable Arizona statutes with the clarifying
assertion that Motorola considers its books and
records, including those related to product cost data,
to be trade secrets, confidential or proprietary and as
may be provided by Arizona law, should not be used,
duplicated or disclosed to any other third party.
Motorola considers its internal
books and records confidential
and proprietary information.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 10 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Section 3.4
Inspection and
Testing
Motorola acknowledges the State's right to inspect
materials, equipment and workmanship at Motorola
manufacturing or staging facilities for the limited
purpose of evaluating Motorola's performance of this
Agreement. Motorola requires thirty days' written
notice prior to the inspection of any facility and the
State will be responsible for its own costs associated
with such inspection. Motorola will restrict inspection
of its facilities to areas that are relevant to the
performance of the Contract, and to areas which
Motorola Solutions does not consider confidential or
proprietary in nature. A Motorola representative must
accompany State's employees at all times.”
Motorola requires sufficient
notice of State's intent to inspect
Motorola facilities.
Section 3.8
Ownership of
Intellectual
Property
It is Motorola’s understanding from past dealings with
the State Procurement Office that the State is not
interested in obtaining ownership interest in any
intellectual property and accordingly, these sections,
or any other section that may give ownership rights in
intellectual property, are not applicable and be of no
cause and effect in this contract.
Motorola is providing products
and services that are
commercially available to any
customer and does not intend to
perform any Works For Hire.
The Pricing included in
Motorola’s proposal does not
reflect the transfer of any
intellectual property rights to
the State. If performance results
in the development of new
proprietary and secret concepts,
methods, techniques, processes,
adaptations, discoveries,
improvements and ideas
(“Discoveries”), such
Discoveries and the intellectual
property embodied therein will
be owned exclusively by
Motorola. If subsequently the
State elects to purchase and
Motorola elects to sell
development services that are
intended to result in a new
product to be owned by the
State, the parties will execute a
separate development or Work
for Hire agreement.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
PART 3 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 3-B: Offer Forms
Page 11 of 12 3
A
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
o
n
l
i
n
e
a
t
:
P
r
o
c
u
r
e
.
A
Z
.
g
o
v
Section 6.2
Basic
Indemnification
Motorola proposes that all indemnification be handled
as provided for in Subsection 6.1- Indemnification of
the Special Terms and Conditions.
Motorola believes that Workers
Compensation is provided for
and covered in Subsection 6.1.3
of the Special Terms and
Conditions in Section 2-C. The
proposed edits are consistent
with the indemnification
language agreed by the State in
previous contracts, including
ADSPO13-036880.
Section 6.3
Patent and
Copyright
Indemnification
Please see Section 3 of the attached Additional
Provisions which describe Motorola’s IP Infringement
Indemnifications.
Motorola requests the use of its
standard intellectual properity
infringement indemnities for its
solutions.
Section 7.2 and
7.3 Conformity
and Quality
Please see the attached Section 1 of the Additional
Provisions below which explain Motorola’s suggested
way to address warranty which is in a like manner as
in the current contracts between the parties for similar
products (i) ADSPO13-036613 and (ii) ADSPO13-
036880.
Motorola proposes addressing
the State's warranty
requirements in a manner
consistent with previous
contracts.
Section 9.5.3
Termination for
Default
Motorola complies subject to excess costs being
reasonable and for materials and services not
exceeding that specified in the contract less the unpaid
portion of the contract price.
Motorola proposes the
suggested modifications to
clarify termination costs to be
reasonable.
5C Insurance
Certificate
Please see Motorola's Evidence of Coverage Certificate
and modifications to the Special Terms and
Conditions, Section 6.2, for Motorola's coverage
details. Motorola agrees all COI, endorsements and
waivers must be valid and provided via email to State
Contract Manager within 30 days of contract
execution and before any work commences.
Motorola's surety requires a signed agreement prior to
issuing COI.
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Company Name
Signature of Person Authorized to Sign
NOTE: Offeror must sign and return all Attachment 5-B Supplements Nos. 1 – 3 (even if not submitting
exceptions)
End of Attachment 5-B
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
9.16.19 See attached 5-B Change Log.
State Response to Exceptions
Motorola Change Log/Revised Attachment 5-B Exceptions 9.16.19
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Exceptions to Instructions
Article / Paragraph
or Exhibit
Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
State Response
Vendor Response
x
None
x
6.3 Cost or
Pricing Data
Pursuant to A.R.S § 41-2543 per A.A.C. R2-7-702(B)(2),
Motorola certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief
the pricing provided within its response is accurate,
complete and current. Motorola will cooperate with
reasonable requests for pricing validity information but
will not be required to provide its internal cost and pricing
data which it considers confidential and proprietary
information.
Public exposure of Motorola's
internal costs and pricing would
put it at a severe competitive
disadvantage.
Rejected, exception not accepted. Catalog/list pricing along with %
off list data is required as part of soliciataion and is not considered
confdential per R2-7-103.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
8-8-19 Motorola concurs
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 2:
Exceptions to Technical and Commercial
Article / Paragraph
or Exhibit
Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
State Response
8/28/19 Motorola agreed with
the State's responses to
Motorola's clarifications and
exceptions in this Section 2-A
2.49.4 E&M /
DC Control
Comply with clarification, No DC Control, Exception on DC Contact
Keying
x
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
2.52.1 Physical
Construction
Comply w/ one exception 36.8 lbs x
x
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
2.52.5
Exception 10Mhz to 1050Mhz (useable from 100kHz); Optional to
2700MHz
x
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
2.55.1 X
Exception 10Mhz to 1050Mhz (useable from 100kHz); Optional to
2700MHz
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
3.23.1x
Exception- PTP820 doesn’t provide way-side service channel.
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
3.37 Feed
Connection
Exception-TNC connectors
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
Section 1-A: Solicitation Details
Section 1-B: Instructions to Offerors
Section 2-A: Scope of Work (Technical Document)
Page 1 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
3.39.1
Exception – 100/200KHz options not supported (OK)
- cnReach is a software defined radio. In 900 MHz MAS band current
max bandwidth is 50 kHz but 100/200 kHz channels can be added via
roadmap.
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
Capacity Received
Signal Level (RSL)
in dBm
(c) 28 - DS-1 /
10 MHz -73 76
73 76 77
Exception-not offered
Rejected, exception not accepted. For standardization and uniformity
concerns the clause must remain. If it's not applicable, Offeror shall
just ignore this section.
7/25/19 Motorola agreed to
remove exception
Capacity Received
Signal Level (RSL)
in dBm
d) 84 - DS-1 /
30 MHz -68 72
69 71 73
Exception-not offered
Rejected, exception not accepted. For standardization and uniformity
concerns the clause must remain. If it's not applicable, Offeror shall
just ignore this section.
7/25/19 Motorola agreed to
remove exception
Capacity Received
Signal Level (RSL)
in dBm
(b) 28 - DS-1 /
10 MHz -80
Exception-not offered
Rejected, exception not accepted. For standardization and uniformity
concerns the clause must remain. If it's not applicable, Offeror shall
just ignore this section.
7/25/19 Motorola agreed to
remove exception
Capacity Received
Signal Level (RSL)
in dBm
(c) 84 - DS-1 /
30 MHz -67 73
Exception-not offered
Rejected, exception not accepted. For standardization and uniformity
concerns the clause must remain. If it's not applicable, Offeror shall
just ignore this section.
7/25/19 Motorola agreed to
remove exception
Capacity Received
Signal Level (RSL)
in dBm
(b) 28 - DS-1 -
78
Exception-not offered
Rejected, exception not accepted. For standardization and uniformity
concerns the clause must remain. If it's not applicable, Offeror shall
just ignore this section.
7/25/19 Motorola agreed to
remove exception
Capacity Received
Signal Level (RSL)
in dBm
(c) 84 - DS-1 -
68 73
Exception-not offered
Rejected, exception not accepted. For standardization and uniformity
concerns the clause must remain. If it's not applicable, Offeror shall
just ignore this section.
7/25/19 Motorola agreed to
remove exception
4.5.1
Exception-Motorola has a 2-yr standard warranty on microwave
and LMR antennas. If any products are discontinued Motorola
will be able to provide spare parts and repair for a period of 7
yrs.
Accept, the State will accept the exception with End Of Life
Notification being provided in writing and buyer being notified of End
Of Life Notification at time of order placement.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
5.15.12
Motorola does not support DC control
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
5.16.2 Panel
Wiring/Remote
Electronic Circuitry-
FPD consoles (a)
Exception CAT5e cable range is only 100 mts. However, Motorola can
provide a fiber link to connect the base station to the Conventional
interface.
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
Page 2 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
5.16.2 Panel
Wiring/Remote
Electronic Circuitry-
FPD consoles (b)
Exception CAT5e cable range is only 100 mts. However, Motorola can
provide a fiber link to connect the base station to the Conventional
interface.
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
5.16.5
Maintainability (a)
Exception Motorola's CCGWs can support from 1 to 8 channels per
module.
Accept, the exception is accepted by the State as a clarification. As
stated in Section 2-A Scope of Work 1.3 This is a multi-award
contract, The State may choose not to engage with a vendor, if noted
clarifications impact product or services sought after.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
Section 2.1
Contractor Best
Pricing
Motorola takes exception to this provision and requires its removal.
Motorola Solutions builds communication equipment, systems and
solutions that do not fit within a standard conventional pricing
framework. Due to the unique pricing and design specifications for
each customer's communication equipment, system and solution
requirements, Motorola Solutions cannot guarantee that the pricing
offered in this proposal is no higher or lower than prices offered to
other customers.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State requires standardization
and uniformity of contract language across its suppliers.
7/25/19
Motorola will send new language
to review
8/14/19 Please see below
language.
Price Guarantee: During the Term
of the
Agreement and provided
Customer is in
compliance with all provisions of
the
Agreement, Motorola asserts its
pricing for
products and services offered on
this
Agreement will be consistent with
competitively priced products and
services for
similarly situated state and local
customers
within the State of Arizona
purchasing the
same or similar products and
services sold in
like quantities on substantially
similar or
comparable terms and conditions.
This price
guarantee excludes volume
discounts,
Federal, dealer, and third
party distributor pricing.
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 3:
Exceptions to Contract Terms & Conditions
Article / Paragraph
or Exhibit
Reference
Proposed Changes / Alternate Language
Rationale for Proposed Change
State Response
Section 2-B: Commercial Document
Section 3-A: Special Terms & Conditions
Page 3 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Section 6.1
Contractor
Insurance
Indemnification
Clause
Motorola complies with the general indemnification described in this
section subject to removing the words “or intangible” and “arising or
recovered under the Worker’s Compensation Law”.
Motorola believes that Workers Compensation is provided for and
covered in Subsection 6.1.3. The proposed edits are consistent with
the indemnification language agreed by the State in previous
contracts, including ADSPO13- 036880.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
Please be specific in your request for a exception. Exceptions from
previous contracts (7-9 years old) may not be acceptable.
8-8-19 Please see attachment
FINAL Attachment 5-A Confidential Information Designation - State
Response 8-8-19
8/8/19 Motorola acknowledges
receipt of
State's response to Attachment 5-
A
Confidential Information
Designation and
asserts Motorola insurance
policies are its
confidential and proprietary
information
not generally known externally
and will
cause Motorola harm if released.
Motorola will not release copies of
its
policies.
Section 6.1
Contractor
Insurance-
Insurance
Requirements
Please see the attached proposed modifications for how Motorola can
comply with the State's insurance requirements
The parties have previously negotiated an insurance module in the
Arizona Department of Transportation Solicitation # T11-43-00008,
agreed as applicable to ADSPO13-036880. Motorola’s Corporate
Insurance Department believes that the changes it has made to this
section are in line with what has been previously negotiated and
agreed upon between the State and Motorola.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
Please be specific in your request for a exception. Exceptions from
previous contracts (7-9 years old) may not be acceptable.
8-8-19 Please see attachment
FINAL Attachment 5-A Confidential Information Designation - State
Response 8-8-19
9-6-19 State will discuss duiring meeting on 9/9/19
9.16.19 Motorola includes its
revised Insurance redline as
discussed with State on 9.13.19;
please see attached redline and
comment.
Section 13.1
Applicability
Motorola complies with the language with the removal of the words 'or
from others at State's behest.'
It is unclear if Motorola has a contractual relationship with the 3rd
party.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State requires standardization
and uniformaity of contract language across its suppliers.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
8/8/19 Motorola notes it withdrew
based
upon this provision may not be
applicable to
Motorola's scope of work; specific
requirement to be addressed with
task order.
Section 13.2
Data Protection
&
Confidentiality
Motorola proposes the following language in lieu of
the RFP language:
Contractor warrants that, to the extent the Work
includes (1) or (2) above, it will establish and maintain
procedures and controls for ensuring that State's
proprietary and sensitve data is protected from
unauthorized access and that information obtained
from the State in performance of its contractual duties
is not mishandled, misused, or inappropriately
released or disclosed. Contractor, the third party
manufacturer, and the copyright owner of any non-
Contractor software own and retain all of their
repective proprietary rights in the equipment and
software, and nothing in this Article 13 is intended to
restrict their proprietary rights. All intellectual
property developed, originated, or prepared by
Contractor in connection with providing to State the
Work remain vested exclusively in Contractor, and this
Article 13 does not grant to State, either directly or by
implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any right, title or
interest in Contractor's Proprietary Rights.
The RFP language "all data
created by Contractor" in the
next to last sentence of the first
paragraph in this section
implies transfer of IP rights,
which is not contemplated in the
work Motorola would be
performing.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State requires standardization
and uniformaity of contract language across its suppliers.
7/25/19 - State added langauge - Upon the issuance of a Task Order,
requirements will be defined. IP rights will not be transferred
8/9/19 Motorola agrees with
State's
language as noted in comment
dated 7/25/19.
Page 4 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Section 13.2.1
Data Protection
&
Confidentiality
Motorola complies with the language in 13.2.1.a and b
with the following suggested modifications: (1) with
the replacement of 'immediately' with 'promptly' and
(2) in 13.2.1.b with the insertion of 'reasonably' at the
beginning of the statement. Motorola takes exception
to 13.2.c and requests its removal.
Motorola requests these
modifications to be in line with
industry standard language.
Regarding 13.2.c., it is not
reasonably practicable to notify
the State to every possible threat
which might affect the system.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State requires standardization
and uniformaity of contract language across its suppliers.
7/25/19 - State added langauge - Upon the issuance of a Task Order,
requirements will be defined.
8/9/19 Motorola agrees with
State's
language as noted in comment
dated 7/25/19.
Section 13.2.2
Data Protection
&
Confidentiality
Motorola complies with the language in
13.2.2.a with the insertion of 'except as
required by law' a the beginning of the
statement.
Motorola requests these
modifications to be in line
with industry standard
language.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State requires standardization
and uniformaity of contract language across its suppliers.
7-25-19 - The State accepts the addition "except as required by law"
8/9/19 Motorola agrees with
State's
language as noted in comment
dated
7/25/19.
Section 13.3.2
Personally
Identifiable
Information
Motorola clarifies that it maintains industry
standard security measures to protect the
Solution from intrusion, breach, corruption,
or other security risk. Please see Section 4.1 of
the attached Subscription Services Addendum
for more information on Motorola's
compliance with security standards.
Motorola asserts it is CJIS
compliant.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State requires that you meet
the States requirements at a minimum.
7/21/19
Motorola may be acceptable,
State to verify Federal
requirements vs State
requirements
8/28/19 Motorola verbally accepts
9/10/19 Motorola accepted.
Section 14.3.3
Access Control
Motorola proposes the inclusion of the
following language within this section:
To the extent permitted by law, State retains
ownership of State Data. State grants Motorola
and its subcontractors a personal, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license to use, host, cache, store,
reproduce, copy, modify combine, analyze,
create derivatives from, communicate,
transmit, publish, display, and distribute such
State Data for the purpose of providing the
Subscription Services to State, other Motorola
customers and end users. In addition to the
rights listed above, State grants Motorola a
license to sell an Anonymized version of State
Data for any purpose.
Motorola requests the
ability to retain rights to
use anonymized and
derivative data for
purposes of improving its
product.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
7/25/19 Motorola verbally agreed
8/8/19 Motorola agrees.
Section 14.4
Pass-through
Indemnity
Motorola proposes the language in Section 3
of the Additional Provisions in place of the
RFP language regarding infringement
indemnity:
Motorola requests the use
of its standard intellectual
properity infringement
indemnities for its
solutions.
Rejected - Any compromise in wording of the Indemnification clause
that reduces protection or shifts liability back to the State of Arizona
are in direct violation of A.R.S. § 41-621 and A.R.S. § 35-154. The
State cannot accept this exception.
7/25/19
Motorola to review
8/28/19 Motorola conditionally
accepts
9/10/19 Motorola agrees to
withdraw exception.
Section 14.8.2.b
Information
Technology
Warranty
Motorola proposes the following language in
lieu of the RFP: At Customer's request,
Motorola will make every reasonable effort to
test and verify specific anti-virus, anti-worm,
or anti-hacker patches against a replication of
Customer's application. Motorola will respond
to any reported problem as an escalated
support call.
As is industry standard,
Motorola does not provide
a warranty against worms
and viruses.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
(b) the COTS software will, to the best of its knowledge, at the time
of delivery be free of viruses, backdoors, worms, spyware, malware,
and other malicious code that could hamper performance, collect
unlawfully any personally identifiable information, or prevent products
from performing as required by the Contract; and
7/25/19
Motorola to review will probably
accept
8/8/19 Motorola accepts State's
language.
Page 5 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Section 14.11.2
Cloud
Applications
Motorola requests 'serious flaws' be expressly
defined. Motorola will not allow either State
or third-party penetration testing from within
Motorola's system
Requested definition to
clarify between the parties
what errors are agreed as
serious meriting
correction. Motorola's
security policies do not
allow outside-Motorola
entities access to
Motorola's internal system
for penetration testing.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
7/25/19 - State added langauge - Upon the issuance of a Task Order,
requirements will be defined.
7/25/19 Motorola to review
8/8/19 Motorola agrees
with
State's added language
regarding
issuance of Task Order.
Section 14.11.3
Cloud Applications
Motorola proposes the following language: Contract will submit a copy
of system logs specific to the State from cloud system to State of AZ
security team on an annual basis to be added to the State SIEM
(Security Information Event Monitor) or IDS (Intrusion Detection
System).
Motorola requests clarity on what logs are being requested and the
proposed regularity of such requests.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
7/25/19 - State added langauge - Upon the issuance of a Task Order,
requirements will be defined.
7/25/19 Motorola to review
8/8/19 Motorola agrees
with
State's added language
regarding
issuance of Task Order.
Section 15.1
Drug Testing
Program
Motorola affirms that all employees are
required to submit to a five-panel drug screen
at the time of hire, where permitted by law. If
Motorola is awarded the contract, Motorola
agrees to discuss the need for additional drug
tests of Motorola employees and to negotiate a
contractual provision that is mutually
acceptable and compliant with applicable law.
However, in no event can Motorola agree to
waive the rights of its employees, nor can
Motorola provide the Customer with any
information protected by law, including but
not limited to drug test results.
Motorola cannot agree to
waive the rights of its
employees or to providing
information protected by
law, including drug test
results.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
7/25/19 Motorola to review
8/8/19 Pursuant to
conversation with State on
7/25/19, this provision has
limited applicability to DOC
and historically Motorola
employees have agreed to
background checks.
Motorola withdraws its
exception.
Section 3.1
Books and
Records; Audit
Motorola understands and will comply with all
applicable Arizona statutes with the clarifying
assertion that Motorola considers its books and
records, including those related to product cost data,
to be trade secrets, confidential or proprietary and as
may be provided by Arizona law, should not be used,
duplicated or disclosed to any other third party.
Motorola considers its internal
books and records confidential
and proprietary information.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
6/10/19 Response
Motorola acknowledges the
State's audit requirements. The
statements here are meant the
clarify and assert that any
Motorola cost information
provided be afforded trade secret
protections pursuant to AZ law.
8/9/19, Pursuant to
conversation on 7/25/19, vendor
cost and price data is not
required if State elects to audit
Motorola's performance.
Section 3-B: Uniform Terms & Conditions
Page 6 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Section 3.4
Inspection and
Testing
Motorola acknowledges the State's right to inspect
materials, equipment and workmanship at Motorola
manufacturing or staging facilities for the limited
purpose of evaluating Motorola's performance of this
Agreement. Motorola requires thirty days' written
notice prior to the inspection of any facility and the
State will be responsible for its own costs associated
with such inspection. Motorola will restrict inspection
of its facilities to areas that are relevant to the
performance of the Contract, and to areas which
Motorola Solutions does not consider confidential or
proprietary in nature. A Motorola representative must
accompany State's employees at all times.”
Motorola requires sufficient
notice of State's intent to inspect
Motorola facilities.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
6/10/19 Response
This is a clarification only;
Motorola agrees with the State
having the contractual right to
inspect at its facilities and seeks
to outline the parameters of that
process
7/25/19 Verbal agreement to
remove exception
8/9/19 Motorola concurs.
Section 3.8
Ownership of
Intellectual
Property
It is Motorola’s understanding from past dealings with
the State Procurement Office that the State is not
interested in obtaining ownership interest in any
intellectual property and accordingly, these sections,
or any other section that may give ownership rights in
intellectual property, are not applicable and be of no
cause and effect in this contract.
Motorola is providing products
and services that are
commercially available to any
customer and does not intend to
perform any Works For Hire.
The Pricing included in
Motorola’s proposal does not
reflect the transfer of any
intellectual property rights to
the State. If performance results
in the development of new
proprietary and secret concepts,
methods, techniques, processes,
adaptations, discoveries,
improvements and ideas
(“Discoveries”), such
Discoveries and the intellectual
property embodied therein will
be owned exclusively by
Motorola. If subsequently the
State elects to purchase and
Motorola elects to sell
development services that are
intended to result in a new
product to be owned by the
State, the parties will execute a
separate development or Work
for Hire agreement.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
If it's not applicable, Offeror shall just ignore this section.
6/10/19 Response
Motorola would not be providing
any custom development work for
the State under this agreement
and believes this provision to be
non applicable. Would the State
please confirm.
8/8/19 Pursuant to 7/25/19
discussion, intellectual
property ownership is not
contemplated in the
agreement.
Section 6.2
Basic
Indemnification
Motorola proposes that all indemnification be handled
as provided for in Subsection 6.1- Indemnification of
the Special Terms and Conditions.
Motorola believes that Workers
Compensation is provided for
and covered in Subsection 6.1.3
of the Special Terms and
Conditions in Section 2-C. The
proposed edits are consistent
with the indemnification
language agreed by the State in
previous contracts, including
ADSPO13-036880.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
6/10/19 Response
Motorola proposes that the
general indemnity provisions be
governed by Subsection 6.1
within the Special Terms and
Conditions in lieu of the basic
indemnity outlined in the Uniform
terms and conditions; this is
consistent with ADSPO13-
036880.
7/25/19 Verbal agreement to
remove exception
8/8/19 Agreed, during the 7/25
conversation,
parties agreed if modification
need to handle
in special T&C
Page 7 of 8
ATTACHMENT 5-B Supplement No. 1:
Section 6.3
Patent and
Copyright
Indemnification
Please see Section 3 of the attached Additional
Provisions which describe Motorola’s IP Infringement
Indemnifications.
Motorola requests the use of its
standard intellectual properity
infringement indemnities for its
solutions.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
6/10/19 Response
Motorola proposes the inclusion
of its industry standard IP
Infringement Indemnity for its
solutions in lieu of the RFP Patent
and Copyright Indemnification,
which did not appear t be
pursuant to State statute.
7/25/19 Verbal agreement to
remove exception
8/8/19 Handle in special T&C's
Section 7.2 and
7.3 Conformity
and Quality
Please see the attached Section 1 of the Additional
Provisions below which explain Motorola’s suggested
way to address warranty which is in a like manner as
in the current contracts between the parties for similar
products (i) ADSPO13-036613 and (ii) ADSPO13-
036880.
Motorola proposes addressing
the State's warranty
requirements in a manner
consistent with previous
contracts.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
6/10/19 Response
Motorola is proposing its express
warranties which apply to its
products and services; these are
also consistent with the warranty
provisions agreed to in previous
contracts ADSPO13-036613 and
ADSPO13-036880.
7/25/19 Motorola to compare.
Motorola warranty may be exceed
requirements.
8/8/19 Motorla accepts,
discussion was for clarification.
Section 9.5.3
Termination for
Default
Motorola complies subject to excess costs being
reasonable and for materials and services not
exceeding that specified in the contract less the unpaid
portion of the contract price.
Motorola proposes the
suggested modifications to
clarify termination costs to be
reasonable.
Rejected, exception not accepted. The State is limited in its ability to
modify the Uniform Terms and Conditions. Any Concerns would need
to be documented and addressed in Special Terms and Conditions.
Please see Uniform Terms and Conditions, Section 8 State's
Contractual Remidies the State may choose to use prior to Contract
Termination.
6/10/19 Response
Motorola complies with the
language included in 9.5.3 of the
Uniform Terms; its modification
here is to specify the replacement
materials not exceed the
specifications of the materials
originally purchased (no
upgrades).
7/25/19 Added Section 8
language for clarification
8/9/19 Motorola agrees with
State's clarification (addition
of Section 8 reference)
5C Insurance
Certificate
Please see Motorola's Evidence of Coverage Certificate
and modifications to the Special Terms and
Conditions, Section 6.2, for Motorola's coverage
details. Motorola agrees all COI, endorsements and
waivers must be valid and provided via email to State
Contract Manager within 30 days of contract
execution and before any work commences.
Motorola's surety requires a signed agreement prior to
issuing COI.
Rejected, exception not accepted.
The State provides the following clarification: You have 30 days from
award (Agreement) to provide Certificates Of Insurance.
Pursant to Section 3-A: Instructions to Offerors, 3.0 Offer Preparation,
3.6 Insurance, All COI, endorsements, and waivers must be valid, in
place and provided via emailed to the Contracts Manager within 30
days after award and before any work commences as called for in
Attachment 5-C [Insurance].
6/10/19 Response
Motorola has provided its
Evidence of Coverage certificate
and references its proposed
modifications to the RFP
insurance provisions in the
Special Terms and Conditions.
These modifications are based on
statutory as well as Motorola's
insurance compliance
requirements.
8/14/19 Please see attached
revised insurance terms.
Page 8 of 8
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 70 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
6.0 Risk and Liability
6.1
Contractor Insurance
Please see following proposed
modifications to the Insurance
provisions. Motorola also
encloses its Evidence of
Coverage certificate.
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 71 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
Insurance Requirements
Contractor and subcontractors shall procure and maintain, until all of their obligations have
been discharged, including any warranty periods under this Contract, insurance against claims
for injury to persons or damage to property arising from, or in connection with, the performance
of the work hereunder by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or
subcontractors.
The Insurance Requirements herein are minimum requirements for this Contract and in no way
limit the indemnity covenants contained in this Contract. The State of Arizona in no way
warrants that the minimum limits contained herein are sufficient to protect the Contractor from
liabilities that arise out of the performance of the work under this Contract by the Contractor, its
agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors, and the Contractor is free to purchase
additional insurance.
Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance
Contractor shall provide coverage with limits of liability not less than those stated below.
1.
Commercial General Liability (CGL) – Occurrence Form
Policy shall include bodily injury, property damage, and broad form contractual liability
coverage.
•
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
•
Products – Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
•
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
•
Damage to Rented Premises
$50,000
•
Each Occurrence
$2,000,000
The policy shall be endorsed, as required by this written agreement, to include the State of
Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, officers, officials,
agents, and employees as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of the activities
performed by or on behalf of the Contractor.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
The policy shall include coverage for Sexual Abuse and Molestation (SAM). This coverage may be
sub-limited to no less than $500,000. The limits may be included within the General Liability limit
or provided by separate endorsement with its own limits. If you are unable to obtain SAM
coverage under your General Liability because the insurance market will not support it, it should
it be included with the Professional Liability.
Contractor must provide the following statement on their Certificate(s) of Insurance: “Sexual
Abuse and Molestation coverage is included” or “Sexual Abuse and Molestation coverage is not
excluded.”
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 72 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
2.
Business Automobile Liability
Bodily Injury and Property Damage for any owned, hired, and/or non-owned automobiles used
in the performance of this Contract.
•
Combined Single Limit (CSL)
$1,000,000
Policy shall be endorsed, as required by this written agreement, to include the State of Arizona,
and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, officers, officials, agents, and
employees as additional insureds with respect to liability arising out of the activities performed
by, or on behalf of, the Contractor involving automobiles owned, hired and/or non-owned by the
Contractor.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement as required by this written agreement
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
3.
Workers’ Compensation and Employers' Liability
•
Workers' Compensation
Statutory
•
Employers' Liability
o
Each Accident
$1,000,000
o
Disease – Each Employee
$1,000,000
o
Disease – Policy Limit
$1,000,000
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
This requirement shall not apply to each Contractor or subcontractor that is exempt under A.R.S.
§ 23-901, and when such Contractor or subcontractor executes the appropriate waiver form
(Sole Proprietor or Independent Contractor).
4.
Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions Liability) including Technology Errors &
Omissions and Network Security (Cyber) and Privacy Liability
•
Each Claim
$2,000,000
•
Annual Aggregate
$6,000,000
In the event that the Professional Liability insurance required by this Contract is written on a
claims-made basis, Contractor warrants that any retroactive date under the policy shall precede
the effective date of this Contract and, either continuous coverage will be maintained, or an
extended discovery period will be exercised, for a period of two (2) years beginning at the time
work under this Contract is completed.
The policy shall cover Contractor’s professional misconduct or negligent acts for those positions
defined in the Scope of Work of this contract.
Such insurance shall cover any, and all errors, omissions, or negligent acts in the delivery of
products, services, and/or licensed programs Contractor provides under this contract.
Coverage shall include copyright infringement, infringement of trade dress, domain name, title
or slogan.
Such insurance shall include, but not be limited to, coverage for third party claims and losses
with respect to network risks (such as data breaches, unauthorized access or use, ID theft, theft
of data) and invasion of privacy regardless of the type of media involved in the loss of private
information, crisis management and identity theft response costs. This should also include
breach notification costs, credit monitoring, defense and claims expenses, regulatory defense
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 73 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
costs plus fines and penalties, cyber extortion, computer program and electronic data
restoration expenses coverage (data asset protection), network business interruption,.
Commercial Crime –including employee dishonesty covering liability
against direct and verifiable losses of money, securities, products, equipment,
material and other property of the State caused by theft or forgery, computer
fraud or fund transfers by identifiable employees of in the following limits:
•
$2,000,000 each claim
•
$5,000,000 annual aggregate
The policy shall be endorsed, as required by this written agreement, to include the State of
Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities, officers, officials,
agents, and employees as additional insureds with respect to vicarious liability of the insured
arising out of the activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor.
Policy shall contain a waiver of subrogation endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by
or on behalf of the Contractor.
4.
Installation Floater
•
Coverage amount is $
TBD At Award of Contract based on Value
Policy shall contain an Additional Insured endorsement, as required by this written agreement,
in favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions,
universities, officers, officials, agents, and employees.
The State of Arizona and the Department shall be named as loss payee as its interest may
appear.
Coverage shall be written on an all risk, replacement cost basis and shall include coverage for
flood and earth movement as well as coverage for losses that may occur during equipment
testing/commissioning.
Policy shall be maintained until whichever of the following shall first occur: (1) final payment has
been made; or, (2) until no person or entity, other than the State of Arizona, has an insurable
interest in the property required to be covered.
Policy shall be endorsed such that the insurance shall not be canceled or lapse because of any
partial use or occupancy by the State of Arizona.
The Installation Floater must provide coverage from the time the equipment/material becomes
the responsibility of the Contractor and shall continue without interruption during the
installation, testing and commissioning, including any time during which the equipment/material
is being transported to the installation site, or awaiting installation, whether on or off site.
Policy shall contain a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement, as required by written agreement, in
favor of the State of Arizona, and its departments, agencies, boards, commissions, universities,
Comment [DAB1]: 9.16.19 After further
consultation with its broker and underwriter,
Motorola cannot agree to the inclusion of the
Additional Insured endorsement within the
Professional Liability Policy. It is however,
included within the CGL policy.
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 74 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
officers, officials, agents, and employees for losses arising from work performed by the
Contractor for the State of Arizona.
Contractor is responsible for the payment of all deductibles under the Installation Floater.
Additional Insurance Requirements
The policies shall include, or be endorsed to include, as required by this written agreement, the
following provisions:
The Contractor's policies (excluding the Professional Liability policy) as applicable, shall stipulate
that the insurance afforded the Contractor shall be primary and that any insurance carried by
the Department, its agents, officials, employees or the State of Arizona shall be excess and not
contributory insurance, as provided by A.R.S. § 41-621 (E).
Insurance provided by the Contractor shall not limit the Contractor’s liability assumed under the
indemnification provisions of this Contract.
Notice of Cancellation
Applicable to all insurance policies required within the Insurance Requirements of this Contract,
Contractor’s insurance shall not be permitted to expire, be suspended, be canceled, or be
materially changed for any reason without thirty (30) days prior written notice to the State of
Arizona. Within two (2) business days of receipt, Contractor, (not Contractor’s insurance
provider), must provide notice to the State of Arizona if they receive notice of a policy that has
been or will be suspended, canceled, materially changed for any reason, has expired, or will be
expiring. Such notice shall be sent directly to the Department and shall be mailed, emailed, hand
delivered or sent by facsimile transmission to (State Representative’s Name, Address & Fax
Number).
Acceptability of Insurers
Contractor’s insurance shall be placed with companies licensed in the State of Arizona or hold
approved non-admitted status on the Arizona Department of Insurance List of Qualified
Unauthorized Insurers. Insurers shall have an “A.M. Best” rating of not less than A- VII. The State
of Arizona in no way warrants that the above-required minimum insurer rating is sufficient to
protect the Contractor from potential insurer insolvency.
Verification of Coverage
Contractor shall furnish the State of Arizona with certificates of insurance (valid ACORD form or
equivalent approved by the State of Arizona) evidencing that Contractor has the insurance as
required by this Contract. An authorized representative of the insurer shall sign the certificates.
All such certificates of insurance and policy endorsements must be received by the State before
work commences. The State’s receipt of any certificates of insurance or policy endorsements
that do not comply with this written agreement shall not waive or otherwise affect the
requirements of this agreement.
Each insurance policy required by this Contract must be in effect at, or prior to, commencement
of work under this Contract. Failure to maintain the insurance policies as required by this
Contract, or to provide evidence of renewal, is a material breach of contract.
All certificates required by this Contract shall be sent directly to the Department. The State of
Arizona project/contract number and project description shall be noted on the certificate of
insurance. In the event of a claim from a third party naming the State of Arizona with allegations
arising directly out of the products and/or services rendered by Motorola under this contract,
the State of Arizona reserves the right to request Motorola as Contractor to provide access to
any and all policy(ies) required by the insurance requirements, including all endorsement(s),
within 30 business days of such request. Contractor will be permitted to redact any references
or endorsements to other customer (non-State of Arizona) information before providing access
to the policies.
Subcontractors
Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring and/or verifying that all subcontractors have valid
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 75 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
and collectable insurance as evidenced by the certificates of insurance and endorsements for
each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to the minimum Insurance
Requirements identified above. The Department reserves the right to require, at any ti me
PART 2 of the Solicitation Documents
Template version 2.0 (01-FEB-2017)
SECTION 2-C: Special Terms and Conditions
Page 76 of 101 2
A v a i l a b l e
o n l
i n e
a t :
P r o c u r e . A Z . g o v
Request for Proposal
Solicitation No.
ADSPO19-00008376
Description:
Public Communications Equipment and Services
Arizona Department of Administration
State Procurement Office
100 N 15th Ave., Suite 402
Phoenix, AZ 85007
throughout the life of this contract, proof from the Contractor that its subcontractors have the
required coverage.
Approval and Modifications
Upon 60 days’ notice to Contractor, tThe Contracting Agency, in consultation with State Risk,
reserves the right to review or make modifications to the insurance limits, required coverages,
or endorsements throughout the life of this contract, as deemed necessary. Such action will not
require a formal Contract amendment but may be made by administrative action, but will be
subject to commercially available terms and conditions on the marketplace..
Exceptions
In the event the Contractor or subcontractor(s) is/are a public entity, then the Insurance
Requirements shall not apply. Such public entity shall provide a certificate of self-insurance. If
the Contractor or subcontractor(s) is/are a State of Arizona agency, board, commission, or
university, none of the above shall apply.
Comment [K2]: The State would need to make
60 day’s notice to Motorola of any change in the
insurance requirements and be subject to
commercially available terms and conditions in the
marketplace and not result in increased premium
charges to Motorola. Otherwise, this paragraph is
unacceptable. 8.28.19 Procurement will check with
Risk Mgmt, but agreed 60 days was reasonable.
9/9/19 State can agree with exception of ‘result in
increased premium to Motorola’ which such event
might occur due to legislative changes.. if high/
significant premium increase then State may agree
to a price increase.
9/12/19 Motorola risk and finance agreed with
exclusion of ‘increased premium charges to
Motorola’ and includes the 60 days’ notice and
available marketplace conditions in this revision.
9.13.19 State will double check with risk mgmt;
tentatively accept, State to confirm.
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Change Log to State of Arizona – Additional Provisions-Supplemental Terms –
ADSPO19-00008376
The following are changes that Motorola Solutions, Inc. is submitting to our original
proposal submitted on September 4, 2018.
Attachment A
For purposes of showing precedence and the parties’ past course of doing business, Solicitations #
ADSPO13-036880 and ADSPO13-036613, which are the current contracts between the Parties for similar
products, contain Additional Provisions for limitation of liability, warranty and the inclusion of Motorola’s
Software License Agreement. With this in mind, Motorola proposes for the State’s consideration the
inclusion of the following items:
Section 1:
1.1 EQUIPMENT WARRANTY. During the Warranty Period established in the State of Arizona contract
resulting from ADSPO19-00008376, Motorola warrants that the Equipment under normal use and service
will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond
six (6) months after shipment of the Equipment by events or causes within Customer’s control, this
warranty expires eighteen (18) months after the shipment of the Equipment.
1.2. MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTY. Unless otherwise stated in the Software License
Agreement, during the Warranty Period, Motorola warrants the Motorola Software in accordance with the
terms of the Software License Agreement and the provisions of this Section 1 that are applicable to the
Motorola Software. If System Acceptance is delayed beyond six (6) months after shipment of the
Motorola Software by events or causes within Customer’s control, this warranty expires eighteen (18)
months after the shipment of the Motorola Software.
1.3. EXCLUSIONS TO EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE WARRANTIES. These warranties
do not apply to: (i) defects or damage resulting from: use of the Equipment or Motorola Software in other
than its normal, customary, and authorized manner; accident, liquids, neglect, or acts of God; testing,
maintenance, disassembly, repair, installation, alteration, modification, or adjustment not provided or
authorized in writing by Motorola; Customer’s failure to comply with all applicable industry and OSHA
standards; (ii) breakage of or damage to antennas unless caused directly by defects in material or
workmanship; (iii) Equipment that has had the serial number removed or made illegible; (iv) batteries
(because they carry their own separate limited warranty) or consumables; (v) freight costs to ship
Equipment to the repair depot; (vi) scratches or other cosmetic damage to Equipment surfaces that does
not affect the operation of the Equipment; and (vii) normal or customary wear and tear.
1.4. WARRANTY CLAIMS. To assert a warranty claim, Customer must notify Motorola in writing of the
claim before the expiration of the Warranty Period. Upon receipt of this notice, Motorola will investigate
the warranty claim. If this investigation confirms a valid warranty claim, Motorola will (at its option and at
no additional charge to Customer) repair the defective Equipment or Motorola Software, replace it with the
same or equivalent product, or refund the price of the defective Equipment or Motorola Software. That
action will be the full extent of Motorola’s liability for the warranty claim. If this investigation indicates the
warranty claim is not valid, then Motorola may invoice Customer for responding to the claim on a time and
materials basis using Motorola’s then current labor rates. Repaired or replaced product is warranted for
the balance of the original applicable warranty period. All replaced products or parts will become the
property of Motorola.
1.5. ORIGINAL END USER IS COVERED. These express limited warranties are extended by Motorola to
the original user purchasing the System for commercial, industrial, or governmental use only, and are not
assignable or transferable.
1.6. DISCLAIMER OF OTHER WARRANTIES. THESE WARRANTIES ARE THE COMPLETE
WARRANTIES FOR THE EQUIPMENT AND MOTOROLA SOFTWARE PROVIDED UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT AND ARE GIVEN IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. MOTOROLA DISCLAIMS
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
“Warranty Period” means one (1) year from the date of System Acceptance or Beneficial Use, whichever
occurs first.the applicable category warranty period defined in the State of Arizona ADSPO19-00008376.
Section 2 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
This limitation of liability provision shall apply notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement
and to the extent permitted by State of Arizona law. Except for personal injury or death, Motorola's total
liability, whether for breach of contract, warranty, negligence, strict liability in tort, indemnification, or
otherwise, will be limited to the direct damages recoverable under law, but not to exceed the price of the
Equipment, Software, or services with respect to which losses or damages are claimed. ALTHOUGH THE
PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES, THEY AGREE
THAT MOTOROLA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY COMMERCIAL LOSS; INCONVENIENCE; LOSS
OF USE, TIME, DATA, GOOD WILL, REVENUES, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; OR OTHER SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING
FROM THIS AGREEMENT, THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR SOFTWARE, OR THE
PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES BY MOTOROLA PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT. This limitation of
liability will survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
Section 3 Intentionally Deleted. PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT.
Motorola will defend at its expense any suit brought against Customer to the extent it is based on a third-
party claim alleging that the Equipment manufactured by Motorola or the Motorola Software (“Motorola
Product”) directly infringes a United States patent or copyright (“Infringement Claim”). Motorola’s duties to
defend and indemnify are conditioned upon: Customer promptly notifying Motorola in writing of the
Infringement Claim; Motorola having sole control of the defense of the suit and all negotiations for its
settlement or compromise; and Customer providing to Motorola cooperation and, if requested by
Motorola, reasonable assistance in the defense of the Infringement Claim. In addition to Motorola’s
obligation to defend, and subject to the same conditions, Motorola will pay all damages finally awarded
against Customer by a court of competent jurisdiction for an Infringement Claim or agreed to, in writing,
by Motorola in settlement of an Infringement Claim.
If an Infringement Claim occurs, or in Motorola's opinion is likely to occur, Motorola may at its option and
expense: (a) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Motorola Product; (b) replace or modify
the Motorola Product so that it becomes non-infringing while providing functionally equivalent
performance; or (c) accept the return of the Motorola Product and grant Customer a credit for the
Motorola Product, less a reasonable charge for depreciation. The depreciation amount will be calculated
based upon generally accepted accounting standards.
Motorola will have no duty to defend or indemnify for any Infringement Claim that is based upon: (a) the
combination of the Motorola Product with any software, apparatus or device not furnished by Motorola; (b)
the use of ancillary equipment or software not furnished by Motorola and that is attached to or used in
connection with the Motorola Product; (c) Motorola Product designed or manufactured in accordance with
Customer’s designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions, if the alleged infringement would not have
occurred without such designs, specifications, guidelines or instructions; (d) a modification of the Motorola
Product by a party other than Motorola; (e) use of the Motorola Product in a manner for which the
Motorola Product was not designed or that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement; or (f) the
failure by Customer to install an enhancement release to the Motorola Software that is intended to correc t
the claimed infringement. In no event will Motorola’s liability resulting from its indemnity obligation to
Customer extend in any way to royalties payable on a per use basis or the Customer’s revenues, or any
royalty basis other than a reasonable royalty based upon revenue derived by Motorola from Customer
from sales or license of the infringing Motorola Product.
This Section provides Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies and Motorola’s entire liability in the event
of an Infringement Claim. Customer has no right to recover and Motorola has no obligation to provide any
other or further remedies, whether under another provision of this Agreement or any other legal theory or
principle, in connection with an Infringement Claim. In addition, the rights and remedies provided in this
Section are subject to and limited by the restrictions set forth in Motorola’s Limitation of Liability.
Attachment B. SOFTWARE LICENCE AGREEMENT: For the purposes of showing precedence and the
parties past course of doing business, in the Arizona Department of Transportation Solicitation # T11 -43-
00008 contract dated September 2, 2010, the State of Arizona’s Attorney General agreed to an
additional provision that provided for licensing of software in accordance with Motorola’s Software License
Agreement, which was contemplated in ADSPO13-036880. With this in mind, Motorola’s Software
License Agreement is attached and proposed for inclusion in this contract.
Attachment B
MOTOROLA SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Exhibit A Motorola Software License Agreement ("Agreement") is between Motorola Solutions, Inc.,
(“Motorola"), and the purchaser of products containing Motorola software under the State of Arizona’s
Agreement from RFP ADSPO19-00008376 (“Licensee”).
For good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:
Section 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1
“Designated Products” means products provided by Motorola to Licensee with which or for which
the Software and Documentation is licensed for use.
1.2
“Documentation” means product and software documentation that specifies technical and
performance features and capabilities, and the user, operation and training manuals for the Software
(including all physical or electronic media upon which such information is provided).
1.3
“Open Source Software” means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for
modification, or permission for free distribution.
1.4
“Open Source Software License” means the terms or conditions under which the Open Source
Software is licensed.
1.5
“Primary Agreement” means the agreement to which this exhibit is attached.
1.6
“Security Vulnerability” means a flaw or weakness in system security procedur es, design,
implementation, or internal controls that could be exercised (accidentally triggered or intentionally
exploited) and result in a security breach such that data is compromised, manipulated or stolen or the
system damaged.
1.7
“Software” (i) means proprietary software in object code format, and adaptations, translations, de-
compilations, disassemblies, emulations, or derivative works of such software; (ii) means any
modifications, enhancements, new versions and new releases of the software p rovided by Motorola; and
(iii) may contain one or more items of software owned by a third party supplier. The term "Software" does
not include any third party software provided under separate license or third party software not licensable
under the terms of this Agreement.
Section 2
SCOPE
Motorola and Licensee enter into this Agreement in connection with Motorola's delivery of certain
proprietary software or products containing embedded or pre-loaded proprietary software, or both. This
Agreement contains the terms and conditions of the license Motorola is providing to Licensee, and
Licensee’s use of the proprietary software and affiliated documentation.
Section 3
GRANT OF LICENSE
3.1.
Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and the payment of applicable license fees, Motorola
grants to Licensee a personal, limited, non-transferable (except as permitted in Section 7) and non-
exclusive license under Motorola’s copyrights and Confidential Information (as defined in the Primary
Agreement) embodied in the Software to use the Software, in object code form, and the Documentation
solely in connection with Licensee's use of the Designated Products. This Agreement does not grant any
rights to source code.
3.2.
If the Software licensed under this Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software,
the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source
Software Licenses of the copyright owner and not this Agreement. If there is a conflict betw een the terms
and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses
governing Licensee’s use of the Open Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of
the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will take precedence over the license grants in this
Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Motorola will use commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine
whether any Open Source Software is provided under this Agreement; and (ii) identify the Open Source
Software (or specify where that license may be found).
3.3.
TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, THAT THERE IS A SEPARATE LICENSE AGREEMENT
PACKAGED WITH, OR PROVIDED ELECTRONICALLY WITH, A PARTICULAR PRODUCT THAT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE ON AN ACT OF ACCEPTANCE BY THE END USER, THEN THAT
AGREEMENT SUPERCEDES THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AS TO THE END USER OF
EACH SUCH PRODUCT.
Section 4
LIMITATIONS ON USE
4.1.
Licensee may use the Software only for Licensee's internal business purposes and only in
accordance with the Documentation. Any other use of the Software is strictly prohibited. Without limiting
the general nature of these restrictions, Licensee will not make the Software available for use by third
parties on a "time sharing," "application service provider," or "service bureau" basis or for any other
similar commercial rental or sharing arrangement.
4.2.
Licensee will not, and will not allow or enable any third party to: (i) reverse engineer,
disassemble, peel components, decompile, reprogram or otherwise reduce the Software or any portion to
a human perceptible form or otherwise attempt to recreate the source code; (ii) modify, adapt, create
derivative works of, or merge the Software; (iii) copy, reproduce, distribute, lend, or lease the Software or
Documentation to any third party, grant any sublicense or other rights in the Software or Documentation
to any third party, or take any action that would cause the Software or Documentation to be placed in the
public domain; (iv) remove, or in any way alter or obscure, any copyright notice or other notice of
Motorola's proprietary rights; (v) provide, copy, transmit, disclose, divulge or make the Software or
Documentation available to, or permit the use of the Software by any third party or on any machine except
as expressly authorized by this Agreement; or (vi) use, or permit the use of, the Software in a manner that
would result in the production of a copy of the Software solely by activating a machine containing the
Software. Licensee may make one copy of Software to be used solely for archival, back-up, or disaster
recovery purposes; provided that Licensee may not operate that copy of the Software at the same time as
the original Software is being operated. Licensee may make as many copies of the Documentation as it
may reasonably require for the internal use of the Software.
4.3.
Unless otherwise authorized by Motorola in writing, Licensee will not, and will not enable or allow
any third party to: (i) install a licensed copy of the Software on more than one unit of a Designated
Product; or (ii) copy onto or transfer Software installed in one unit of a Designated Product onto one other
device. Licensee may temporarily transfer Software installed on a Designated Product to another device
if the Designated Product is inoperable or malfunctioning, if Licensee provides written notice to Motorola
of the temporary transfer and identifies the device on which the Software is transferred. Temporary
transfer of the Software to another device must be discontinued when the original Designated Product is
returned to operation and the Software must be removed from the other device. Licensee must provide
prompt written notice to Motorola at the time temporary transfer is discontinued.
4.4
Licensee will maintain, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter,
accurate records relating to this license grant to verify compliance with this Agreement. Motorola or an
independent third party (“Auditor”) may inspect Licensee’s premises, books and records, upon reasonable
prior notice to Licensee, during Licensee’s normal business hours and subject to Licensee's facility and
security regulations. Motorola is responsible for the payment of all expenses and costs of the Auditor.
Any information obtained by Motorola and the Auditor will be kept in strict confidence by Motorola and the
Auditor and used solely for the purpose of verifying Licensee's compliance with the terms of this
Agreement.
Section 5
OWNERSHIP AND TITLE
Motorola, its licensors, and its suppliers retain all of their proprietary rights in any form in and to the
Software and Documentation, including, but not limited to, all rights in patents, patent applications,
inventions, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, trade names, and other proprietary rights in or relating
to the Software and Documentation (including any corrections, bug fixes, enhancements, updates,
modifications, adaptations, translations, de-compilations, disassemblies, emulations to or derivative works
from the Software or Documentation, whether made by Motorola or another party, or any improvements
that result from Motorola’s processes or, provision of information services). No rights are granted to
Licensee under this Agreement by implication, estoppel or otherwise, except for those rights which are
expressly granted to Licensee in this Agreement. All intellectual property developed, originated, or
prepared by Motorola in connection with providing the Software, Designated Products, Documentation or
related services, remains vested exclusively in Motorola, and Licensee will not have any shared
development or other intellectual property rights.
Section 6
LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY
6.1.
Unless otherwise stated in the Primary Agreement, the commencement date and the term of the
Software warranty will be a period of ninety (90) days from Motorola's shipment of the Software (the
"Warranty Period"). If Licensee is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, Motorola
warrants that the unmodified Software, when used properly and in accordance with the Documentation
and this Agreement, will be free from a reproducible defect that eliminates the functionality or successful
operation of a feature critical to the primary functionality or successful operation of the Software. Whether
a defect occurs will be determined by Motorola solely with reference to the Documentation. Motorola
does not warrant that Licensee’s use of the Software or the Designated Products will be uninterrupted,
error-free, completely free of Security Vulnerabilities, or that the Software or the Designated Products will
meet Licensee’s particular requirements. Motorola makes no representations or warranties with respect
to any third party software included in the Software. Notwithstanding, any warranty provided by a
copyright owner in its standard license terms will flow through to Licensee for third party software
provided by Motorola.
6.2
Motorola’s sole obligation to Licensee and Licensee’s exclusive remedy under this warranty is to
use reasonable efforts to remedy any material Software defect covered by this warranty. These efforts
will involve either replacing the media or attempting to correct significant, demonstrable program or
documentation errors or Security Vulnerabilities. If Motorola cannot correct the defect within a reasonable
time, then at Motorola’s option, Motorola will replace the defective Software with functionally -equivalent
Software, license to Licensee substitute Software which will accomplish the same objective, or terminate
the license and refund the Licensee’s paid license fee.
6.3.
Warranty claims are described in the Primary Agreement.
6.4.
The express warranties set forth in this Section 6 are in lieu of, and Motorola disclaims, any and
all other warranties (express or implied, oral or written) with respect to the Software or Documentation,
including, without limitation, any and all implied warranties of condition, title, non-infringement,
merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose or use by Licensee (whether or not Motorola knows,
has reason to know, has been advised, or is otherwise aware of any such purpose or use), whether
arising by law, by reason of custom or usage of trade, or by course of dealing. In addition, Motorola
disclaims any warranty to any person other than Licensee with respect to the Software or Documentation.
Section 7
TRANSFERS
Licensee will not transfer the Software or Documentation to any third party without Motorola's prior written
consent. Motorola’s consent may be withheld at its discretion and may be conditioned upon transferee
paying all applicable license fees and agreeing to be bound by this Agreement. If the Designated
Products are Motorola's radio products and Licensee transfers ownership of the Motorola radio products
to a third party, Licensee may assign its right to use the Software (other than CPS and Motorola's
FLASHport® software) which is embedded in or furnished for use with the radio products and the related
Documentation; provided that Licensee transfers all copies of the Software and Documentation to the
transferee, and Licensee and the transferee sign a transfer form to be provided by Motorola upon
request, obligating the transferee to be bound by this Agreement.
Section 8
TERM AND TERMINATION
8.1
Licensee’s right to use the Software and Documentation will begin when the Primary Agreement
is signed by both parties and will continue for the life of the Designated Products with which or for which
the Software and Documentation have been provided by Motorola, unless Licensee breaches this
Agreement, in which case this Agreement and Licensee's right to use the Software and Documentation
may be terminated immediately upon notice by Motorola.
8.2
Within thirty (30) days after termination of this Agreement, Licensee must certify in writing to
Motorola that all copies of the Software have been removed or deleted from the Designated Products and
that all copies of the Software and Documentation have been returned to Motorola or destroyed by
Licensee and are no longer in use by Licensee.
8.3
Licensee acknowledges that Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the
development, marketing, and distribution of the Software and Documentation and that Licensee's breach
of this Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be
inadequate. If Licensee breaches this Agreement, Motorola may terminate this Agreement and be
entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession
of all non-embedded Software and associated Documentation unless Licensee is a Federal agency of the
United States Government).
Section 9
Commercial Computer Software
9.1 This Section 9 only applies to U.S. Government end users. The Software, Documentation and
updates are commercial items as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. Part 2.101, consisting of “commercial
computer software” and “computer software documentation” as such terms are defined in 48 C.F.R. Part
252.227-7014(a)(1) and 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-7014(a)(5), and used in 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212 and 48
C.F.R. Part 227.7202, as applicable. Consistent with 48 C.F.R. Part 12.212, 48 C.F.R. Part 252.227-
7015, 48 C.F.R. Part 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4, 48 C.F.R. Part 52.227-19, and other relevant
sections of the Code of Federal Regulations, as applicable, the Software, Documentation and Updates
are distributed and licensed to U.S. Government end users: (i) only as commercial items, and (ii) with only
those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions contained herein.
9.2
If Licensee is licensing Software for end use by the United States Government or a United States
Government agency, Licensee may transfer such Software license, but only if: (i) Licensee transfers all
copies of such Software and Documentation to such United States Government entity or interim
transferee, and (ii) Licensee has first obtained from the transferee (if applicable) and ultimate end user an
enforceable end user license agreement containing restrictions substantially identical to the ones
contained in this Agreement. Except as stated in the foregoing, Licensee and any transferee(s)
authorized by this subsection 9.2 may not otherwise use or transfer or make available any Motorola
software to any third party nor permit any party to do so.
Section 10
CONFIDENTIALITY
Licensee acknowledges that the Software and Documentation contain Motorola’s valuable proprietary
and Confidential Information and are Motorola’s trade secrets, and that the provisions in the Primary
Agreement concerning Confidential Information apply.
Section 11
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
The Limitation of Liability provision is described in the Primary Agreement.
Section 12
NOTICES
Notices are described in the Primary Agreement.
Section 13
GENERAL
13.1.
COPYRIGHT NOTICES. The existence of a copyright notice on the Software will not be
construed as an admission or presumption of publication of the Software or public disclosure of any trade
secrets associated with the Software.
13.2.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Licensee acknowledges that the Software is subject to the laws
and regulations of the United States and Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations,
including export laws and regulations of the United States. Licensee will not, without the prior
authorization of Motorola and the appropriate governmental authority of the United States, in any form
export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means, any item or
technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory
for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export
license or other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement.
13.3.
ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBCONTRACTING. Motorola may assign its rights or subcontract its
obligations under this Agreement, or encumber or sell its rights in any Software, without prior notice to or
consent of Licensee.
13.4.
GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States to the extent
that they apply and otherwise by the internal substantive laws of the State to which the Software is
shipped if Licensee is a sovereign government entity, or the internal substantive laws of the State of
Illinois if Licensee is not a sovereign government entity. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods do not apply. In the event that the Uniform Computer Information
Transaction Act, any version of this Act, or a substantially similar law (collectively "UCITA") becomes
applicable to a party's performance under this Agreement, UCITA does not govern any aspect of this
Agreement or any license granted under this Agreement, or any of the parties' rights or obligations under
this Agreement. The governing law will be that in effect prior to the applicability of UCITA.
13.5.
THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is entered into solely for the benefit of
Motorola and Licensee. No third party has the right to make any claim or assert any right under this
Agreement, and no third party is deemed a beneficiary of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
any licensor or supplier of third party software included in the Software will be a direct and intended third
party beneficiary of this Agreement.
13.6.
SURVIVAL. Sections 4, 5, 6.4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13 survive the termination of this Agreement.
13.7.
ORDER OF PRECEDENCE. In the event of inconsistencies between this Exhibit and the
Primary Agreement, the parties agree that this Exhibit prevails, only with respect to the specific subject
matter of this Exhibit, and not the Primary Agreement or any other exhibit as it applies to any other
subject matter.
13.8
SECURITY. Motorola uses reasonable means in the design and writing of its own Software and
the acquisition of third party Software to limit Security Vulnerabilities. While no software can be
guaranteed to be free from Security Vulnerabilities, if a Security Vulnerability is discovered, Motorola will
take the steps set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement.
LINKING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE CITY OF GLENDALE, ARIZONA
AND
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
EXHIBIT B
Scope of Work
Motorola shall provide deliverables as detailed within the statement of work attached. This shall include new
portable and dispatch radios, related equipment and subscriptions, and dispatch equipment and
implementation services.
The design, technical, pricing, and other information (“Information”) furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of
Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”) and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest
extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the
Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions.
MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings,
LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2023 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved.
CITY OF GLENDALE
DISPATCH CONSOLE ADD ON OPERATOR
NOVEMBER 9, 2023
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
3332 E Broadw ay Rd
Phoenix, AZ 85041
USA
November 9, 2023
Mr. Brent Ackzen
Glendale Police Department
6835 N 57th Dr
Glendale, Arizona 85301
Subject: Replacement Portable APX N70 Radios & Accessories and New MCC7500e Dispatch
Radio
Dear Mr. Ackzen:
Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola”) is pleased to present the Glendale Police Department with an
offer for sale for the purchase of new portable and dispatch radios, including APX N70 portable
radios, a new MCC7500e for main dispatch, and a hardware upgrade including configuration for
one existing ORNI Radio Laptop. The proposal provides details on radio equipment, accessories,
subscriptions, and labor to install one (1) MCC7500e in main dispatch as well as the labor to
upgrade replacement hardware for a damaged ORNI laptop radio console.
This proposal is subject to the terms and conditions of State of Arizona Contract #CTR046830
(“Contract”), the Subscription Software Addendum and its Exhibit A (Verizon Service Terms –
APXNext and FirstNet and AT&T Service Terms). This proposal shall remain valid until December
31, 2023; however, additional incentives have an expiration date of 12/15/2023. Glendale Police
Department may accept the proposal by signing the following NTP (Notice to Proceed) and
attached carrier flowdowns.
Motorola thanks you for the opportunity to support your mission critical communications
requirements. Please contact your local Motorola representative, Suzy Millard at (480) 646-7406
should you have any questions regarding this proposal.
Sincerely,
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
Carrie Hemmen
MSSSI Vice President & Director Sales
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Table of Contents i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1
1.1
MCC 7500e Console Configuration for City of Glendale .................................................. 1-1
1.2
MCC 7500e Major Components ...................................................................................... 1-1
1.3
MCC 7500E Console Operator Position .......................................................................... 1-2
1.4
Additional Equipment ....................................................................................................... 1-3
1.4.1
Instant Recall Recorder ............................................................................................... 1-3
1.5
Embracing Interoperability and Integration....................................................................... 1-3
1.5.1
Customizable Dispatch Interface ................................................................................. 1-4
1.5.2
Elite Dispatch Graphical User Interface ....................................................................... 1-4
1.5.3
Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs ............................................................................................... 1-4
1.5.4
Standard Radio Transmission and Reception .............................................................. 1-4
1.5.5
Emergency Radio Transmission and Reception .......................................................... 1-5
1.5.6
Radio Patch Control ..................................................................................................... 1-6
1.5.7
Call Management and Control ..................................................................................... 1-6
1.6
Incorporating console configuration and management ..................................................... 1-7
1.7
System Drawing .............................................................................................................. 1-8
Section 2
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description ................................................................................ 2-1
2.1
Overview ......................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2
Managing and Provisioning Devices ................................................................................ 2-2
2.3
Evolving with Application Services ................................................................................... 2-3
2.3.1
SmartConnect Application Services ............................................................................. 2-3
2.3.2
SmartLocate Application Service ................................................................................. 2-4
2.3.3
SmartProgramming Application Service ....................................................................... 2-5
2.3.4
SmartMapping Application Service .............................................................................. 2-5
Section 3
Equipment List ................................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1
Dispatch Add On ............................................................................................................. 3-1
3.2
N70.................................................................................................................................. 3-2
Section 4
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work .............................................................................................. 4-1
4.1
Implementation Assumptions ........................................................................................... 4-1
Section 5
SmartConnect Application Service Statement of Work .................................................................... 5-1
5.1
Overview ......................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ................................................................................. 5-1
5.3
Customer Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 5-2
5.4
Limitations and Exclusions .............................................................................................. 5-2
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Table of Contents ii
5.5
Technical Support and Priority Levels .............................................................................. 5-2
Section 6
SmartLocate Application Service Statement of Work ...................................................................... 6-1
6.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ................................................................................. 6-1
6.2
Customer Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 6-2
6.3
Limitations and Exclusions .............................................................................................. 6-2
6.4
Technical Support ............................................................................................................ 6-2
6.5
References ...................................................................................................................... 6-2
Section 7
SmartMapping Application Service Statement of Work ................................................................... 7-1
7.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ................................................................................. 7-1
7.2
Customer Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 7-2
7.3
Limitations and Exclusions .............................................................................................. 7-2
7.4
Technical Support ............................................................................................................ 7-2
Section 8
SmartProgramming Application Service Statement of Work ............................................................ 8-1
8.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ................................................................................. 8-1
8.2
Customer Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 8-2
8.3
Limitations and Exclusions .............................................................................................. 8-2
8.4
Technical Support ............................................................................................................ 8-2
Section 9
Device Management Services ........................................................................................................ 9-1
9.1
Overview ......................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.2
Hardware Repair ............................................................................................................. 9-1
9.2.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ............................................................................. 9-1
9.2.2
Customer Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 9-2
9.2.3
Limitations and Exclusions ........................................................................................... 9-2
9.3
Device Technical Support ................................................................................................ 9-3
9.3.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ............................................................................. 9-3
9.3.2
Customer Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 9-3
9.3.3
Limitations and Exclusions ........................................................................................... 9-4
9.4
Software Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 9-4
9.4.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ............................................................................. 9-4
9.4.2
Customer Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 9-4
9.5
MyView Portal Access ..................................................................................................... 9-4
9.5.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities ............................................................................. 9-4
9.5.2
Customer Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 9-5
Section 10
Dispatch Add On Support Plan ..................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1
Overview ....................................................................................................................... 10-1
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Table of Contents iii
10.2
Essential Plus Element Descriptions .............................................................................. 10-1
10.2.1
Remote Technical Support ..................................................................................... 10-1
10.2.2
Network Hardware Repair ...................................................................................... 10-1
10.2.3
Security Update Service ........................................................................................ 10-1
10.2.4
On-site Infrastructure Response ............................................................................ 10-2
10.2.5
Annual Preventive Maintenance ............................................................................ 10-2
10.3
Motorola Solutions Service Delivery Ecosystem ............................................................ 10-2
10.3.1
Centralized Managed Support Operations ............................................................. 10-2
10.3.2
Field Service .......................................................................................................... 10-3
10.3.3
Repair Depot.......................................................................................................... 10-3
10.3.4
Customer Support Manager ................................................................................... 10-3
10.3.5
MyView Portal ........................................................................................................ 10-3
Section 11
Pricing Summary .......................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.1
Payment Terms ............................................................................................................. 11-1
Section 12
Contractual Documentation ........................................................................................................... 12-1
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-1
SECTION 1
DISPATCH ADD ON SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola Solutions) proposes our MCC 7500E dispatch console to
provide City of Glendale with an additional console position to add to their current
compliment of operator positions. Motorola Solutions designed its MCC 7500E console to
help reduce the total cost of owning an IP-based, feature-rich dispatch system without
compromising quality and reliability. It provides important new functionality as well as a
refresh of the hardware platform used for the dispatch console and contains these key
features:
Mission Critical High-Tier IP Dispatch Console for ASTRO® 25 K, L, or M-Core systems
Seamlessly Integrated into ASTRO® 25 Radio System providing true wireline capability
Supports P25 Conventional and Trunking Standards
The MCC 7500E Dispatch console is a software based dispatch console that requires no
externally attached hardware to perform dispatch operations.
The MCC 7500E will work with the built in speaker and microphone in PC if equipped
Audio Vocoding is performed under the Windows® operating system.
Can be installed either inside or outside the ASTRO® 25 network
The MCC 7500E Console can be used alone in a Console System or the MCC 7500E
Console can operate in parallel with MCC 7500 consoles.
1.1
MCC 7500E CONSOLE CONFIGURATION FOR CITY OF
GLENDALE
The proposed solution offers the Glendale Police Department One (1) new MCC 7500e
dispatch console that will interface seamlessly with Glendale's current system operation.
Additionally, Motorola will replace the broken laptop computer with a replacement laptop as
part of this project.
1.2
MCC 7500E MAJOR COMPONENTS
Based on the design criteria, Motorola is proposing the following major components:
Each MCC7500E Dispatch position will be installed with:
One (1) CommandCentral Hub PC, with Windows 10
One AES Encryption License.
One (1) Trunking operational license
Four (4) Speakers (two for the console select/unselect, and two for the IRR)
Two (2) Headset Jacks
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-2
One (1) Footswitch
One (1) Microphone
Dual Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) application
1.3
MCC 7500E CONSOLE OPERATOR POSITION
The dispatch position supports standard Motorola MCC series accessories directly through
the CommandCentral Hub PC, as shown in the figure titled “MCC 7500E Dispatch Position.”
The following list describes the components included in the proposed configuration.
Figure 1-1: MCC 7500E Dispatch Position supports multiple accessories.
Personal Computer (PC)
A CommandCentral Hub PC is provided to support the proposed position and its various
dispatch accessories.
Telephone Headset Interface Port
The telephone/headset port provides a connection for an external telephone to the dispatch
position. This allows the operator to use a single headset to communicate on both the radio
system and a telephone system.
Enhanced Integrated Instant Recall Recorder (IRR)
The Enhanced IRR is seamlessly integrated with the dispatch position’s software, allowing
audio and call data from any radio or telephony resource to be recorded and easily played
back. Call data includes PTT IDs, name of resource, start time and date, and stop time and
date. Two analog inputs are available for use with recording audio from external devices.
Headset Jack
Each dispatch console is capable of supporting up to two headset jacks. A headset jack
allows a dispatch console user to use a headset while operating the dispatch console. Each
headset can either be connected to the console for supervisory applications, or to a desk
telephone.
The headset jack contains two volume controls: one for adjusting the level of received radio
audio and one for adjusting the level of received telephone audio.
The headset jack supports headsets which use either PJ7 (6-wire) or PJ327 (4-wire)
longframe connectors (6-wire headsets have a PTT button while 4-wire headsets do not
have a PTT button).
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-3
Desktop Microphone
The dispatch console is capable of supporting a desktop microphone. The desktop
microphone contains a microphone cartridge on a flexible shaft and two buttons in its base.
One button controls the General Transmit feature. The other button controls the Monitor
feature.
If a desk microphone is connected to a dispatch console while no headsets are connected,
the desk microphone is active whenever any transmit function is active. If a desk
microphone is connected to a dispatch console while one or two headsets are connected,
the desk microphone is only active during a transmit function if its transmit button is pressed.
This prevents the desk microphone from picking up unwanted background sound while the
dispatch console user is using a headset to transmit.
Footswitch
Each dispatch console is capable of supporting a dual pedal footswitch. The footswitch
controls the general transmit and monitor functions.
Desktop Speakers
Motorola Solutions’ purpose-built USB speakers are self-contained units, with individual
volume controls, and can be placed on a desktop or mounted on a rack or computer display.
The speakers also feature individual power connections for additional amplification beyond
the typical capabilities of a standard USB-powered speaker.
1.4
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
1.4.1
Instant Recall Recorder
The Dual Instant Recall Recorder (IRR) software allows users to record two channels, radio,
telephone, radio and telephone conversations, digitally on a personal computer. The system
uses an individual PC where the recording files are stored on the PC’s hard drive. The
Instant Recall Recorder keeps a database of all recordings, which allows for convenient
"point and click" search and playback of any recordings. Once the software is installed on
your PC, the functions are controlled through a Graphical User Interface (GUI) icon.
In addition, the Instant Retrieval Recorder has numerous special features; such as the ability
to attach text documents to recordings, a security system, multiple playback (which allows
the user to playback more than one recording at the same time), and real time audio monitor
(which allows the user to listen to the last ten minutes of a recording in progress without
being required to stop recording to be able to listen).
1.5
EMBRACING INTEROPERABILITY AND INTEGRATION
Motorola Solutions has been an active participant in establishing P25 standards for
interoperability, and the MCC 7500E console is a key component for the interoperability of
Motorola Solutions' ASTRO 25 system. When a situation requires coordination between
multiple agencies, the MCC 7500E dispatcher can patch together available radio resources.
Incident conversations are seamless from the moment of the patch initiation, and can be
recorded like any talk group conversation within the Land Mobile Radio (LMR) network. The
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-4
dispatcher can also take part in and monitor conversations for the duration of the incident,
as necessary. Making Consoles Easy to Operate.
Motorola Solutions designed its MCC 7500E dispatch console to provide mission-critical
audio between the dispatcher and users in the field. It is optimized for real-time audio,
prioritizing emergency calls over other traffic, and minimizing voice queuing. Using robust
error mitigation to maintain call quality even when the system is heavily loaded, the MCC
7500E console reduces communication errors that may force dispatch console operators to
repeat their transmissions.
1.5.1
Customizable Dispatch Interface
The MCC 7500E console provides dispatch operators with a graphical user interface (GUI)
that can be customized by agency or by individual user to optimize user efficiency. Based on
dispatcher preference, the MCC 7500E GUI can be customized to show details of
conventional RF channels on a per-channel basis. Busy dispatchers can respond to a
missed call by simply clicking on an entry in the Activity Log. The number of calls and call
information displayed in the Activity Log is customizable to suit the needs of the user. The
status of auxiliary inputs and outputs can be easily interpreted from the GUI with the use of
familiar graphical icons, such as a door shown open or closed.
1.5.2
Elite Dispatch Graphical User Interface
The MCC 7500E Elite Dispatch GUI is an enhanced version of Motorola Solutions’ Gold
Elite Dispatch GUI. For existing Gold Elite users, the GUI allows a smooth transition and
minimal training for radio dispatch operators. For new users, the graphical icons and
customization options make the MCC 7500E console GUI easy to learn and operate.
1.5.3
Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs
The MCC7500 console supports Global Auxiliary Inputs/Outputs (Aux I/O’s) for remote
status indications or remote control through dispatch consoles. Global Aux I/O’s are typically
implemented by hardware that is independent of the dispatch console positions in a system
and may be accessible to multiple dispatch consoles. Aux I/O Servers provide the Aux I/O
feature for the dispatch consoles.
Motorola has included additional AUX I/O’s to support connectivity to external dry/wet
contracts. Our solution is sized to provide 48 Output relays and 144 Input Buffers. In
addition to control items such as doors, etc, this proposal also includes I/Os that can be tied
to the existing comparators for display and control on the console screens.
1.5.4
Standard Radio Transmission and Reception
A typical MCC 7500E console has a headset and two speakers, one for selected audio and
the second for all remaining unselected audio. Additional speakers can be added to the
console, allowing dispatch operators to configure a specific speaker for a set of designated
audio sources. This simplifies multitasking between multiple audio sources, allowing
flexibility in the way the audio is presented to the dispatch operator.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-5
Receiving Calls from the Field and Other Dispatch Operators
The MCC 7500E provides dispatch operators with great flexibility for how to hear calls from
field radio users and other dispatch operators. Each console dispatch operator can define
his or her own audio reception profile by selecting a single audio source, whether
conventional or talkgroup, to be heard on a selected speaker or headset (“Single Select”).
The dispatcher can also define groups of radio resources that can all be heard on a selected
speaker or headset (“Multi-Select”).
Initiating Calls to the Field and Other Dispatch Operators
The dispatch operator has several different ways of initiating a call. In most circumstances, a
“General Transmit” is appropriate. With the general transmit, the dispatch operator selects a
resource on the console and activates the transmission through a footswitch, headset
transmit button, or a microphone transmit button. If the dispatch operator needs to quickly
transmit on a resource that is not selected, the dispatcher uses the “Instant Transmit”
function. An “Instant Transmit Safety Switch” prevents accidental activation of functions that
may cause negative consequences. The safety switch can be used with Aux I/O’s and pre-
defined pages, as well as, instant transmit switches.
Audio Communication to the Field and Other Dispatch Operators
The dispatch operator can transmit audio in different ways. They can make calls to all users
listening to a specific conventional radio resource or a specific trunking talkgroup. When
multiple resources are required, the dispatcher can select additional talkgroups and/or
conventional channels, as needed, using the multi-select feature. The MCC 7500E console
also enables dispatch operators to make private calls to individual field radio users or
dispatch through the use of MDC signaling.Once a private call is established, it can be
patched in with another resource at the dispatch operator’s discretion.
Controlling Console Audio
The MCC 7500E console offers dispatchers several different ways of controlling or muting
the audio on their consoles:
Audio volume can be changed for any specific resource.
All non-selected resources on the console can be muted for 30 seconds (“All Mute”) or
unmuted, if already muted.
A dispatcher can transmit on a resource while receiving audio from the same resource or
other resources.
A dispatcher can mute the other dispatch audio on a shared resource to prevent
acoustic feedback when a co-located operator position transmits.
1.5.5
Emergency Radio Transmission and Reception
As part of a mission-critical communications network, the MCC 7500E console will facilitate
immediate prioritization and resolution of emergency communications between Glendale's
dispatch and first responders in the field, enabling dispatch operators and first responders to
focus on their mission, not their equipment—especially during critical situations.
Receiving an Emergency Call
When a field user or another dispatch operator initiates an emergency call, the console
emits both visual and audible indications (“Emergency Alarm”). The audible indication alerts
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-6
the dispatch operator that an emergency is underway; the visual indication directs the
dispatch operator’s attention to the specific resource making the emergency call. The
dispatch operator can immediately reserve a voice channel for the duration of the
emergency.
Responding to an Emergency Call
A dispatch operator can bypass the standard console interface to auto-open a quick list,
which contains specific controls for recognizing an emergency call, initiating an emergency
call, and ending an emergency call (“Auto-Open of Quick List”). The dispatcher can then
“recognize” the emergency call, which ends the audible emergency indication and notifies all
dispatch operators that the emergency is being addressed (“Emergency Recognize”).
The audible emergency indication may also be muted by a dispatch operator without
recognizing the emergency alarm (“Mute Tones at a Single Op”). This would be used in a
situation where one agency is monitoring a channel that belongs to another agency. That
channel can be configured to not generate audible and/or visual emergency indications.
Ending an Emergency Call
When an emergency is over, the dispatch console user can end the Emergency Alarm. The
visual indication on the console GUI is removed, and the console informs the other operator
positions that the emergency is over (“Emergency End/Knockdown”). The emergency mode
remains active on the initiating radio unit until it is ended (reset) by the radio user.
1.5.6
Radio Patch Control
MCC 7500E console users can patch communication between trunked and/or conventional
radios that are normally unable to communicate with each other due to different features,
programming, or even different frequency bands. A patch group is a group of linked
resources that can both receive messages from a console and transmit to all other members
of the patch group.
Setting up a Standard Patch
Patches are supported between trunked resources and/or conventional resources. After the
patch is created, the dispatch console transmits all audio on one resource to all other
resources in the patch group. In a patch between trunked resources, patched radio users
with displays see the ID or alias of the other patched radio(s), as opposed to that of the
console. This minimizes confusion and the need for the dispatch operator to intervene in the
call. Patches are automatically re-established if interrupted, so the MCC 7500E user can
concentrate on continuing operations.
Pre-Defined Patches
Patches can be pre-defined and automatically re-initiated each time a dispatch console
computer is restarted (“Patch Auto-Start”).
1.5.7
Call Management and Control
Automatic Prioritization of Calls
Calls on the MCC 7500E console are prioritized through a transmission hierarchy. Calls from
primary supervisors take priority over those from secondary supervisors, which in turn take
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-7
priority over non-supervisors. Instant Transmit or All-Points Bulletin (APB) transmissions,
regardless of whether they are from a supervisor, take priority over general or patch
transmissions.
Multiple dispatch console operators can be designated as primary supervisors on the same
system, which is useful when multiple agencies share one system. With the Network
Manager Client installed, console supervisors can disable and enable operator console
functionality as needed.
Manual Prioritization of Calls
“System Access Priority Select” allows a dispatch operator to prioritize trunked resources on
the system as either “normal” or “tactical.” A dispatch operator can change the priority of a
trunked resource to tactical to give the resource a better chance of gaining communication
access on a busy system. Only emergency calls have a higher priority than tactical. When
the System Access Priority status of a resource is changed, it is updated at all dispatch
consoles in the systems that are monitoring that trunked resource.
Using the Multi-Select Feature
The Multi-Select feature allows a dispatch console to define groups of selected radio
resources. When a Multi- Select group is opened, all of the resources in the group are
simultaneously selected. Resources can be added or removed from a Multi-Select group
while it is open or closed. The dispatcher can transmit on several resources simultaneously
or can listen to multiple resources simultaneously in their headset or select speakers.
Standard Call Indications
The MCC 7500E console indicates the availability of any given resource, regardless of
whether the resource is involved in a transmission. An inbound call indication provides the
dispatch operator with a visual cue of audio activity on a radio resource and allows a
dispatcher to see at a glance what the status of a resource is at any moment.
Call Alerting
A dispatch operator can “page” an unattended radio or console through a series of beeps
and an indication of the sender’s ID. When available, the radio user or dispatch operator will
see the unit ID of the calling dispatch operator’s console or radio ID and be able to return
the call. Additionally, a Call Alert can be used to trigger an activity. For instance, a Call Alert
may cause a vehicle’s horn to sound and its lights to flash (if equipped with that function).
The dispatch operator can even send a call alert to a user who is involved in voice and data
communications over the network.
1.6
INCORPORATING CONSOLE CONFIGURATION AND
MANAGEMENT
The user can define exactly which resources are available and how they are presented to
the dispatch console user. This will provide Glendale with a single point for configuring and
managing the entire console system. Changes are automatically distributed throughout the
system. This centralized approach saves valuable time and effort for system administrators
and technicians, and reduces the errors that can occur when radio IDs and other data are
entered at multiple locations.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 1-8
The Instant Retrieval window allows the user to immediately access the recordings. The
Instant Retrieval window initially opens on the newest recordings, but allows access to any
recordings on the system. The recording can also be saved to the .WAV file that the user
specifies. This is useful if the user wants to save a specific recording to a CD or hard disk.
1.7
SYSTEM DRAWING
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 2-1
SECTION 2
APX N70 PORTABLE RADIO
SOLUTION DESCRIPTION
2.1
OVERVIEW
The APX N70 offers affordable, next generation communications for
Glendale without compromising P25 interoperability or voice and data
quality. It offers a durable design with “pick-up-and-go” functionality,
optimizing ease-of-use and focused communications in almost all
environments.
Durable and Easy to Use
The APX N70 enhances operations with a full color transflective glass
display with touch technology for easy operation with gloves on. The
touchscreen includes a high velocity user interface with large touch
targets, shallow menu hierarchy, home screen information at a glance,
and access to integrated apps. Additionally, the N70 offers extended
battery life, a shorter antenna, and Bluetooth compatibility with audio
accessories, promoting efficient communications between first
responders.
Mission-Critical Audio
For first responders in mission-critical situations, the APX N70 offers high
dynamic range microphones and an adaptive sound engine that minimizes
background noise and promotes clarity, amplifying intelligible voice
communication between first responders.
Essential and Secure P25 Communications
The APX N70 is certified compliant with P25 standards and supports
digital and analog trunking, FDMA and TDMA, and Integrated Voice and Data. P25
communications over the N70 are safe and secure, with software and hardware encryption,
single- and multi key encryption, and P25 Authentication that protect communications during
daily operations.
Reliable Connectivity
Using the APX N70 lets first responders stay connected across disparate networks. It can
be equipped with LTE, Wi-Fi®, Bluetooth®, and GPS features, bringing future-ready
applications, services, and best-in-class connectivity to everyday users. APX N70 radios
support 7/800 MHz frequency bands across radio systems with minimal intervention by the
radio user.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 2-2
2.2
MANAGING AND PROVISIONING DEVICES
APX N70 provides users greater awareness and faster radio management through
Customer Programming Software (“CPS”), Radio Management (“RM”), or RadioCentral
programming. These tools transform accurate data into smarter action by enabling
dispatchers and network managers to keep radios in the field, make informed operational
decisions, and, above all, protect first responders' focus and safety.
Customer Programming Software
CPS is a proprietary, Windows-based application used to configure APX subscriber radios in
offline situations. The CPS application offers drag-and-drop, clone-wizard, and basic
import/export functions that allow for the addition of new software and feature
enhancements. APX N70 radios can be programmed one at a time on a local PC, via secure
USB port connection, with TLS-PSK based encryption. Once loaded, subscriber radios are
read and edited, and codeplugs and templates can be saved and duplicated to program
other fleet radios.
Radio Management
Batch Programming is available through the RM software for simultaneous programming
and upgrading throughout the radio fleet. With Batch Programming, up to 16 radios can be
programmed at once over a Wi-Fi connection. This reduces programming time and ensures
that the radio fleet is always up to date and ready to use in the field.
RadioCentral
RadioCentral is Motorola’s cloud-based programming offering, which provides fast, efficient
provisioning and deployment to get devices out into the field as quickly as possible.
Parameters such as talk groups, interface options, and security keys can be programmed
remotely within minutes. RadioCentral streamlines the APX N70 out-of-the-box experience
with a few simple steps. Users will power on the device and view a boot-up animation.
Status bar icons on the front display indicate when a connection is made and an update
download is initiated. If the APX N70 device is being started for the first time, a “peek-in”
device management notification will indicate that the default configuration is detected. When
the update download is complete, the device reboots and installs the update. When the
install is complete, the device goes back to the full home screen and notifies the user that
the update is complete. From power on to provisioning, the process takes less than a
minute. For Encryption and Authentication users, a KVL needs to be connected to the radio
to use those services.
APX N70 also features Touchless Key Provisioning (“TKP”), leveraging RadioCentral and
Key Management Facility to add encryption keys remotely. This streamlined, one-time
process reduces the time and effort spent enabling encryption. TKP delivers the initial
encryption keys to APX N70 radios. Users can provision encryption on one radio or on
batches of radios, further speeding up the encryption process for radio fleets.
The figure below illustrates APX N70’s faster provisioning process.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 2-3
Figure 2-1: APX N70 Provisioning via Radio Central
Device Management Services
Device Management Services - Essential (“DMS”) is an additional option that provides
programming, management, and maintenance services to maximize the effectiveness of the
APX N70 solution, while reducing maintenance risk, workload, and total cost of ownership.
DMS addresses a range of customer needs, whether through a self-maintained, on-
premises solution, or a hosted solution managed by Motorola. The DMS package provides
access to one-at-a-time basic programming with CPS or batch programming with RC.
2.3
EVOLVING WITH APPLICATION SERVICES
APX N70 gives first responders access to mobile features through the following set of
application services.
2.3.1
SmartConnect Application Services
SmartConnect allows first responders to access critical intelligence no matter where the
mission takes them. It keeps first responders connected and maintains critical LMR features
through a broadband connection. By seamlessly switching between P25 LMR and LTE
cellular networks, SmartConnect extends reliable Push-to-talk (“PTT”) communications as
users roam onto supported broadband networks. Authentication, status, talkgroups, and
encryption are all preserved automatically, without interruptions or resets to ensure that first
responders continue to have access to the critical features they need in dangerous
situations.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 2-4
Figure 2-2: APX N70 SmartConnect Network Elements
2.3.2
SmartLocate Application Service
The SmartLocate application sends GPS location information of first responders over a
broadband network. This enables dispatchers to track field units more frequently and
improve resource deployment. With Dynamic Mode, SmartLocate can dynamically switch
from LTE to P25 to continue sending location reports, without requiring the user to change
inputs. This fallback capability provides an extra layer of reliability and enhances location
tracking to build an effective operating picture as situations evolve. The use of broadband
increases the frequency of location reporting beyond an LMR system to allow for a higher
number of users without LMR infrastructure capacity limitations.
SmartLocate also enhances location information accuracy using nearby cell-towers and Wi-
Fi access points. This leads to more accurate device tracking and improved location
performance when a user moves indoors or enters marginal conditions (such as deep street
canyons or forested areas).
SmartLocate integrates with CommandCentral Aware to provide location triggers such as
time, distance, PTT, emergency, and accelerated cadence during emergency.
The SmartLocate Application Service is proposed as a subscription-based model that
optimizes budget and scales to meet evolving needs. SmartLocate provides enhanced
capabilities to existing investments in CommandCentral Aware. Access to CommandCentral
Aware is not included with the SmartLocate subscription.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 2-5
Note - Dynamic Mode requires IMW and a cloud connector on the P25 system.
2.3.3
SmartProgramming Application Service
Leveraging DMS and RadioCentral provisioning capabilities, the SmartProgramming
application allows radios to be updated anywhere within an agency’s local LTE network
coverage area. APX N70 devices do not need to be tied to a computer via USB cable,
limited to Wi-Fi network coverage, or gated by Land Mobile Radio (LMR) bandwidth.
SmartProgramming allows the APX N70 device to take advantage of LTE broadband data
speeds to pull programming jobs from Radio Central Programming devices in minutes.
The SmartProgramming Application Service is proposed as a subscription-based model to
optimize budget and scale to meet evolving needs.
2.3.4
SmartMapping Application Service
The SmartMapping application provides precise and accessible location information of field
units to inform response and improve situational awareness. The application displays this
data on the APX N70’s modernized map interface. Users can see their own location and the
location/status of other crew members at a glance and immediately tap to communicate with
them. Users can access SmartMapping directly from the APX N70 home screen, making it
easier to leverage the map display in fast-paced situations.
Figure 2-3: SmartMapping Widget, Map View, and Location Pop-Up Display (Left to Right)
SmartMapping also provides the following capabilities for APX N70 first responders:
Search for specific users to communicate with using accessible, on-screen navigation
and search tools.
Select map layers to get a different area view, including Street View, Terrain, or Satellite
Image.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
APX N70 Portable Radio Solution Description 2-6
Adapt to changing agency needs as new integrations and capabilities are introduced for
the SmartMapping application.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Equipment List 3-1
SECTION 3
EQUIPMENT LIST
3.1
DISPATCH ADD ON
QTY
NOMENCLATURE
DESCRIPTION
1
B1948
MCC 7500E DISPATCH POSITION LICENSES
1
UA00655AA
ADD: ADVANCED CONVENTIONAL OPERATION
1
UA00653AA
ADD: BASIC CONSOLE OPERATION
1
UA00654AA
ADD: ASTRO 25 TRUNKING OPERATION
1
UA00659AA
ADD: ADP/AES/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION
1
UA00658AA
ADD: SECURE OPERATION
1
UA00652AA
ADD: 160 RADIO RESOURCES LICENSE
1
UA00661AA
ADD: ENHANCED IRR
1
B1949
MCC 7500E SOFTWARE DVD
1
DSTS221A
TECH GLOBAL 22IN COMMERCIAL TOUCH MONITOR
1
B1956
COMMANDCENTRAL HUB, W/CLIENT PC
1
CA03850AA
ADD: WINDOWS OS FOR MCC7500E CONSOLE
1
CA03553AA
ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICA
1
CA03547AA
ADD: BRACKET, MOUNTING 2RU
1
CA03572AA
ADD: CABLE RETENTION BRACKET
1
L3225A
CERTIFIED KEYBOARD FOR RSD SERVERS AND
WORKSTATIONS
1
L3226A
CERTIFIED OPTICAL WHEEL MOUSE FOR RSD SERVERS AND
WORKSTATIONS
2
B1952
SPEAKER, DESKTOP, USB
2
CA03405AA
ADD: POWER SUPPLY WITH DC CORD
2
CA03406AA
ADD: AC LINE CORD, NORTH AMERICA
2
CA03413AA
ADD: USB CABLE, TYPE A TO TYPE C, 4.5M
1
B1951
MICROPHONE, DESKTOP, USB
1
CA03413AA
ADD: USB CABLE, TYPE A TO TYPE C, 4.5M
2
B1913
MCC SERIES HEADSET JACK
2
RLN6098
HDST MODULE BASE W/PTT, 15 FT CBL
1
DSTWIN6328A
PROVIDES ONE DUAL PEDAL FOOTSWITCH
1
T8742
MCAFEE FOR WINDOWS CLIENT, A2019.2
1
DSF2B56AA
USB EXTERNAL DVD DRIVE
1
T8807A
WINDOWS SUPP FULL CONFIG, A2020.1/A2021.1
1
DS11011188
PDU, 120/240 SPLIT PH OR N+1 REDUNDANT, 60A MAX PER
PHASE, SIX DEDICAT
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Equipment List 3-2
QTY
NOMENCLATURE
DESCRIPTION
1
DS1101990
SPD, SHIELDED RJ-45 JACK, SINGLE LINE GBE (1000MBPS)
R56 COMPLIANT
1
SQM01SUM0323
ASTRO MASTER SITE
1
CA03517AD
ADD: CORE EXPANSION
1
UA00156AA
ADD: MCC7500 CONSOLE LICENSES (QTY 5)
3.2
N70
QTY
NOMENCLATURE
DESCRIPTION
676
H35UCT9PW8AN
APX N70 7/800 MODEL 4.5 PORTABLE.
676
QA08824AA
ALT: 3.0" HOLSTER.
676
QA09016AA
ADD: LTE FOR VERIZON VERIZON US.
676
QA09030AA
ADD: MOTOROLA HOSTED RADIOCENTRAL W CPS.
676
QA01767BL
ADD: P25 LINK LAYER AUTHENTICATION.
676
QA03399AK
ADD: ENHANCED DATA.
676
H38DA
ADD: SMARTZONE OPERATION.
676
Q806CH
ADD: ASTRO DIGITAL CAI OPERATION.
676
QA00580BA
ADD: TDMA OPERATION.
676
H637AB
ADD: RADIO CENTRAL PROGRAMMING PROMO CARVE OUT.
676
H636AA
ADD: APX N70 APPLICATION BUNDLE PROMO.
676
BD00001AA
ADD: CORE BUNDLE.
676
H499KC
ENH: SUBMERSIBLE (DELTA T).
676
Q361CD
ADD: P25 9600 BAUD TRUNKING.
676
QA09001AM
ADD: WIFI CAPABILITY.
676
Q387CB
ADD: MULTICAST VOTING SCAN.
676
QA09028AA
ADD: VIQI VC RADIO OPERATION.
676
BD00010AA
ADD: SECURITY BUNDLE.
676
H797DW
ENH: DVP-XL ENCRYPTION AND ADP.
676
Q15AK
ADD: AES/DES-XL/DES-OFB ENCRYPTION AND ADP.
676
Q498BN
ENH: ASTRO 25 OTAR W/ MULTIKEY.
676
BD00037AA
ADD: AUDIO BUNDLE.
676
QA09006AA
ADD: ADAPTIVE NOISE SUPPRESSION.
676
QA01833AH
ADD: EXTREME 1-SIDED NOISE REDUCTION.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Equipment List 3-3
QTY
NOMENCLATURE
DESCRIPTION
676
QA08676AA
ADD: ADAPTIVE SPEAKER VOLUME.
676
QA09113AA
ADD: BASELINE RELEASE SW.
1
PSV00S01424A
APX NEXT PROVISIONING.
1
PSV01S02944A
PROVISIONING SUPPORT.
676
LSV01S03060A
7 YEARS APX N70 DMS ESSENTIAL.
676
SSV01P01685B
ELIGIBLE FOR PROMO - CC AWARE STARTER.
1
PSV01S02940A
SMARTMAPPING ENABLEMENT.
676
SSV01P01407B
1 YEAR SMARTPROGRAMMING PROMO.
676
SSV01P01406A
1 YEAR SMARTCONNECT PROMO.
676
SSV01P01476A
1 YEAR SMARTLOCATE PROMO.
676
SSV01P01902A
1 YEAR SMARTMAPPING PROMO.
676
SSV01S01407A
4 YEARS SMARTPROGRAMMING.
676
SSV01S01406A
4 YEARS SMARTCONNECT.
676
SSV01S01476A
4 YEARS SMARTLOCATE.
676
SSV01S01907A
4 YEARS SMARTMAPPING.
676
LSV01P03092A
1 YEAR RADIOCENTRAL PROGRAMMING PROMO.
676
LSV01S03082A
4 YEARS RADIOCENTRAL PROGRAMMING.
676
PMMN4141A
XVP750 REMOTE SPEAKER MICROPHONE WITH CHANNEL
KNOB, FOR APX N RADIOS.
120
AS000178A01
INSERT RADIO CHGR MULTI UNIT.
776
PMNN4816A
BATT IMPRES 2 LIION IP68 3200T.
676
PMPN4604A
CHARGER,CHGR DESKTOP SINGLE UNIT IMPRES 2 EXT US.
2
PSV01S01742A
RADIOCENTRAL TRAINING VIRTUAL (1 SEAT).
3
PMKN4291A
CABLE, ASSEMBLY,GCAI MINI KEYLOADER CABLE.
3
PMKN4265A
CABLE,DATA CABLE.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work 4-1
SECTION 4
DISPATCH ADD-ON
STATEMENT OF WORK
This Statement of Work (SOW) describes the deliverables to be furnished to Glendale. The
tasks described herein will be performed by Motorola, its subcontractors, and Glendale to
implement the solution described in the System Description. It describes the actual work
involved in installation, identifies the installation standards to be followed, and clarifies the
responsibilities for both Motorola and Glendale during the project implementation.
Specifically, this SOW provides:
A summary of the phases and tasks to be completed within the project lifecycle.
A list of the deliverables associated with the project.
A description of the responsibilities for both Motorola and Glendale.
The qualifications and assumptions taken into consideration during the development of
this project.
Motorola is proposing one additional MCC 7500E operator position to be added to the
existing dispatch center. Additionally, Motorola will be providing and configuring a
replacement laptop for the supervisor operation to replace the existing broken laptop
operator position.
4.1
IMPLEMENTATION ASSUMPTIONS
Motorola has based the system design on information provided by Glendale and an analysis
of the system requirements. All assumptions have been listed below for review. Should
Motorola’s assumptions be deemed incorrect or not agreeable to Glendale, a revised
proposal with the necessary changes and adjusted costs may be required. Changes to the
equipment or scope of the project after contract may require a change order.
Glendale will provide all dispatch furniture.
Training is not required as part of this proposal.
No other modifications to the existing dispatch center are included in this proposal.
Glendale is responsible for all programming and configuration of subscriber units.
Motorola has included 2 seats in a virtual RadioCentral training course for Glendale
adminstrators.
Motorola Solutions will install and configure the proposed equipment. The following table
describes the tasks involved with installation and configuration.
Tasks
Motorola
Solutions
Customer
PROJECT INITIATION
Contract Finalization and Team Creation
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work 4-2
Tasks
Motorola
Solutions
Customer
Execute contract and distribute contract documents.
X
X
Assign a Project Manager as a single point of contact.
X
X
Assign resources.
X
X
Schedule project kickoff/Design Review meeting.
X
X
Deliverable: Signed contract, defined project team, and scheduled project kickoff meeting.
Project Administration
Ensure that project team members attend all meetings
relevant to their role on the project.
X
X
Set up the project in the Motorola Solutions information
system.
X
Record and distribute project status meeting minutes.
X
Maintain responsibility for third-party services
contracted by Motorola Solutions.
X
Complete assigned project tasks according to the
project schedule.
X
X
Submit project milestone completion documents.
X
Upon completion of tasks, approve project milestone
completion documents.
X
Conduct all project work Monday thru Friday, 7:30 a.m.
to 5:00 p.m.
X
Deliverable: Completed and approved project milestones throughout the project.
Project Kickoff/Design Review
Introduce team, review roles, and decision authority.
X
X
Present project scope and objectives.
X
Review SOW responsibilities and project schedule.
X
X
Review the Customer’s operational requirements.
X
X
Present the system design and operational
requirements for the solution.
X
Present installation plan.
X
Provide approvals required to add equipment to
proposed existing sites.
X
Review safety, security, and site access procedures.
X
Provide information on existing system interfaces.
X
Assume liability and responsibility for proving all
information necessary for complete installation.
X
Assume responsibility for issues outside of Motorola
Solutions’ control.
X
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work 4-3
Tasks
Motorola
Solutions
Customer
Review and update design documents, including
System Description, Statement of Work, Project
Schedule, and Acceptance Test Plan, based on Design
Review agreements.
X
Execute Change Order in accordance with all material
changes to the Contract resulting from the Design
Review.
X
Deliverable: Finalized design documentation based upon “frozen” design, along with any relevant
Change Order documentation.
SITE PREPARATION AND DEVELOPMENT
Site Access
Provide site owners/managers with written notice to
provide entry to sites identified in the project design
documentation.
X
Maintain access roads in order to provide clear and
stable entry to sites for heavy-duty construction
vehicles, cement trucks and cranes. Ensure that
sufficient space is available at the site for these vehicles
to maneuver under their own power, without assistance
from other equipment.
X
Obtain site licensing and permitting, including site
lease/ownership, zoning, permits, regulatory approvals,
easements, power, and telco connections.
X
Deliverable: Access, permitting, and licensing necessary to install system equipment at each site.
Site Planning
Provide necessary buildings, equipment shelters, and
towers for installation of system equipment.
X
Provide the R56 requirements for space, power,
grounding, HVAC, and connectivity requirements at
each site.
X
Provide adequate electrical power in proper phase and
voltage at sites.
X
Ensure that each site meets the R56 standards for
space, grounding, power, HVAC, and connectivity
requirements.
X
Deliverable: Information and permitting requirements completed at each site.
General Facility Improvements
Provide adequate HVAC, grounding, lighting, cable
routing, and surge protection based upon Motorola
Solutions’ Standards and Guidelines for Communication
Sites (R56).
X
Ensure the resolution of environmental and hazardous
material issues at each site including, but not limited to,
asbestos, structural integrity (tower, rooftop, water tank,
etc.), and other building risks.
X
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work 4-4
Tasks
Motorola
Solutions
Customer
Ensure that electrical service will accommodate
installation of system equipment, including isolation
transformers, circuit breakers, surge protectors, and
cabling.
X
Provide obstruction-free area for the cable run between
the demarcation point and system equipment.
X
Provide structure penetrations (wall or roof) for
transmission equipment (e.g. antennas, microwave
radios, etc.).
X
Supply interior building cable trays, raceways, conduits,
and wire supports.
X
Transport removed site equipment to a location
designated by Customer and within Customer’s
jurisdiction.
X
Deliverable: Sites meet physical requirements for equipment installation.
SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Equipment Order and Manufacturing
Create equipment order and reconcile to contract.
X
Manufacture Motorola Solutions-provided equipment
necessary for system based on equipment order.
X
Procure non-Motorola Solutions equipment necessary
for the system.
X
Deliverable: Equipment procured and ready for shipment.
Equipment Shipment and Storage
Provide secure location for solution equipment.
X
Pack and ship solution equipment to the identified, or
site locations.
X
Receive solution equipment.
X
Inventory solution equipment.
X
Deliverable: Solution equipment received and ready for installation.
Console Installation and Configuration
Identify circuits for connection to console and a
demarcation point located within 25 feet of the console
interface.
X
Connect console to circuit demarcation points.
X
Install a CCHUB, keyboard/mouse, monitor and
purchased peripheral console equipment in accordance
with R56 standards and state/local codes.
X
Develop templates for console programming.
X
Perform console programming and configuration for
both new operator and replacement laptop.
X
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work 4-5
Tasks
Motorola
Solutions
Customer
Deliverable: Console equipment installation completed.
R56 Site Audit
Perform R56 site-installation quality-audits, verifying
proper physical installation and operational
configurations.
X
Create site evaluation report to verify site meets or
exceeds requirements, as defined in Motorola Solutions’
R56 Standards and Guidelines for Communication
Sites.
X
Deliverable: R56 Standards and Guidelines for Communication Sites audits completed successfully.
Solution Optimization
Verify that all equipment is operating properly and that
all electrical and signal levels are set accurately.
X
Verify that all audio and data levels are at factory
settings.
X
Verify communication interfaces between devices for
proper operation.
X
Ensure that functionality meets manufacturers’
specifications and complies with the final configuration
established during design review.
X
Deliverable: Completion of System Optimization.
Functional Acceptance Testing
Verify the operational functionality and features of the
solution supplied by Motorola Solutions, as contracted.
X
Witness the functional testing.
X
Document all issues that arise during the acceptance
tests.
X
If any major task for the system as contractually
described fails during the Customer acceptance testing
or beneficial use, repeat that particular task after
Motorola Solutions determines that corrective action
has been taken.
X
Resolve any minor task failures before Final System
Acceptance.
X
Document the results of the acceptance tests and
present for review.
X
Review and approve final acceptance test results.
X
Deliverable: Completion of functional testing and approval by Customer.
Transition to Warranty
Review the items necessary for transitioning the project
to warranty support and service.
X
Motorola Solutions to provide services during year 1
warranty which align with the proposed services.
X
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add-On Statement of Work 4-6
Tasks
Motorola
Solutions
Customer
Provide a Customer Support Plan detailing the warranty
support associated with the contract equipment.
X
Participate in the Transition Service/Project Transition
Certificate (PTC) process.
X
Deliverable: Service information delivered and approved by Customer.
Finalize Documentation and System Acceptance
Provide manufacturer’s installation material, part list and
other related material to Customer upon project
completion.
X
Receive and approve documentation.
X
Execute Final Project Acceptance.
X
X
Deliverable: All required documents are provided and approved. Final Project Acceptance.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartConnect Application Service Statement of Work 5-1
SECTION 5
SMARTCONNECT
APPLICATION SERVICE
STATEMENT OF WORK
5.1
OVERVIEW
SmartConnect ties a configured device to an enabled LMR network through a supported
broadband network (Wi-Fi or certified LTE carrier) and cloud hosted gateway. To take
advantage of the SmartConnect application service, the Customer must have a
SmartConnect-capable ASTRO 25 7.17 or higher LMR network. Some tiers of the radios
must also have Wi-Fi capability enabled and configured in the device. The work to upgrade
and configure the infrastructure, as well as license and configure Wi-Fi to enable the
SmartConnect functionality, is outside the scope of this offer and document.
Outside of pre-announced maintenance periods, Motorola will provide SmartConnect on a
best effort 24/7 basis. Broadband network and cloud performance may reduce availability.
This Statement of Work (“SOW”), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part
of the applicable agreement (“Agreement”) between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”)
and Customer (“Customer”).
In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of an Agreement and the terms and
conditions of this SOW, this SOW will control as to the inconsistency only.
5.2
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSIBILITIES
For subscriptions that include a Motorola managed data plan, provide an LTE SIM on
the certified network per covered device (APX NEXT and APX N70 devices only).
For subscriptions that include a Motorola managed data plan, activate and maintain the
LTE SIM account (APX NEXT and APX N70 devices only).
Provide authorized administrator access to provision devices in the cloud gateway via a
third-party identity management system.
Maintain, update, and monitor the SmartConnect cloud platform.
Provide technical support, security control, and service improvements related to
SmartConnect. Customer data may be accessed by Motorola employees residing
outside of the Customer’s country for the sole purpose of providing such support.
Provide device access to the SmartConnect cloud-hosted gateway via the supported
broadband network.
Display SmartConnect subscription status per device (including start and end dates) on
MyView Portal.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartConnect Application Service Statement of Work 5-2
Provide device software updates for SmartConnect per Device Management Services
(“DMS”) Software Maintenance.
5.3
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES
For subscriptions that do not include a Motorola managed data plan, procure and
manage an LTE data service.
Upgrade the LMR system to a supported ASTRO 25 release and enable SmartConnect.
Order, enable, and configure Wi-Fi capabilities on supported devices if applicable.
Order and maintain the SmartConnect subscription for each device intended for use with
the service.
Maintain the device in good working order on a supported firmware release.
Work with Motorola to initially provision device information in the cloud gateway.
Ensure the device is powered up and in a supported broadband network coverage area
while using SmartConnect.
Notify Motorola at least 30 days prior to canceling any SmartConnect subscription.
5.4
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
SmartConnect does not include initial device fleetmap template creation or consultation
required to assemble a fleetmap strategy.
The SmartConnect offer does not include the cost of the radio’s Wi-Fi licenses,
enablement, or configuration.
Infrastructure configuration changes including software, security, and anti-virus patches
associated with SmartConnect, and network connectivity to the cloud gateway are not
covered by the SmartConnect application service.
Technical support of the SmartConnect application service is limited to connecting the
device to the SmartConnect cloud-hosted servers and verifying the status of the cloud-
hosted gateway. It does not include programming help, or troubleshooting the LMR or
broadband networks. Best effort support will be offered on a case-by-case basis to
determine the status of the LTE network.
Motorola will not provide LTE support for devices using LTE service from a non-certified
wireless carrier.
5.5
TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND PRIORITY LEVELS
For cloud-based elements, the following priority level definitions and response times apply.
Initial Technical Response is defined as acknowledgement to the Customer that an incident
has occurred.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartConnect Application Service Statement of Work 5-3
Description
Initial Technical
Response Time
Critical P1
Product or Software defect that gives rise to:
Greater than 25% loss of functionality attributed to cloud resources,
excluding local device and ASTRO 25 system connectivity issues.
Functional failures affecting more than 50% of devices.
1 Hour
24/7
High P2
Product or Software defect that gives rise to:
Greater than 5% loss of functionality attributed to cloud resources,
excluding local device and ASTRO 25 system connectivity issues.
Functional failures affecting more than 15% of devices.
4 Hours
24/7
Medium P3
Product or Software defects that give rise to:
Between 1-5% loss of functionality attributed to cloud resources,
excluding local device and ASTRO 25 system connectivity issues.
Functional failures affecting LESS than 15% of devices.
24 Hours
8 x 5 business hours
Low P4
Items include:
Documentation questions.
General informational questions.
Other Investigations not marked as a higher priority level.
7 business days
For issues deemed to be Critical P1, High P2, and Medium P3, the Customer will need to ensure
contact is made with Motorola Solutions personnel via telephone. Communication via email, SMS or
any web chat applications shall not be accepted as proof of notification given the delayed and non-
guaranteed nature of the mode of communications. All emailed requests will be treated as Medium
P3 incidents. The above Response Goals shall not be applicable during the occurrence of a Force
Majeure event (e.g. acts of God, including earthquakes and floods).
For all other issues, Motorola Solutions will respond to calls within two hours during the
support days. Support hours are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. CST Monday through Friday, excluding US
holidays. In addition, Customers may contact the Call Management Center (800-MSI-HELP)
at any time (24 hours a day, seven days a week) and a Motorola Solutions representative
will log a technical request on Motorola Solutions Case Management System on the
Customer’s behalf.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartLocate Application Service Statement of Work 6-1
SECTION 6
SMARTLOCATE APPLICATION
SERVICE STATEMENT OF
WORK
SmartLocate enables a device to send GPS location information to the CommandCentral
cloud platform via a broadband network while simultaneously operating on LMR.
Outside of pre-announced maintenance periods, Motorola Solutions will provide
SmartLocate on a best effort 24/7 basis. LTE network and cloud performance may reduce
availability.
This Statement of Work (“SOW”), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part
of the applicable agreement (“Agreement”) between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”)
and Customer (“Customer”).
In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of an Agreement and the terms and
conditions of this SOW, this SOW will control as to the inconsistency only.
6.1
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSIBILITIES
For subscriptions that include a Motorola managed data plan, provide an LTE SIM on
the certified wireless carrier per covered device.
For subscriptions that include a Motorola managed data plan, activate and maintain the
LTE SIM account.
Provide authorized administrator access to provision devices in the CommandCentral
cloud platform via a third-party identity management system.
Provide technical support, security control, and service improvements related to
SmartLocate. Customer Data may be accessed by Motorola Solution employees
residing outside of the Customer’s country for the sole purpose of providing such
support.
Provide device access to the CommandCentral cloud platform via the certified LTE
network.
Display SmartLocate subscription status per device (including start and end dates) on
MyView Portal.
Provide device software updates for SmartLocate per Device Management Services
(“DMS”) Software Maintenance.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartLocate Application Service Statement of Work 6-2
6.2
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES
For subscriptions that do not include a Motorola managed data plan, procure and
manage an LTE data service.
Order and maintain the SmartLocate subscription for each device.
Order and maintain one or more mapping client application subscriptions in order to view
SmartLocate data.
Maintain the device in good working order on a supported firmware release.
Use the correct version of web browser to access CommandCentral administrative
interface.
Perform ongoing provisioning of devices for SmartLocate in the CommandCentral cloud
platform.
Ensure the device is powered up and in a supported LTE network coverage area while
using SmartLocate.
Notify Motorola Solutions at least 30 days prior to canceling any SmartLocate
subscription.
6.3
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
SmartLocate does not include initial device fleetmap template creation or consultation
required to assemble a fleetmap strategy.
SmartLocate does not include the cost of device Wi-Fi licenses, enablement, or
configuration.
SmartLocate does not include the cost of mapping client subscriptions, enablement, or
configuration.
Technical support of the SmartLocate application service is limited to connecting the
device to the CommandCentral cloud-hosted servers. It does not include programming
help or troubleshooting the LMR or LTE networks. Best effort support will be offered on a
case-by-case basis to determine the status of the LTE network.
Motorola will not provide LTE support for devices using LTE service from a non-certified
wireless carrier.
6.4
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
SmartLocate Technical Support will respond to calls within two hours during the support
days. Support hours are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. CST Monday through Friday, excluding US
holidays. In addition, Customers may contact the Call Management Center (800-MSI-HELP)
at any time (24 hours a day, seven days a week) and a Motorola Solutions representative
will log a technical request on Motorola Solutions Case Management System on the
Customer’s behalf.
6.5
REFERENCES
CommandCentral Documentation:
https://www.motorolasolutions.com/en_us/products/command-center-software.html
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartMapping Application Service Statement of Work 7-1
SECTION 7
SMARTMAPPING APPLICATION
SERVICE STATEMENT OF
WORK
SmartMapping provides instant situational awareness and enhanced coordination to field
users through a mapping application on the radio.
Outside of pre-announced maintenance periods, Motorola Solutions will provide
SmartMapping on a best effort 24/7 basis. LTE network and cloud performance may reduce
availability.
This Statement of Work (“SOW”), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part
of the applicable agreement (“Agreement”) between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”)
and Customer (“Customer”).
In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of an Agreement and the terms and
conditions of this SOW, this SOW will control as to the inconsistency only.
7.1
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSIBILITIES
For subscriptions that include a Motorola managed data plan,, provide an LTE SIM on
the certified network per covered device.
For subscriptions that include a Motorola managed data plan, activate and maintain the
LTE SIM account.
Provide authorized administrator access to provision devices in the CommandCentral
cloud platform via a third-party identity management system.
Provide technical support, security control, and service improvements related to
SmartMapping. Customer Data may be accessed by Motorola Solution employees
residing outside of the Customer’s country for the sole purpose of providing such
support.
Provide authorized device access to location data stored in the CommandCentral cloud
platform via the certified LTE network or Wi-Fi (if Wi-Fi is enabled on the device) and a
third-party identity management system.
Display SmartMapping subscription status per device (including start and end dates) on
MyView Portal.
Provide device software updates for SmartMapping per Device Management Services
(“DMS”) Software Maintenance.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartMapping Application Service Statement of Work 7-2
7.2
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES
For subscriptions that do not include a Motorola managed data plan, procure and
manage an LTE data service.
Order and maintain the SmartMapping subscription for each device.
Maintain the device in good working order on a supported firmware release.
Enable SmartMapping on the device using a supported programming tool.
Use a supported web browser to access CommandCentral administrative interface.
Perform ongoing provisioning of devices for SmartMapping in the CommandCentral
cloud platform.
Ensure devices are provisioned for SmartMapping according to performance criteria
recommended in product manuals.
Ensure CommandCentral cloud platform is populated with location data to be displayed
through SmartMapping. Location data is populated through separate Motorola Solution
services such as SmartLocate or CommandCentral Aware.
Ensure the device is powered up and in a supported LTE or Wi-Fi network coverage
area while using SmartMapping.
Notify Motorola Solutions at least 30 days prior to cancelling any SmartMapping
subscription.
7.3
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
SmartMapping subscription does not include initial device fleetmap template creation or
consultation required to assemble a fleetmap strategy.
SmartMapping subscription does not include the cost of device Wi-Fi licenses,
enablement or configuration.
SmartMapping subscription does not include any services associated with populating
location data in the CommandCentral cloud platform.
Technical support of the SmartMapping application service is limited to connecting the
device to the CommandCentral cloud-hosted servers. It does not include programming
help or troubleshooting the LTE or Wi-Fi networks. Best effort support will be offered on
a case-by-case basis to determine the status of the LTE network.
Motorola will not provide LTE support for devices using LTE service from a non-certified
wireless carrier.
7.4
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
SmartMapping Technical Support will respond to calls within two hours during the support
days. Support hours are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. CST Monday through Friday, excluding US
holidays. In addition, Customers may contact the Call Management Center (800-MSI-HELP)
at any time (24 hours a day, seven days a week) and a Motorola Solutions representative
will log a technical request on Motorola Solutions Case Management System on the
Customer’s behalf.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartProgramming Application Service Statement of Work 8-1
SECTION 8
SMARTPROGRAMMING
APPLICATION SERVICE
STATEMENT OF WORK
SmartProgramming ties a device to the cloud-hosted RadioCentral database through the
supported LTE network. After a provisioning, programming, or update job has been
scheduled using RadioCentral client, the LTE network will be leveraged for the following
series of communications between the device and the RadioCentral server:
On power down, devices will poll the RadioCentral server for any pending jobs.
The device will download and store any new firmware and/or configurations from the
RadioCentral server.
The device will notify the RadioCentral server that the download is complete, and give
the device user the option to install the updates.
The device will report back to the RadioCentral server when the update is complete. In
the event of a failure, the device will report the failure and cause back to the server.
Outside of pre-announced maintenance periods, Motorola Solutions will provide
SmartProgramming on a best effort 24/7 basis. LTE network and cloud performance may
reduce availability.
This Statement of Work (“SOW”), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part
of the applicable agreement (“Agreement”) between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”)
and Customer (“Customer”).
In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of an Agreement and the terms and
conditions of this SOW, this SOW will control as to the inconsistency only.
8.1
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS RESPONSIBILITIES
Provide an LTE SIM on the supported network per covered device.
Activate and maintain the LTE SIM account.
Provide technical support related to SmartProgramming.
Provide device access to the RadioCentral cloud-hosted server via the supported LTE
network.
Display SmartProgramming subscription status per device (including start and end
dates) on MyView Portal.
Provide device software updates for SmartProgramming per Device Management
Services (“DMS”) Software Maintenance.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
SmartProgramming Application Service Statement of Work 8-2
8.2
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES
Order and maintain the SmartProgramming subscription for each device.
Order and maintain at least a minimum-tiered DMS Essential subscription for each
device.
Maintain the device in good working order on a supported firmware release.
Install a supported version of the RadioCentral programming client.
Ensure the device is powered up and in a supported LTE network coverage area for the
duration of all SmartProgramming jobs.
Notify Motorola Solutions at least 30 days prior to cancelling any SmartProgramming
subscription.
8.3
LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS
SmartProgramming does not include initial device fleetmap template creation or
consultation required to assemble a fleetmap strategy.
Technical support of the SmartProgramming application service is limited to connecting
the device to the RadioCentral cloud-hosted servers. It does not include programming
help, assistance with the RadioCentral client software, or troubleshooting the LMR or
LTE networks. Best effort support will be offered on a case-by-case basis to determine
the status of the LTE network.
8.4
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
SmartProgramming Technical Support will respond to calls within two hours during the
support days. Support hours are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. CST Monday through Friday, excluding US
holidays. In addition, the Customer may contact the Call Management Center (800-MSI-
HELP) at any time (24 hours a day, seven days a week) and a Motorola Solutions
representative will log a technical request on Motorola Solutions Case Management System
on the Customer’s behalf.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Device Management Services 9-1
SECTION 9
DEVICE MANAGEMENT
SERVICES
9.1
OVERVIEW
Device Management Services (“DMS”) efficiently maintains the Customer’s device fleet
while helping to keep devices up-to-date and fully operational in the field.
DMS Essential services provide basic hardware and software support.
This Statement of Work (“SOW”), including all of its subsections and attachments is an integral part
of the applicable agreement (“Agreement”) between Motorola Solutions, Inc. (“Motorola Solutions”)
and Customer (“Customer”).
In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the terms and
conditions of this SOW, this SOW will control as to the inconsistency only. The SOW applies to the
device specifically named in the Agreement.
9.2
HARDWARE REPAIR
Hardware Repair provides repair coverage for internal and external device components that
do not work in accordance with published specifications. Repair services are performed at a
Motorola Solutions-operated or supervised facility. The device will be repaired to bring it to
compliance with its specifications, as published by Motorola Solutions at the time of delivery
of the original device.
For malfunctioning devices that must be replaced, Motorola Solutions will attempt to read
the codeplugs from those devices. If successful, Motorola Solutions will load the codeplug to
any replacement devices. If not, Motorola Solutions will load a factory codeplug, and the
Customer will need to load the previous codeplug.
Motorola Solutions will load factory available firmware to any replacement devices, which
may not match the Customer’s firmware version.
9.2.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities
Repair or replace malfunctioning device, as determined by Motorola Solutions.
Complete repair or replacement with a turnaround time of five business days in-house,
provided the device is delivered to the repair center by 9:00 a.m. (local repair center
time). Turnaround time represents the time a product spends in the repair process, and
does not include time in transit to and from the Customer’s site. Business days do not
include US holidays or weekends.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Device Management Services 9-2
If applicable, apply periodically-released device updates, in accordance with an
Engineering Change Notice.
Provide two-way air shipping when a supported Motorola Solutions electronic system,
such as MyView Portal, is used to initiate a repair. A shipping label will be generated via
the electronic system.
9.2.2
Customer Responsibilities
For non-contiguous renewals, Customer must provide a complete list, preferably in
electronic format, of all hardware serial numbers to be covered under the Agreement to
Motorola Solutions.
Initiate device repairs, as needed.
When initiating a repair via a supported Motorola Solutions electronic system, label
each package correctly with the shipping label and Return Material Authorization
(“RMA”) number generated by the electronic system.
When initiating a repair via paper Return Material Form (“RMF”), the RMF must be
completed for each device, included in the package with the device, and shipped to
the Motorola Solutions depot specified on the RMF.
Remove any data or other information from the device that the Customer wishes to
destroy or retain prior to sending the device for repair.
If a malfunctioning device must be replaced and the Customer has loaded information
for that device to Motorola Solutions’ cloud environment, the Customer will need to
remove the information for the malfunctioning device and add information for the
replacement device to the applicable cloud environment.
9.2.3
Limitations and Exclusions
The Customer will incur additional charges at the prevailing rates for any activities that are
not included or are specifically excluded from this service scope, as described below.
Motorola Solutions will notify the Customer and provide a quotation of any incremental
charges related to such exclusions prior to completing the repair and said repair will be
subject to Customer’s acceptance of the quotation.
Replacement of consumable parts or accessories, as defined by product, including but
not limited to batteries, cables, and carrying cases.
Repair of problems caused by:
Natural or manmade disasters, including but not limited to internal or external
damage resulting from fire, theft, and floods.
Third-party software, accessories, or peripherals not approved in writing by Motorola
Solutions for use with the device.
Using the device outside of the product’s operational and environmental
specifications, including improper handling, carelessness, or reckless use.
Unauthorized alterations or attempted repair, or repair by a third party.
Non-remedial work, including but not limited to administration and operator procedures,
reprogramming, and operator or user training.
Problem determination and/or work performed to repair or resolve issues with non-
covered products. For example, any hardware or software products not specifically listed
on the service order form are excluded from service.
File backup or restoration.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Device Management Services 9-3
Completion and test of incomplete application programming or system integration if not
performed by Motorola Solutions and specifically listed as covered.
Accidental damage, chemical or liquid damage, or other damage caused outside of
normal device operating specifications, except if optional Accidental Damage Coverage
was purchased.
Cosmetic imperfections that do not affect the functionality of the device.
Software support for unauthorized modifications or other misuse of the device software
is not covered.
Motorola Solutions is not obligated to provide support for any device that has been subject
to the following:
Repaired, tampered with, altered or modified (including the unauthorized installation of
any software) — except by Motorola Solutions authorized service personnel.
Subjected to unusual physical or electrical stress, abuse, or forces or exposure beyond
normal use within the specified operational and environmental parameters set forth in
the applicable product specification.
If the Customer fails to comply with the obligations contained in the Agreement, the
applicable software license agreement, and Motorola Solutions terms and conditions of
service.
9.3
DEVICE TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Motorola Solutions’ Device Technical Support service provides telephone consultation for
device and accessory issues. Support is delivered through the Motorola Solutions
Centralized Managed Support Operations (“CMSO”) organization by a staff of technical
support specialists.
For Device Technical Support, Motorola Solutions will respond to calls within two (2) hours
during the support days. Support hours are 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. CST Monday through Friday,
excluding US holidays. In addition, Customers may contact the Call Management Center
(800-MSI-HELP) at any time (24 hours a day, seven days a week) and a Motorola Solutions
representative will log a technical request in Motorola Solutions Case Management System
on the Customer’s behalf.
9.3.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities
Provide technical support for devices, assessing and troubleshooting reported issues.
Receive and log Customer support requests, and assign a technical representative to
respond to a Customer incident per the defined timeframes.
9.3.2
Customer Responsibilities
Use the provided methods to contact Motorola Solutions technical support.
Provide sufficient information to allow Motorola Solutions technical support agents to
diagnose and resolve Customer issues.
Provide contact information for field service technicians in the event that Motorola
Solutions has to follow up.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Device Management Services 9-4
9.3.3
Limitations and Exclusions
Device support does not include Land Mobile Radio (“LMR”) network, Wi-Fi, and LTE
network troubleshooting.
9.4
SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE
Motorola Solutions is continually developing new features and functionality for our portfolio
of public-safety-grade radios. By purchasing software maintenance, the Customer can take
advantage of these firmware releases and future-proof their communications investment.
9.4.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities
Test all firmware releases to minimize software defects.
Announce new firmware releases and post release notes in a timely manner via MyView
Portal.
Provide firmware updates. Motorola Solutions makes no guarantees as to the frequency
or timing of firmware updates.
Provide upgrade capability through supported Programming Tools.
Provide programming and service tools and technical support through the firmware
support window.
Provide documentation via MyView Portal with each release detailing new features, bug
fixes, and any known issues.
9.4.2
Customer Responsibilities
Periodically check MyView Portal for firmware update announcements.
Keep the radio fleet updated with firmware versions within the support window.
9.5
MYVIEW PORTAL ACCESS
MyView Portal is the single location to track the status of subscriptions and service
contracts, including start and end dates. This portal includes order, RMA, and technical
support ticket status, as well as a consolidated download site for software and
documentation.
Outside of pre-announced maintenance periods, MyView Portal will be available on a best
effort 24/7 basis. Motorola Solutions cannot guarantee the availability of Internet networks
outside of our control.
9.5.1
Motorola Solutions Responsibilities
Provide a web accessible, secure portal to view the Customer’s data.
Provide the Customer with login credentials for the site.
Provide end-user training for the site.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Device Management Services 9-5
Provide technical support to answer end user questions between the hours of 8 a.m. to 5
p.m. CST Monday through Friday, excluding US holidays.
Keep the site updated with the latest Customer information.
9.5.2
Customer Responsibilities
Provide Motorola Solutions with contact information for administrative users.
Administer user access.
Provide Internet access for users to access the site.
Attend available MyView Portal training.
Protect login information against unauthorized use.
Provide Motorola Solutions with updated equipment information, as needed.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add On Support Plan 10-1
SECTION 10
DISPATCH ADD ON SUPPORT
PLAN
10.1
OVERVIEW
Motorola Solutions is proposing our Essential Plus Services for ASTRO® 25 infrastructure to
provide Glendale with the support needed to detect and resolve unforeseen issues.
Essential Plus Services consists of the following elements:
Remote Technical Support.
Network Hardware Repair
Security Update Service (SUS).
On-site Infrastructure Response.
Annual Preventive Maintenance.
Together, these elements will help to avoid operational disruptions and maintain the value of
the Glendale communications investment.
10.2
ESSENTIAL PLUS ELEMENT DESCRIPTIONS
The following sections describe the elements proposed for the Glendale ASTRO 25
infrastructure.
10.2.1
Remote Technical Support
Motorola Solutions’ Centralized Managed Support Operations (CMSO) will provide Remote
Technical Support for infrastructure issues that require specific technical expertise.
Experienced technical support specialists will be available to consult with Glendale to help
diagnose, troubleshoot, and resolve infrastructure issues. Service Desk maintenance
procedures and incident resolution techniques are based on ISO 9001 and TL 9000
standards.
10.2.2
Network Hardware Repair
To restore the Glendale ASTRO 25 network components if they malfunction, Motorola
Solutions will repair Motorola Solutions-provided infrastructure equipment. This includes
select third-party infrastructure equipment supplied by Motorola Solutions. Motorola
Solutions will ship and return repaired equipment, and will coordinate the repair of third-party
solution components.
10.2.3
Security Update Service
Commercial security software updates are often designed without consideration for
specialized systems like radio communications networks. Therefore, they may at sometimes
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add On Support Plan 10-2
inadvertently disrupt ASTRO 25 networks such as the one proposed to Glendale. Motorola
Solutions will test anti-virus, operating system, and other software patches to check their
compatibility with ASTRO 25.
Once tested, Motorola Solutions will post the updates to a secured extranet website and
send an email notification to Glendale. If there are any recommended configuration
changes, warnings, or workarounds, Motorola Solutions will provide detailed documentation
along with the updates on the website. When tested updates have been posted, Glendale
will need to download and install them.
10.2.4
On-site Infrastructure Response
Motorola Solutions will provide repair service from trained and qualified technicians. Once
dispatched, technicians will travel to the Glendale ASTRO 25 network location to diagnose
issues and restore functionality. These technicians will run diagnostics on hardware to
identify defective components, and repair or replace them as appropriate. Infrastructure
Response times are based on a given issue’s impact on overall system function.
Travel times and service levels are governed by local geography. Motorola Solutions will provide
additional information in the Statement of Work for ASTRO 25 Essential Plus Services and in the
Customer Support Plan agreed between Glendale and Motorola Solutions.
10.2.5
Annual Preventive Maintenance
Motorola Solutions will annually test and service network components. Qualified field
technicians will perform routine hands-on examination and diagnostics of network
equipment to keep them operating according to original manufacturer specifications.
10.3
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS SERVICE DELIVERY ECOSYSTEM
Essential Plus Services are delivered through a tailored combination of field service
personnel, centralized teams, product repair depots, and MyView Portal. These service
resources will collaborate to swiftly analyze network issues, accurately diagnose root
causes, and efficiently resolve issues to return the network to normal operation.
Motorola Solutions services will be delivered by staff experienced in servicing mission-
critical networks. Motorola Solutions uses the Information Technology Infrastructure Library
(ITIL) framework to define service tasks based on industry-recognized best practices. As
staff perform tasks, service incident information will be available to Glendale administrators
and personnel through MyView Portal.
Service activities and Motorola Solutions’ service team are described in more detail below.
10.3.1
Centralized Managed Support Operations
The cornerstone of Motorola Solutions’ support process is the Centralized Managed Support
Operations (CMSO) organization. This TL 9000/ISO 9001-certified organization is staffed
24x7x365 by experienced service desk specialists, security analysts, and operations
managers. The CMSO houses critical central functions, including the Service Desk.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add On Support Plan 10-3
The CMSO Service Desk will serve as a single point of contact for services. It processes
service requests, service incidents, change requests, and dispatching. The Service Desk
communicates necessary information to stakeholders, bridging communications among
Glendale, Motorola Solutions, and third-party subcontractors.
Service Desk teams record, track, and update incidents through the Motorola Solutions
Customer Relationship Management (CRM) system. They document and respond to
inquiries, requests, concerns, and service tickets. When an incident is initiated, the CMSO
will engage with teams to resolve that incident. The CMSO will escalate to new teams when
needed. Depending on the incident, the CMSO will coordinate incident resolution with local
field service and authorized repair depots.
10.3.2
Field Service
Motorola Solutions authorized and qualified field service technicians will perform the On-site
Infrastructure Response service, repair malfunctioning hardware in the field, and conduct
preventive maintenance tasks. These technicians will coordinate with the Service Desk,
technical support teams, and product engineering as needed to resolve incidents.
10.3.3
Repair Depot
The Motorola Solutions Repair Depot will provide Glendale with a central repair location.
This will eliminate the need to send network equipment to multiple vendor locations for
repair. Motorola Solutions tracks products sent to the Depot via a case management system
throughout the repair process. This system will enable Glendale representatives to check
repair status, from inbound shipment to return.
10.3.4
Customer Support Manager
A Motorola Solutions Customer Support Manager (CSM) will be the Glendale key point of
contact for the definition and administration of services. The CSM will work with Glendale to
define service delivery details to address the Glendale specific priorities.
10.3.5
MyView Portal
To provide Glendale with quick access to service details, Motorola Solutions will provide our
MyView Portal online network information tool. MyView Portal, shown in Figure 10-1,
provides our customers with real-time critical network and services information through an
easy-to-use graphical interface.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Dispatch Add On Support Plan 10-4
Figure 10-1: MyView Portal offers real-time, role-based access to critical network
and services information.
With MyView Portal, Glendale administrators will be able to monitor system health and
maintenance updates. Capabilities include:
Viewing network and support compliance.
Viewing incident reports.
Updating and creating incidents.
Checking system update status.
Receiving pro-active notifications regarding updates.
Available 24x7x365 from any web-enabled device, the information provided by MyView will
be based on your needs and user access permissions, ensuring that the information
displayed is secure and pertinent to your operations.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Contractual Documentation 12-1
SECTION 12
CONTRACTUAL
DOCUMENTATION
This proposal is subject to the terms and conditions of State of Arizona Contract
#CTR046830, the Subscription Software Addendum and its Exhibit A (Verizon Service
Terms – APXNext and FirstNet and AT&T Service Terms).
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Agreement number XXXXXX
November 9, 2023
To: Motorola Solutions, Inc.(“Motorola”)
500 W. Monroe St.
Chicago, IL 60661
Re: FY2024/FY2025 Radio Replacement Proposal
Contract Name / Number: STATE CONTRACT #CTR046830
Proposal / Quote Ref (required): Quotes 2363745 & 2375425
The City of Glendale, Police Department does not have a formal purchase order system. This Notice to Proceed (NTP)
serves as authorization for Motorola Solutions to place an order and invoice for the communication equipment and
services as referenced on Proposal / Quote 2363745 dated 11/09/2023 for the purchase price of $6,486,504.55 including
estimated taxes, subject to the terms and conditions of the STATE OF AZ CONTRACT #CTR046830.
The City of Glendale, Police Department agrees to pay Motorola Solutions “Net 30 days from receiving an invoice” for the
equipment and services.
Title and Risk of Loss to Equipment shall pass to Customer upon shipment from Motorola. Unless otherwise agreed by
the parties in writing, shipment will be made in a manner determined by Motorola. This NTP will take precedence with
respect to conflicting or ambiguous terms.
Customer affirms that execution of this Agreement is the only Notice to Proceed that Motorola will receive for the term of
this Agreement. Customer will not issue a purchase order or other funding documentation in order to pay Motorola per
this Agreement. Customer affirms funding has been encumbered for this order in accordance with applicable law and will
pay all proper invoices as received from Motorola solely against this Agreement.
Define Other Payment Milestones (if any):
The City of Glendale, Police Department will be invoiced per the following:
$3,399,196.87 (including taxes) for the shipment of 345 radios, related equipment & subscriptions, as
well as all line items included in the Dispatch Equipment and Implementation Services, as show in
quote 2363745 immediately upon proposal acceptance.
$3,087,307.68 (including taxes) for the shipment of 331 radios, related equipment, & subscriptions as
shown in quote 2375425 upon shipment and no earlier than July 1st, 2024.
Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, invoices will be billed based on equipment shipped, services rendered, and
standard payment terms and milestones. Once billed, invoices shall be sent and emailed to the Customer at the following
address:
City of Glendale Police Admin, 6835 N 57th Dr, Glendale, AZ 85301 United States
The Equipment will be shipped to the Customer at the following address:
City of Glendale Warehouse, 6210 W Myrtle Ave, Bldg. N, Glendale, AZ 85301 United States
Motorola Solutions, Inc. Agreement number XXXXXX
Customer may change shipment information by giving written or electronic notice to Motorola.
If you have any questions regarding this order, please feel free to contact Michaelanne Acree, MAcree@glendaleaz.com.
Sincerely yours,
Signature: _________________________
Printed Name: _________________________
Title: _________________________
Subscription Services Addendum
Exhibit A: Verizon Service Terms - APXNext
For purposes of this Addendum, “Service” means wireless services provided directly or indirectly by Verizon which may
include but it is not limited to data transmission services between wireless devices and computer servers or other
machines, or between wireless devices, with limited or no manual intervention or supervision. Customer acknowledges
that Motorola is not a Telecommunications Services Provider, as defined In the 4 7 U.S.C.A sec. 163, and to Include
within that definition, but not be limited lo, Inter-exchange Carrier, BLEC, CLEC, ILEC and/or DLEC, or wireless service
provider pursuant to licenses Issued by the FCC pursuant to the FCC's rules.
Customer agrees to comply with the additional responsibilities for access to and use of the Service provided by Verizon:
Service Availability. The Service uses radio technologies and is subject to transmission and service area limitations,
interruptions and dropped calls caused by atmospheric, topographical or environmental conditions, cell. site availability,
equipment or its installation, governmental regulations, system limitations, maintenance or other conditions or activities
affecting Service operation. The Service and/or features may not be available in all areas. The Service is only available
within each applicable calling plan coverage area, within the operating range of the wireless systems, and with
equipment that is authorized to operate on Verizon's network.
WARRANTY DISCLAIMER. VERIZON AND ITS AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS MAKE NO WARRANTIES
WHATSOEVER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE SUITABILITY, DURABILITY,
FITNESS FOR USE, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THE SERVICE OR EQUIPMENT OR
THEIR USE IN CONNECTION WITH THE CUSTOMER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT OR THE COMPANY PRODUCT OR
SERVICE. WITH RESPECT TO VERIZON.
Content Disclaimer. Neither Verizon nor Motorola exercises control over nor has any responsibility for the accuracy,
quality, security or other aspect of any content accessed, received, transmitted, stored, processed or used through
Verizon facilities or any Services (except to the extent particular Services explicitly state otherwise). Customer accesses,
receives, transmits, stores, processes, or uses any content at its own risk. Customer is solely responsible for selecting
and using the level of security protection needed for the content it is accessing, receiving. storing, processing or using,
including without limitation Customer Data, individual health and financial content. Verizon is not responsible if the level of
security protection Customer uses for any particular content is insufficient to prevent its unauthorized access or use, to
comply with applicable law, or to otherwise fully protect the interests of Customer and others in that content.
Use of Customer Data. Verizon, Verizon Affiliates and their respective agents, may use, process and/or transfer
Customer Data (including intra-group transfers and transfers to entities in countries that do not provide statutory
protections for personal information): (a) in connection with provisioning of Services; (b) to incorporate Customer Data into
databases controlled by Verizon, Verizon Affiliates or their respective agents for the purpose of providing Services;
administration; provisioning; billing and reconciliation; verification of Customer identity, solvency and creditworthiness;
maintenance, support and product development; fraud detection and prevention; sales, revenue and customer
analysis and reporting; market and customer use analysis; and (c) to communicate to Customer regarding Services.
Network Monitoring. Transmissions passing through Verizon Facilities may be subject to legal intercept and monitoring
activities by Verizon, its suppliers or local authorities in accordance with applicable local law requirements. To the extent
consent or notification is required by Customer or end users under applicable data protection or other laws, Customer
grants its consent under this Agreement and represents that it will have at all relevant times the necessary consents from
all end users.
Customer Consent. Customer warrants that it has obtained or will obtain all legally required consents and permissions
from relevant parties (including data subjects) for the use, processing and transfer of Customer Data as described in this
clause.
Customer Consent to Use of U.S. Customer Proprietary Network Information ("CPNI"). [Not Applicable to Arizona
customers.] Verizon and its affiliates (the "Verizon Companies") may need Customer's permission to share information
about Customer as described below. The Federal Communications Commission (''FCC”) and various states require
Verizon to protect certain information that is made available to it solely by virtue of Customer relationship with it. This
information is known as Customer Proprietary Network Information CPNI"), and it includes information relating to the
quantity, technical configuration, type, destination, location, and amount of use of Customer telecommunications services
purchased (including specific calls Customer makes and receives) and related local and toll billing information. CPNI does
not include subscriber lists or published information (listed or unlisted), such as Customer's name, telephone number and
address; such information is not subject to the CPNI rules' use limitations. The Verizon Companies acknowledge that
Customer has a right under federal and state law to protect the confidentiality of Customer's CPNI, and to direct the
Verizon Companies not to use Customer's CPNI or to limit use and disclosure of and access to it, and the Verizon
Companies have a duty to comply with the limitations Customer designates. By its signature on this Agreement, Customer
grants the Verizon Companies permission, solely for the purpose of offering Customer current and future products and
services available from the Verizon Companies and from the Vodafone Companies, to use, to permit access to and to
disclose Company's CPNI among the Verizon Companies, to their agents, contractors, and partners, and to the Vodafone
Companies. (The ''Vodafone Companies" refers to Vodafone Group PLC, Vodafone Group Service Limited, their affiliates
and partner networks).
User Disclosures. THE CUSTOMER UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT IT: (1) HAS NO CONTRACTUAL
RELATIONSHIP WITH THE UNDERLYING SERVICE PROVIDER OR ITS AFFILIATES OR CONTRACTORS; (2) IS
NOT A THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY AGREEMENT BETWEEN MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS INC. AND THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER;
AND (3) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE UNDERLYING CARRIER AND ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE NO LEGAL, EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY KIND TO
CUSTOMER AND CUSTOMER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL CLAIMS OR DEMANDS THEREFOR.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NOTWITHSTANDING SECTION 11 OF THE AGREEMENT, NEITHER MOTOROLA NOR
VERIZON AND THEIR AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS WILL HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER OR ANY END
USER:
A) IF CHANGES IN THE SERVICE OR IN THE VERIZON NETWORK, SYSTEMS, OPERATIONS,
EQUIPMENT, POLICIES OR PROCEDURES RENDER OBSOLETE OR OUTDATED ANY
EQUIPMENT, HARDWARE, DEVICES OR SOFTWARE;
B) FOR ANY CAUSES OF ACTION, LOSSES OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER ARISING
OUT OF (I) MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, ERRORS, OR DEFECTS IN FURNISHING
THE SERVICE, (II) FAILURES OR DEFECTS IN THE VERIZON NETWORK OR SYSTEMS,
C) FOR ANY INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY, LOSSES (INCLUDING ANY LOSS OF
BUSINESS), DAMAGES, CLAIMS OR DEMANDS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SERVICE, RELIANCE BY CUSTOMER ON ANY
DATA PROVIDED OR OBTAINED THROUGH USE OF THE SERVICE, ANY INTERRUPTION,
DEFECT, ERROR, VIRUS, OR DELAY IN OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, ANY FAILURE TO
TRANSMIT OR ANY LOSS OF DATA ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL VERIZON, MOTOROLA, OR ITS VENDORS BE LIABLE FOR
LOSSES, DAMAGES, CLAIMS OR EXPENSES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
ATTEMPTED USE OF, OR THE INABILITY TO ACCESS, LIFE SUPPORT OR MONITORING
SYSTEMS OR DEVICES, 911 OR E9l I, OR OTHER EMERGENCY NUMBERS OR SERVICES; OR
INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT. FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
SHALL VERIZON'S OR MOTOROLA’S EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS SET FORTH IN THIS
ADDENDUM BE DEEMED WILLFUL OR INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT.
MOTOROLA CONFIDENTIAL
1
Subscription Software Addendum
This Subscription Software Addendum (this “SSA”) is entered into between Motorola Solutions,
Inc., with offices at 500 W. Monroe Street, Suite 4400, Chicago, IL 60661 (“Motorola”) and the
entity set forth in the signature block below or in the MCA (“Customer”), and will be subject to, and
governed by, the terms of the Motorola Solutions Customer Agreement entered into between the
Parties, effective as of [________] (the “MCA”). Capitalized terms used in this SSA, but not defined
herein, will have the meanings set forth in the MCA.
1.
Addendum. This SSA governs Customer’s purchase of Subscription Software (and, if set
forth in an Ordering Document, related Services) from Motorola, and will form part of the Parties’
Agreement. Additional Subscription Software-specific Addenda or other terms and conditions may
apply to certain Subscription Software, where such terms are provided or presented to Customer.
2.
Delivery of Subscription Software.
2.1.
Delivery. During the applicable Subscription Term (as defined below), Motorola will provide
to Customer the Subscription Software set forth in an Ordering Document, in accordance with the
terms of the Agreement. Motorola will provide Customer advance notice (which may be provided
electronically) of any planned downtime. Delivery will occur upon Customer’s receipt of credentials
required for access to the Subscription Software or upon Motorola otherwise providing access to
the Subscription Software. If agreed upon in an Ordering Document, Motorola will also provide
Services related to such Subscription Software.
2.2.
Modifications. In addition to other rights to modify the Products and Services set forth in the
MCA, Motorola may modify the Subscription Software, any associated recurring Services and any
related systems so long as their functionality (as described in the applicable Ordering Document) is
not materially degraded. Documentation for the Subscription Software may be updated to reflect
such modifications. For clarity, new features or enhancements that are added to any Subscription
Software may be subject to additional Fees.
2.3.
User Credentials. If applicable, Motorola will provide Customer with administrative user
credentials for the Subscription Software, and Customer will ensure such administrative user
credentials are accessed and used only by Customer’s employees with training on their proper
use. Customer will protect, and will cause its Authorized Users to protect, the confidentiality and
security of all user credentials, including any administrative user credentials, and maintain user
credential validity, including by updating passwords. Customer will be liable for any use of the
Subscription Software through such user credential (including through any administrative user
credentials), including any changes made to the Subscription Software or issues or user impact
arising therefrom. To the extent Motorola provides Services to Customer in order to help resolve
issues resulting from changes made to the Subscription Software through user credentials,
including through any administrative user credentials, or issues otherwise created by Authorized
Users, such Services will be billed to Customer on a time and materials basis, and Customer will
pay all invoices in accordance with the payment terms of the MCA.
2.4.
Beta Services. If Motorola makes any beta version of a software application (“Beta
Service”) available to Customer, Customer may choose to use such Beta Service at its own
discretion, provided, however, that Customer will use the Beta Service solely for purposes of
Customer’s evaluation of such Beta Service, and for no other purpose. Customer acknowledges
and agrees that all Beta Services are offered “as-is” and without any representations or warranties
or other commitments or protections from Motorola. Motorola will determine the duration of the
evaluation period for any Beta Service, in its sole discretion, and Motorola may discontinue any
MOTOROLA CONFIDENTIAL
2
Beta Service at any time. Customer acknowledges that Beta Services, by their nature, have not
been fully tested and may contain defects or deficiencies.
3.
Subscription Software License and Restrictions.
3.1.
Subscription Software License. Subject to Customer’s and its Authorized Users’ compliance
with the Agreement, including payment terms, Motorola hereby grants Customer and its Authorized
Users a limited, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable, and non-exclusive license to use the
Subscription Software identified in an Ordering Document, and the associated Documentation,
solely for Customer’s internal business purposes. The foregoing license grant will be limited to use
in the territory and to the number of licenses set forth in an Ordering Document (if applicable), and
will continue for the applicable Subscription Term. Customer may access, and use the Subscription
Software only in Customer’s owned or controlled facilities, including any authorized mobile sites;
provided, however, that Authorized Users using authorized mobile or handheld devices may also
log into and access the Subscription Software remotely from any location. No custom development
work will be performed under this Addendum.
3.2.
End User Licenses. Motorola may use, engage, resell, or otherwise interface with third-
party software, hardware or services providers (such as, for example, third-party end point
detection and response providers) and other sub-processors, who in turn may engage additional
sub-processors to process personal data and other Customer Data. Customer agrees that such
third-party software or services providers, sub-processors or their respective sub-processors may
process and use personal and other Customer Data in accordance with and subject to their own
respective licenses or terms and in accordance with applicable law. Customer authorizes and will
provide and obtain all required notices and consents, if any, and comply with other applicable legal
requirements, if any, with respect to such collection and use of personal data and other Customer
Data by Motorola, and its subcontractors, sub-processors and/or third-party software, hardware or
services providers. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, to the extent the use or
performance of certain Services is governed by any separate license, data requirement, EULA,
privacy statement, or other applicable agreement, including terms governing third-party software,
hardware or services, including open source software, Customer will comply, and ensure its
Authorized Users comply, with any such agreements or terms, which shall govern any such
Services.
3.3.
Customer Restrictions. Customers and Authorized Users will comply with the applicable
Documentation and the copyright laws of the United States and all other relevant jurisdictions
(including the copyright laws where Customer uses the Subscription Software) in connection with
their use of the Subscription Software. Customer will not, and will not allow others including the
Authorized Users, to make the Subscription Software available for use by unauthorized third
parties, including via a commercial rental or sharing arrangement; reverse engineer, disassemble,
or reprogram software used to provide the Subscription Software or any portion thereof to a
human-readable form; modify, create derivative works of, or merge the Subscription Software or
software used to provide the Subscription Software with other software; copy, reproduce,
distribute, lend, or lease the Subscription Software or Documentation for or to any third party; take
any action that would cause the Subscription Software, software used to provide the Subscription
Software, or Documentation to be placed in the public domain; use the Subscription Software to
compete with Motorola; remove, alter, or obscure, any copyright or other notice; share user
credentials (including among Authorized Users); use the Subscription Software to store or transmit
malicious code; or attempt to gain unauthorized access to the Subscription Software or its related
systems or networks.
4.
Term.
MOTOROLA CONFIDENTIAL
3
4.1.
Subscription Terms. The duration of Customer’s subscription to the first Subscription
Software and any associated recurring Services ordered under this SSA (or the first Subscription
Software or recurring Service, if multiple are ordered at once) will commence upon delivery of such
Subscription Software (and recurring Services, if applicable) and will continue for a twelve (12)
month period or such longer period identified in an Ordering Document (the “Initial Subscription
Period”). Following the Initial Subscription Period, Customer’s subscription to the Subscription
Software and any recurring Services will automatically renew for additional twelve (12) month
periods (each, a “Renewal Subscription Year”), unless either Party notifies the other Party of its
intent not to renew at least thirty (30) days before the conclusion of the then-current Subscription
Term. (The Initial Subscription Period and each Renewal Subscription Year will each be referred to
herein as a “Subscription Term”.) Motorola may increase Fees prior to any Renewal Subscription
Year. In such case, Motorola will notify Customer of such proposed increase no later than thirty
(30) days prior to commencement of such Renewal Subscription Year. Unless otherwise specified
in the applicable Ordering Document, if Customer orders any additional Subscription Software or
recurring Services under this SSA during an in-process Subscription Term, the subscription for
each new Subscription Software or recurring Service will (a) commence upon delivery of such
Subscription Software or recurring Service, and continue until the conclusion of Customer’s then-
current Subscription Term (a “Partial Subscription Year”), and (b) automatically renew for
Renewal Subscription Years thereafter, unless either Party notifies the other Party of its intent not
to renew at least thirty (30) days before the conclusion of the then-current Subscription Term.
Thus, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Ordering Document, the Subscription Terms for
all Subscription Software and recurring Services hereunder will be synchronized.
4.2.
Term. The term of this SSA (the “SSA Term”) will commence upon either (a) the Effective
Date of the MCA, if this SSA is attached to the MCA as of such Effective Date, or (b) the SSA Date
set forth on the signature page below, if this SSA is executed after the MCA Effective Date, and will
continue until the expiration or termination of all Subscription Terms under this SSA, unless this
SSA or the Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.
4.3.
Termination. Notwithstanding the termination provisions of the MCA, Motorola may
terminate this SSA (or any Addendum or Ordering Documents hereunder), or suspend delivery of
Subscription Software or Services, immediately upon notice to Customer if (a) Customer breaches
Section 3 – Subscription Software License and Restrictions of this SSA, or any other provision
related to Subscription Software license scope or restrictions set forth in an Addendum or Ordering
Document, or (b) it determines that Customer’s use of the Subscription Software poses, or may
pose, a security or other risk or adverse impact to any Subscription Software, Motorola, Motorola’s
systems, or any third party (including other Motorola customers). Customer acknowledges that
Motorola made a considerable investment of resources in the development, marketing, and
distribution of the Subscription Software and Documentation, and that Customer’s breach of the
Agreement will result in irreparable harm to Motorola for which monetary damages would be
inadequate. If Customer breaches this Agreement, in addition to termination, Motorola will be
entitled to all available remedies at law or in equity (including immediate injunctive relief).
4.4.
Wind Down of Subscription Software. In addition to the termination rights in the MCA,
Motorola may terminate any Ordering Document and Subscription Term, in whole or in part, in the
event Motorola plans to cease offering the applicable Subscription Software or Service to
customers.
5.
Payment.
5.1.
Payment. Unless otherwise provided in an Ordering Document (and notwithstanding the
provisions of the MCA), Customer will prepay an annual subscription Fee set forth in an Ordering
Document for each Subscription Software and associated recurring Service, before the
MOTOROLA CONFIDENTIAL
4
commencement of each Subscription Term. For any Partial Subscription Year, the applicable
annual subscription Fee will be prorated based on the number of months in the Partial Subscription
Year. The annual subscription Fee for Subscription Software and associated recurring Services
may include certain one-time Fees, such as start-up fees, license fees, or other fees set forth in an
Ordering Document. Motorola will have the right to suspend the Subscription Software and any
recurring Services if Customer fails to make any payments when due. The parties acknowledge
that pricing for Cyber Services is dependent on the full term or subscription periods specified in any
such Ordering Document. Motorola will have the right to suspend the Services if Customer fails to
make any payments when due
5.2.
License True-Up. Motorola will have the right to conduct an audit of total user licenses
credentialed by Customer for any Subscription Software during a Subscription Term, and Customer
will cooperate with such audit. If Motorola determines that Customer’s usage of the Subscription
Software during the applicable Subscription Term exceeded the total number of licenses
purchased by Customer, Motorola may invoice Customer for the additional licenses used by
Customer, pro-rated for each additional license from the date such license was activated, and
Customer will pay such invoice in accordance with the payment terms in the MCA.
5.3.
Customer Data. For avoidance of doubt, for Cyber Services so long as not specifically
identifying the Customer, “Customer Data,” as defined in the MCA, shall not include, and Motorola
shall be free to use, share and leverage security threat intelligence and mitigation data generally,
including without limitation, third party threat vectors and IP addresses, file hash information,
domain names, malware signatures and information, information obtained from third party sources,
indicators of compromise, and tactics, techniques, and procedures used, learned or developed in
the course of providing Services
5.4.
Future Regulatory Requirements. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Cyber Service is
an evolving technological area and therefore, laws and regulations regarding Services may
change. Changes to existing Services required to achieve regulatory compliance may be available
for an additional fee. Any required changes may also impact the price for Services.
6.
Liability.
6.1.
ADDITIONAL EXCLUSIONS. IN ADDITION TO THE EXCLUSIONS FROM DAMAGES SET
FORTH IN THE MCA, AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF THE AGREEMENT TO
THE CONTRARY, MOTOROLA WILL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR (A) INTERRUPTION OR
FAILURE OF CONNECTIVITY, VULNERABILITIES, OR SECURITY EVENTS; (B) DISRUPTION
OF OR DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER’S OR THIRD PARTIES’ SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, OR DATA,
INCLUDING DENIAL OF ACCESS TO USERS, OR SHUTDOWN OF SYSTEMS CAUSED BY
INTRUSION DETECTION SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE; (C) AVAILABILITY OR ACCURACY OF
ANY DATA AVAILABLE THROUGH THE SUBSCRIPTION SOFTWARE OR SERVICES, OR
INTERPRETATION, USE, OR MISUSE THEREOF; (D) TRACKING AND LOCATION-BASED
SERVICES; OR (E) BETA SERVICES.
6.2.
Direct Damages . For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the limitation set out in Section
8.2 of the MCA, the direct damages limitation for Cyber services provided under this SSA and
limited to the fees, or the portion of fees, relating only to the Cyber Security Services under this
SSA, even if such Services are offered or bundled with other Motorola services.
6.3.
Voluntary Remedies. Motorola is not obligated to remedy, repair, replace, or refund the
purchase price for the disclaimed or excluded issues in the MCA or Section 6.1 – Additional
Exclusions above, but if Motorola agrees to provide Services to help resolve such issues,
LINKING AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
THE CITY OF GLENDALE, ARIZONA
AND
MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, INC.
EXHIBIT C
METHOD AND AMOUNT OF COMPENSATION
The Glendale Police Department will Motorola for the deliverables that are further detailed in the pricing
summary attached.
NOT TO EXCEED AMOUNT
The total amount of compensation paid to Contractor for full completion of all work required by the
Statement of Work must not exceed $6,500,000 for the entire term of the Agreement.
DETAILED PROJECT COMPENSATION
Motorola Solutions, Inc. will bill the Glendale Police Department in accordance to the Pricing Summary
that is attached.
City of Glendale
November 9, 2023
Dispatch Console Add On Operator
Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject
to the restrictions on the cover page.
Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted
Pricing Summary 11-1
SECTION 11
PRICING SUMMARY
Please see the pricing summary included below.
Equipment and Services Summary
Description
Price ($)
Dispatch Equipment
$65,515.00
N 70 Subscribers, Batteries, Chargers
$8,232,042.00
Implementation Services (Dispatch)
$82,656.00
Total System
$8,380,214.00
State of Arizona Contract Discount
<$2,024,245.76>
Customer Loyalty Discount
<$200,000.00>
Additional Discount for Contract by December 15, 2023
<$200,000.00>
Total after Discounts
$5,955,968.24
Estimated Taxes on Equipment only (9.2%)
$530,536.31
TOTAL CONTRACT PURCHASE PRICE
$6,486,504.55
11.1
PAYMENT TERMS
Contract Price. The Contract Price in U.S. dollars is $_____6,486,504.55_________.
Except for a payment that is due on the Effective Date, Customer will make payments to
Motorola within thirty (30) days after the date of each invoice. Customer will make payments
when due in the form of a check, cashier’s check, or wire transfer drawn on a U.S. financial
institution. If Customer has purchased additional Professional or Subscription services,
payment will be in accordance with the applicable addenda. Payment for the System
purchase will be in accordance with the following milestones:
System Purchase (excluding Subscribers, if applicable)
1. $3,399,196.87 (including taxes) for the shipment of 345 radios, related equipment &
subscriptions, as well as all line items included in the Dispatch Equipment and
Implementation Services, as show in quote 2363745 immediately upon proposal
acceptance.
2. $3,087,307.68 (including taxes) for the shipment of 331 radios, related equipment, &
subscriptions as shown in quote 2375425 upon shipment and no earlier than July 1st, 2024.
Unless agreed upon in writing, invoices will be based on equipment shipped, services
rendered, and standard payment terms and milestones. Motorola makes no guarantee of
deliver timelines associated with the above invoicing milestones. At its discretion, Motorola
shall make partial shipments of equipment and bill for those partial shipments within the
scope of the agreed upon frequency above.
For Lifecycle Support Plan: Motorola will invoice Customer annually in advance of each year
of the plan.